Monday, February 8, 2010

Proposed taxreturn preparer requilrements

Proposed New Requirements for Tax Return Preparers: Frequently Asked Questions

Posted 2/2/2010

If an employee of a business prepares the business’ tax returns as part of their job responsibilities, will the recommendations affect them?

No. An employee who prepares his employer’s returns is not required to sign as a paid preparer. Accordingly, unless the employee prepares other federal tax returns for compensation, he or she will not be required to register and obtain a PTIN.

Will Accredited Council of Accountancy for Taxation (ACAT) credential holders have to pass the IRS return preparer examination and complete continuing professional education to prepare returns?

Yes, ACAT credential holders will need to pass the IRS exam unless they are also attorneys, certified public accountants, or enrolled agents. As for continuing professional education, they will be subject to the new requirements unless they are also attorneys, CPAs, enrolled agents, enrolled actuaries or enrolled retirement plan agents.

Only attorneys, certified public accountants and enrolled agents will be exempt from testing. Attorneys, certified public accountants, enrolled agents, enrolled actuaries and enrolled retirement plan agents are exempt from the return preparer continuing education requirements.

Will the competency test be available in any other languages such as Spanish?
At least initially, the test will only be available in English.

Because a Preparer Tax Identification Number (PTIN) is going to be mandatory in the future, can I go ahead and get one now?

Yes, you may obtain a PTIN if you do not already have one and begin using it now. However, once the new online preparer registration system becomes available, you will still need to register. The system will ask if you already have a PTIN and it will reassign you the same number.

To apply for a PTIN now, you can apply by using e-Services – Online Tools for Tax Professionals or by filing Form W-7P, Application for Preparer Tax Identification Number. Online applications are processed faster, and return preparers are encouraged to apply online.

Enrolled agents currently pay $125 for enrollment and renewal. Attorneys and certified public accountants pay similar fees to their oversight organizations. Will the new IRS registration fee be applicable to all enrolled agents, attorneys, and CPAs in addition to their other fees?

Yes. All signing paid tax return preparers will have to pay a fee to register (and renew) as return preparers and to obtain PTINs. This fee is in addition to any fee paid tax return preparers must pay for any other certifications or licenses they hold. Because they are exempt from testing, attorneys, CPAs, and enrolled agents would not be required to pay the separate testing fee.

Posted 1/22/2010
What is the best estimate for when the new regulations will be implemented?
Sept. 1, 2010, is the current target date for an on-line registration system and Jan. 1, 2011, is the current target date for requiring all paid signing preparers to be registered and to use a Preparer Tax Identification Number (PTIN). Final determination of these dates is dependent on many factors and will be widely publicized as soon as available.
Testing will not be implemented until after registration and mandatory PTIN usage are in place.
How will the new regulations affect registered or licensed public accountants? Would they have to test?
In many states, a registered or licensed public accountant (LPA) has the same rights and privileges as a certified public accountant. Thus, an LPA in those states is eligible to practice before the IRS by virtue of their public accountant’s license and these individuals will not be required to pass the IRS' return preparer examination or satisfy the CPE requirements for tax return preparers.
The following is a non-exclusive list of states where a LPA has the same rights and privileges as a CPA: Alabama, Alaska, Arkansas, California, Colorado, Connecticut, Hawaii, Idaho, Maine, Montana, New Hampshire, New Jersey, New York, North Dakota, Ohio, Oklahoma, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, South Dakota, Tennessee, Vermont, and West Virginia
LPAs in the following states do not have the same rights and privileges as a certified public accountant and, therefore, will be required to pass the IRS' return preparer examination and satisfy the CPE requirements for tax return preparers to prepare any federal tax return for compensation (unless the LPA is an attorney or enrolled agent): Delaware, Illinois, Iowa, Kansas, Michigan, Oregon, and South Carolina
LPAs in other states should review the laws of the state in which they are licensed to determine whether they have the same rights and privileges as a certified public accountant.
In Minnesota we have Registered Public Accountants. These individuals are governed by the Minnesota Board of Accountancy, must register with the Board, pay a fee, and have continuing education requirements and ethics requirements. Will they have to test?
In general, a registered (or licensed) public accountant may practice before the IRS if the registered (or licensed) public accountant has the same rights and privileges as a certified public accountant under state law. Although the IRS has reviewed the laws of 29 states to determine if the registered (or licensed) public accountants in those states have the same rights and privileges as a CPA, Minnesota is not one of those 29 states. Accordingly, the registered public accountants in Minnesota should review their own state laws to determine whether they have the same rights and privileges as a CPA. until the Office of Professional Responsibility has an opportunity to formally consider whether Minnesota’s registered public accountants are qualified to practice as CPAs.
Will there be a distinction between enrolled agents and the new category of preparers who will be required to take the new competency test?
Yes. The practice of enrolled agents before the IRS will not be limited. The practice of the new category of preparers will be limited to preparing tax returns for compensation and representing taxpayers in Examination when the return under examination was a return that they prepared.

How will the conditions to practice before the IRS be changed by the new regulations? Currently tax practitioners that are not attorneys, certified public accountants, or enrolled agents have limited practice before the IRS.

The new category of preparers who pass the competency test will have the same limited practice rights that an unenrolled preparer currently has.
Will there be a new designation for preparers who pass the competency test?
Yes, more information regarding this new designation will be made available at a future date.

Will the testing be done by the same firm that administers the enrolled agent exam? Or will IRS be doing the testing?
The testing likely will be done by an external vendor(s). The vendor(s) is unknown at this time.
Will a CPA who keeps his or her license current but is considered inactive be subject to testing?
Yes. Only attorneys, certified public accountants, or enrolled agents who are active and in good standing with their respective licensing agencies are exempt from competency testing.
Will the tests be open book or resource assisted?
This has not been determined. Stay tuned to the IRS.gov Tax Professionals page for information on this issue.
The two competency tests are described as covering: 1) Wage & non business 1040 and 2) Wage and Small Business 1040. What does small business include? And how would this impact those who prepare other business returns?
For competency testing purposes, small business will include Form 1040 Schedules C, E, and F and various other 1040 related forms. Appendix I of the Return Preparer Review report contains a detailed list.
Even if they do not prepare 1040 returns, preparers of business returns who are not attorneys, certified public accountants, or enrolled agents will be required to pass the Wage and Small Business 1040 test.
The IRS plans to add a third test with regard to business tax rules after the three-year implementation phase is completed.
Will the recommendations apply to individuals who only prepare payroll or other non-1040 series returns?
All paid signing tax return preparers will be required to register. If the preparer is not an attorney, certified public accountant, or enrolled agent, the preparer will need to satisfy the competency test and continuing education requirements. The preparer will need to pass the complex test if they prepare business returns.
What is the required percentage to pass the competency test?
This has not been determined. Stay tuned to the IRS.gov Tax Professionals page for information on this issue.
Attorneys and certified public accountants in some states are not subject to continuing education requirements. Will this impact the application of the proposed IRS rules for those individuals?
No. The lack of continuing education requirements for attorneys or certified public accountants in a specific state will not impact the exception. All attorneys and certified public accountants will be exempt from IRS CE requirements.
However, as stated in the Return Preparer Review report, the IRS believes that all tax return preparers have an obligation to stay current on the tax laws and continuing education serves to help individuals remain current and to expand their knowledge within their field of expertise. Such courses are important to tax administration given the complexity of the tax laws and the frequent changes made to the Internal Revenue Code and the rules and regulations implemented to assist in the administration of the Code.
The IRS will consider requiring continuing professional education from additional individuals if data is collected in the future that identifies such a need. Additionally, the IRS plans to reach out to licensing authorities to encourage them to support annual continuing professional education that includes federal tax law topics and updates and ethics for those individuals who are licensed by them and who prepare federal tax returns.
Will individuals who are active attorneys, certified public accountants, or enrolled agents be required to register if they do not prepare or sign any tax returns?
Not unless they prepare for compensation and sign one or more federal tax returns.

Will Electronic Return Originators (EROs) who only transmit tax returns and do not prepare returns be subject to the new review recommendations?

Although individuals who assist in the transmission of tax returns electronically are subject to other IRS rules and regulations currently, individuals who assist in the transmission of tax returns electronically, but do not prepare returns for compensation, are not the focus of the recommendations in the report.
Will preparers who are registered by the states of California or Oregon (California Tax Return Preparers and Oregon Licensed Tax Preparers/Consultants) be exempt from testing and continuing education requirements?
Only attorneys, certified public accountants, and enrolled agents will be exempt from testing and continuing education requirements.
Who will be included in the public database of return preparers?
At a minimum, it will include the preparers who have passed the competency exam. Other information about who would be included is not yet available. Stay tuned to the IRS.gov Tax Professionals page for information on this issue.

What will happen to an unenrolled return preparer who registers with the IRS as a part of the initial registration of return preparers but does not pass the competency test within three years from the implementation date?

The IRS will contact them proposing to deactivate their PTIN and remove them from the list of registered preparers, as well as, explaining the appeals process.
Check back frequently for additional questions and answers to be posted.


IRS Proposes New Registration, Testing and Continuing Education Requirements for Tax Return Preparers Not Already Subject to Oversight

Higher Standards to Boost Protections and Service for Taxpayers,
Increase Confidence in System, Yield Greater Compliance with Tax Laws
IR-2010-1, Jan. 4, 2010

WASHINGTON –– The Internal Revenue Service kicked off the 2010 tax filing season today by issuing the results of a landmark six-month study that proposes new registration, testing and continuing education of tax return preparers. With more than 80 percent of American households using a tax preparer or tax software to help them prepare and file their taxes, higher standards for the tax preparer community will significantly enhance protections and service for taxpayers, increase confidence in the tax system and result in greater compliance with tax laws over the long term.

To bring immediate help to taxpayers this filing season, the IRS also announced a sweeping new effort to reach tax return preparers with enforcement and education. As part of the outreach effort, the IRS is providing tips to taxpayers to ensure they are working with a reputable tax return preparer.

"As tax season begins, most Americans will turn to tax return preparers to help with one of their biggest financial transactions of the year. The decisions announced today represent a monumental shift in the way the IRS will oversee tax preparers," said IRS Commissioner Doug Shulman. "Our proposals will help ensure taxpayers receive competent, ethical service from qualified professionals and strengthen the integrity of the nation's tax system. In addition, we are taking immediate action to step up oversight of tax preparers this filing season.”

Based on the results of the Return Preparer Review released today, the IRS recommends a number of steps that it plans to implement for future filing seasons, including:
• Requiring all paid tax return preparers who must sign a federal tax return to register with the IRS and obtain a preparer tax identification number (PTIN). These preparers will be subject to a limited tax compliance check to ensure they have filed federal personal, employment and business tax returns and that the tax due on those returns has been paid.
• Requiring competency tests for all paid tax return preparers except attorneys, certified public accountants (CPAs) and enrolled agents who are active and in good standing with their respective licensing agencies.
• Requiring ongoing continuing professional education for all paid tax return preparers except attorneys, CPAs, enrolled agents and others who are already subject to continuing education requirements.
• Extending the ethical rules found in Treasury Department Circular 230 -- which currently only apply to attorneys, CPAs and enrolled agents who practice before the IRS -- to all paid preparers. This expansion would allow the IRS to suspend or otherwise discipline tax return preparers who engage in unethical or disreputable conduct.
Other measures the IRS anticipates taking are highlighted in the full report.

Currently, anyone may prepare a federal tax return for anyone else and charge a fee. While some preparers are currently licensed by their states or are enrolled to practice before the IRS, many do not have to meet any government or professionally mandated competency requirements before preparing a federal tax return for a fee.
First Step: Letters to 10,000 Preparers
The initiatives announced today will take several years to fully implement and will not be in effect for the current 2010 tax season. In the meantime, the IRS is taking immediate action to step up oversight of preparers for the 2010 filing season.

Beginning this week, the IRS is sending letters to approximately 10,000 paid tax return preparers nationwide. These preparers are among those with large volumes of specific tax returns where the IRS typically sees frequent errors. The letters are intended to remind preparers to be vigilant in areas where the errors are frequently found, including Schedule C income and expenses, Schedule A deductions, the Earned Income Tax Credit and the First Time Homebuyer Credit.

Thousands of the preparers who receive these letters will also be visited by IRS Revenue Agents in the coming weeks to discuss their obligations and responsibilities to prepare accurate tax returns. This is part of a broader initiative by the IRS to step up its efforts to ensure paid tax return preparers are assisting clients appropriately. Separately, the IRS will be conducting other compliance and education visits with return preparers on a variety of issues.

In addition, the IRS will more widely use investigative tools during this filing season aimed at determining tax return preparer non-compliance. One of those tools will include visits to return preparers by IRS agents posing as a taxpayer.

During this effort, the IRS will continue to work closely with the Department of Justice to pursue civil or criminal action as appropriate.

Steps Taxpayers Can Take Now to Find a Preparer
In addition to the stepped-up oversight of preparers, Shulman also announced a new outreach effort to help make sure taxpayers choose a reputable preparer this filing season. That’s particularly important because taxpayers are legally responsible for what is on their tax returns -- even if those returns are prepared by someone else.

“Taxpayers should protect themselves from unscrupulous preparers,” Shulman said. “There are some simple steps people can take to choose a reputable tax preparer.”

Most tax return preparers are professional, honest and provide excellent service to their clients. Shulman offered the following points for taxpayers to keep in mind when selecting a tax return preparer:
• Be wary of tax preparers who claim they can obtain larger refunds than others.
• Avoid tax preparers who base their fees on a percentage of the refund.
• Use a reputable tax professional who signs the tax return and provides a copy.
Consider whether the individual or firm will be around months or years after the return has been filed to answer questions about the preparation of the tax return.
• Check the person’s credentials. Only attorneys, CPAs and enrolled agents can represent taxpayers before the IRS in all matters, including audits, collection and appeals. Other return preparers may only represent taxpayers for audits of returns they actually prepared.
• Find out if the return preparer is affiliated with a professional organization that provides its members with continuing education and other resources and holds them to a code of ethics.
More information about choosing a tax return preparer and avoiding fraud can be found in IRS Fact Sheet 2010-03, How to Choose a Tax Preparer and Avoid Tax Fraud.

Labels:

Friday, February 5, 2010

Only a 12 month suspention? Very generous of the IRS

IRS Suspends Tax Practitioner for Preparing False Tax Returns

WASHINGTON — A Certified Public Accountant has been suspended for twelve months from practice before the Internal Revenue Service by the Office of Professional Responsibility for providing false or misleading information in connection with the preparation of his clients’ tax returns.

“Practitioners have a duty both to their clients and to the system to insure taxpayers are complying with tax laws and filing complete and accurate tax returns,” Karen L. Hawkins, Director of the Office of Professional Responsibility said.

Robert A. Loeser, a certified public accountant from Houston, Texas, assisted his clients to lower their tax bills by claiming false business expenses on tax returns he prepared.

For no legitimate business purpose, Loeser’s clients were advised to forward funds from their businesses to two corporations Loeser controlled. The corporations then rebated the funds to his clients. Loeser prepared the clients’ books and business tax returns expensing and deducting the entire amounts that were paid to the corporations.

The IRS alleged Loeser violated Circular 230 by giving false or misleading information to the Department of Treasury and the IRS.

The settlement agreement included a disclosure authorization that allowed the Office of Professional Responsibility to issue this release.

The Office of Professional Responsibility (OPR) establishes and enforces standards of competence, integrity and conduct for tax professionals -- enrolled agents, attorneys, CPAs, and other individuals and groups covered by Treasury Circular 230.

Thursday, February 4, 2010

Bipartisan jobs legislation

SCHUMER, HATCH UNVEIL TARGETED JOB CREATION BILL

Senators Believe Payroll Tax Cut Most Effective, Affordable Way to Get America Back to Work

WASHINGTON – U.S. Senators Chuck Schumer (D‐New York) and Orrin Hatch (R‐Utah) unveiled targeted legislation today that they believe would be most effective at putting the American people back to work. The Hire Now Tax Cut Act of 2010 would grant any private‐sector employer that hires a worker who had been unemployed for at least 60 days to not have to pay the employer’s 6.2 percent share of the Social Security payroll tax on that employee for the remainder of 2010.

“This proposal shows how much we can do to help create jobs when politics is put aside. Our payroll tax cut is a simple, cost‐effective and bipartisan solution. It will help put more Americans to work right away,” Senator Schumer said.
“While Senator Schumer and I disagree on most issues, we’ve been able to come together on an affordable, effective and targeted proposal to get the American people back to work,” said Hatch. “As a conservative, this proposal isn’t about more and more government spending; it’s about tax relief to get employers hiring again, which is exactly what millions of unemployed Americans most desperately need.”
The Senators cite five reasons why the payroll tax holiday is the best means of spurring job creation:

• Simple. This proposal is not only easy to explain, but easy to administer –
avoiding waste, fraud and abuse.
• Focused. It is exclusively focused on hiring unemployed workers.
• Front‐loaded. It provides an incentive for businesses to hire workers earlier in
the year.
• Immediate. It puts money into a business to start hiring immediately.
• Affordable. It will cost substantially less than other proposals.
Unlike various other tax credit proposals, this payroll tax holiday would go immediately
to a business’ bottom line – there would be no waiting until 2011 to receive a tax credit.
As an additional incentive, for any qualifying worker hired under this initiative that the
employer keeps on payroll for a continuous 52 weeks, the employer is eligible for an
additional non‐refundable $1,000 tax credit after the 52‐week threshold is reached, to
be taken on their 2011 tax return. In order to be eligible, the employee’s pay in the
second 26‐week period must be at least 80 percent of the pay in the first 26‐week
period.
Workers hired after the date of introduction are eligible for the payroll tax forgiveness
and the retention bonus, but only wages paid after the date of enactment receive the
exemption from payroll taxes.
A document fully outlining the proposal is below.
###
Senators Charles E. Schumer and Orrin Hatch
“HIRE NOW TAX CUT ACT OF 2010”
February 3, 2010
BASIC CONCEPT: Starting immediately after enactment, any business that hires a
worker that had been without full‐time work for at least 60 days prior to employment
can avoid paying the employer’s share of Social Security taxes on that worker for the
duration of 2010. The more a business pays a worker (up to the maximum Social
Security wage of $106,800), and the longer a business has a worker on its payroll, the
greater the tax benefit – so there is an incentive to hire people sooner, and pay them
more.
Unlike various tax credit proposals, the benefits under the “Hire Now Tax Cut” go
immediately into a business’ bottom line – no waiting until 2011 to receive a tax credit.
And since the benefit starts immediately after enactment and does not have an
arbitrary cap, it will facilitate utilization because some of the past issues with payroll
software are avoided.
For any qualifying worker hired under this incentive that the employer keeps on payroll
for a continuous 52 weeks, that employer is eligible for an additional $1,000 tax credit
after the 52‐week threshold is reached, to be taken on their 2011 tax return. In order to
be eligible, the employee’s pay in the second 26‐week period must be at least 80
percent of the pay in the first 26‐week period.
Workers hired after the date of introduction (February 2) are eligible for the payroll tax
forgiveness and the retention bonus, but only wages paid after the date of enactment
receive the exemption from payroll taxes.
EXAMPLES OF TAX SAVINGS:
􀂾 Hire a $50,000 worker on March 1, save $2,583.
􀂾 Hire a $90,000 worker on April 1, save $4,185.
􀂾 Hire a $60,000 worker on May 1, save $2,480.
ADDITIONAL FEATURES:
The tax benefit applies only to private‐sector employment, including nonprofit
organizations – public sector jobs are not eligible for either benefit.
Employees who are immediate family members of the employer do not qualify.
There is no minimum weekly number of hours that the new employee must work for the
employer to be eligible, and there is no maximum on the dollar amount of payroll taxes
per employer that may be forgiven.
For workers that would otherwise be eligible for the Work Opportunity Tax Credit, the
employer must select one benefit or the other for 2010 – no double‐dipping.
A worker who replaces another employee who performed the same job for the
employer is not eligible for the benefit, unless the prior employee left the job voluntarily
or for cause.
For the retention bonus to be paid, the worker’s wages during the second 26‐week
period must be at least 80 percent of the wages during the first 26‐week period.
Lost Social Security Trust Fund revenues will be supplemented by the General Fund.
ADVANTAGES/BENEFITS:
• Simple. The Schumer‐Hatch idea is easy to explain and administer: “No
employer payroll taxes on unemployed workers hired in 2010.” Since the
proposal is for a complete elimination of the 6.2 percent payroll tax for eligible
workers, rather than a fixed or capped dollar amount, employers will know to
simply zero out the tax for eligible workers.
• Focused. Given our budgetary constraints and the nagging problem of long‐term
unemployment, any employment incentive should be focused on the hiring of
workers who are currently unemployed. Only by focusing on the unemployed
can we get people off the unemployment rolls at an affordable cost to
taxpayers. Plus, unlike some versions of a payroll tax holiday, this proposal is not
biased towards either low‐wage or high‐wage workers. Under the Schumer‐
Hatch plan, a business saves 6.2 percent on both a $40,000 worker and a
$90,000 worker.
• Front‐Loaded. The proposal provides an incentive for businesses to hire workers
earlier in the year, because the tax benefit will be greater. A $60,000 worker
hired on March 1 will save a business about $3,100 in taxes, while that same hire
delayed until May 1 will save about $2,500.
• Immediate. In the current environment, no business should have to wait until
2011 to receive tax relief for hiring. Our proposal puts money into a business'
cash flow immediately, since the tax is simply not collected in the first place.
• Affordable. Because this provision is targeted towards hiring the unemployed,
as opposed to providing a tax benefit for any increase in payroll, its cost should
be more affordable at a time of record budget deficits

Labels:

Wednesday, February 3, 2010

Notice 2010-19, 2010-7 IRB, 02/02/2010, IRC Sec(s).

Headnote:


Reference(s):

Full Text:

Purpose And Background

This notice alerts taxpayers that the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) intends to issue guidance under section 2511(c) of the Internal Revenue Code. Congress enacted this section in section 511(e) of the Economic Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2001 (EGTRRA) and amended it in section 411(g)(1) of the Job Creation and Worker Assistance Act of 2002. Public Laws 107-16, 115 Stat. 71, and 107-147, 116 Stat. 46. Section 2511(c) is effective for transfers made after December 31, 2009, and before January 1, 2011.

Section 2511(a) generally provides that the gift tax shall apply to transfers in trust or otherwise, whether direct or indirect. Under § 25.2511-2(b) of the Gift Tax Regulations, a gift is complete when the donor parts with sufficient dominion and control as to leave in the donor no power to change its disposition. Section 2511(c) provides that, notwithstanding any other provision of section 2511 and except as provided in regulations, a transfer in trust shall be treated as a transfer of property by gift unless the trust is treated as wholly owned by the donor or the donor's spouse under subpart E of part I of subchapter J of chapter 1. The Joint Committee on Taxation's explanation of section 2511(c) provides that certain transfers in trust are treated as transfers of property by gift even though such transfers would have been regarded as incomplete gifts, or would not have been treated as transfers under the gift tax provisions in effect prior to 2010. Joint Committee on Taxation, Technical Explanation of the “Job Creation and Worker Assistance Act of 2002” (JCX-12-02), March 6, 2002.

Interim Provisions

Some taxpayers may have inaccurately interpreted section 2511(c) as excluding from the gift tax transfers to a trust treated as wholly owned by the donor or the donor's spouse under subpart E of part I of subchapter J of chapter 1, even though those transfers would otherwise be taxable under Chapter 12. The provisions of Chapter 12 regarding the substantive law applicable to the gift tax were not amended by EGTRRA, and those provisions continue to apply to all transfers made by donors during 2010. Section 2511(c) is an addition to those substantive law provisions and is applicable to transfers made in 2010. Section 2511(c) broadens the types of transfers subject to the transfer tax under Chapter 12 to include certain transfers to trusts that, before 2010, would have been considered incomplete and, thus, not subject to the gift tax. Accordingly, each transfer made in 2010 to a trust that is not treated as wholly owned by the donor or the donor's spouse under subpart E of part I of subchapter J of chapter 1 is considered to be a transfer by gift of the entire interest in the property under section 2511(c). The provisions of Chapter 12 as in effect on December 31, 2009, continue to apply (both before and during 2010) to all transfers made to any other trust to determine whether the transfer is subject to gift tax.

Effective Date

This notice is applicable to transfers made in trust after December 31, 2009. The Treasury Department and the IRS intend to issue regulations to confirm the conclusions set forth in this notice.

DRAFTING INFORMATION

The principal author of this notice is Laura Urich Daly of the Office of Associate Chief Counsel (Passthroughs & Special Industries). For further information regarding this notice contact Laura Urich Daly on (202) 622-3090 (not a toll-free call).

Labels:

Tuesday, February 2, 2010

President's FY 2011 budget proposals include many tax changes for businesses and individuals

On Feb. 1, the President issued his FY 2011 budget proposals, accompanied by the Treasury's release of its “General Explanations of the Administration's Fiscal Year 2011 Revenue Proposals” (colloquially referred to as the Green Book). The budget and the Green Book reveal that the Administration has a robust agenda of tax proposals it will push Congress to enact.

Tax proposals for business include:

• A tax credit of up to $5,000 for new workers added in 2010, plus a reimbursement for payroll taxes on wage increases.

• For 2010, permitting a maximum of $250,000 to be expensed under Code Sec. 179 , with the investment-based phaseout level set at $800,000.

• Extending bonus first-year depreciation to apply to property placed in service in 2010.
• Allotting an additional $5 billion in tax credits for investment in advanced energy manufacturing projects.
• A zero percent capital gains tax on qualified small business stock held for at least five years, effective for stock acquired after Feb. 17, 2009.
• Making permanent the research credit (which under current rules went off the books at the end of 2009).
• Making permanent the Build America Bonds program.
• Removing company provided cell phones from the listed property category, effective for tax years ending after the enactment date.
• Repealing the lower-of-cost-or-market inventory accounting method, effective for tax years beginning after twelve months from the enactment date.
• Repealing the LIFO accounting method for inventories. Those currently using the LIFO method would be required to write up their beginning LIFO inventory to its FIFO value in the first tax year beginning after 2011. However, this one-time increase in gross income would be taken into account ratably over ten years, beginning with the first tax year beginning after 2011.
• Eliminating tax preferences (e.g., expensing of intangible drilling costs, enhanced oil recovery credit, percentage depletion) for oil, gas and coal companies.
• Extending through Dec. 31, 2011 the Subpart F “active financing” and “look-through” exceptions, the exclusion from unrelated business income of certain payments to controlling exempt organizations, the modified recovery period for qualified leasehold improvements and qualified restaurant property, and incentives for empowerment and community renewal zones.
• Making permanent the 0.2% unemployment insurance surtax.
• Subjecting highly leveraged Wall Street firms to a Financial Crisis Responsibility Fee to cover TARP expenses (i.e., the cost of the federal government's financial institution bailout). The Fee would be levied on the liabilities, net of deposits and certain insurance policy reserves, of qualified firms with more than $50 billion in assets. It would remain in place for at least 10 years, or longer if necessary to fully pay back TARP. The Fee would be effective as of July 1, 2010, and would be reported on the annual federal income tax return.
• Requiring a corporation that enters into a forward contract to issue its stock to treat a portion of the payment on the forward issuance as a payment of interest, effective for forward contracts entered into after 2011.
• Requiring dealers in commodities, commodities derivatives dealers, dealers in securities, and dealers in options to treat the income from their day-to-day dealer activities in section 1256 contracts as ordinary in character, not capital, effective for tax years beginning after the enactment date.
• Amending the definition of “control” in Code Sec. 249(b)(2) to incorporate indirect control relationships of the nature described in Code Sec. 1563(a) , effective on the enactment date.
• A ten-year reinstatement of the three Superfund excise taxes, and the corporate environmental income tax, to begin after 2010.
International tax proposals include:
... Taxing in the U.S. excessive profits shifted offshore using transfers of intangibles, thus restricting the tax incentive to engage in transfer pricing abuses.
... Delaying the deduction for the costs of overseas investment.
... A package of provisions to reduce tax evasion through the use of offshore accounts and entities to hide income and assets from IRS.
“Loophole closers” include changing the rules that allow those facing estate and gift taxes to undervalue transferred property, denying a tax deduction for punitive damage claims, repealing preferential tax treatment for commodities dealers and day traders, taxing carried (profits) interests as ordinary income.
Tax proposals for individuals include:
... Extending the Making Work Pay Credit for one year (a tax cut of up to $400 per person ($800 per family)).
... Making permanent the American Opportunity Credit for higher education expenses.
... Extending through 2011 the optional deduction for state and local general sales taxes.
... Increasing the child and dependent care tax credit for families earning up to $113,000 a year.
... Reinstating after 2010 the 36% tax rate for those with taxable income above the following amounts: $250,000 less the standard deduction and two personal exemptions, indexed from 2009, for married taxpayers filing jointly; $200,000 less the standard deduction and one personal exemption, indexed for inflation from 2009, for single filers. Also, the 28% bracket would be expanded so that taxpayers earning less than the $250,000/$200,000 amounts would not see their taxes rise as a result of the increased tax rate brackets.
... Reinstating beginning in 2011 the 39.6% tax rate (it would apply to those with taxable incomes over $373,650 before inflation adjustment).
... Beginning in 2011, reinstating for higher income taxpayers the reduction of itemized deductions and the personal exemption phaseout.
... Extending the COBRA premium subsidy to cover workers involuntarily terminated before 2011.
Tax proposals for retirement savings include:
• Simplifying and expanding the Saver's Credit to match 50% of a contribution up to $500 per individual ($1,000 per couple) for families earning up to $65,000 (with smaller credits for those earning up to $85,000). Additionally, the saver's credit would become a refundable credit.
• Creation of a system of automatic workplace IRAs to expand access to tax-favored retirement savings. Employers automatically enrolling their employees in IRAs would receive tax credits of up to $250 a year for two years.
• Doubling the maximum credit for small employers that establish new retirement plans to $1,000 per year for three years.
Proposals to help reduce the tax gap include requiring information reporting for payments to corporations, requiring electronic filing for more returns, clarifying when employee leasing companies can be held liable for their clients' federal employment taxes, codification of the economic substance doctrine, and clarified standards for classification of workers as employees or independent contractors

Labels:

Monday, February 1, 2010

Earned Income Tax Credit

News Release 2010-14, 01/29/2010, IRC Sec(s).

Headnote:




Full Text:



An expanded Earned Income Tax Credit (EITC) means larger families will qualify for a larger credit, offering greater relief for people who struggled through difficult financial times last year, the Internal Revenue Service said today.

The IRS and the Treasury Department marked EITC Awareness Day as their partners nationwide worked to highlight the availability of this important tax credit. EITC, which is in its thirty-fifth year, is one of the federal government's largest benefit programs for working families and individuals. Last year, nearly 24 million people received $50 Billion in benefits. The average credit was more than $2,000.

“As part of the economic recovery efforts, there have been important changes to expand EITC to benefit taxpayers,” said IRS Commissioner Doug Shulman. “Today, more than ever, hard-working individuals and families can use a little extra help. EITC can make the lives of working people a little easier.”

Eligibility for EITC depends on earned income and family size, among other tests. However, single people and childless workers also are eligible, although for smaller amounts. For tax years 2009 and 2010, the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act created a new category for families with three or more children and expanded the maximum benefit for this category.

To qualify for the EITC, earned income and adjusted gross income (AGI) for individuals must each be less than:

$43,279 ($48,279 married filing jointly) with three or more qualifying children
$40,295 ($45,295 married filing jointly) with two qualifying children
$35,463 ($40,463 married filing jointly) with one qualifying child
$13,440 ($18,440 married filing jointly) with no qualifying children
The maximum credit for tax year 2009 is:

$5,657 with three or more qualifying children
$5,028 with two qualifying children
$3,043 with one qualifying child
$457 with no qualifying children
The maximum amount of investment income is $3,100 for tax year 2009. For families, there are also certain requirements for child residency and relationship that must be met. Additional eligibility information is available in FS-2010-11 and on the Web at IRS.gov/EITC.

Another new provision adds to the definition of a “qualifying child:” The child must be younger than the person claiming the child unless the child is totally and permanently disabled any time during the year. The child cannot have filed a joint return other than to claim a refund. Also new for 2009, if a qualifying child can be claimed by either a parent or another person, the other person must have an AGI higher than the parent in order to claim the child for EITC purposes.

Historically, one in four eligible taxpayers fails to claim the EITC, which is why the IRS and its free tax preparation partners host an annual EITC Awareness Day. This year, there are 68 news conferences being held around the country. Community coalitions and IRS partners nationwide also are also issuing 128 news releases, writing letters to the editor and using social media tools to spread the word about EITC.

Typically, people who fail to claim the EITC include workers without qualifying children, people whose earned income falls below the threshold required to file a tax return, farmers, rural residents, people with disabilities and nontraditional families such as grandparents raising grandchildren. People must file a tax return to claim the EITC.

Free help is available to EITC-eligible taxpayers. There are nearly 12,000 free tax preparation sites nationwide. People who want to prepare their own tax returns can visit Free File on IRS.gov. This free tax software and free electronic filing program will walk taxpayers through a question and answer format and help them claim the tax credits and deductions for which they are eligible.

EITC-eligible taxpayers also can seek assistance at the 400 IRS Taxpayer Assistance Centers nationwide. To assist EITC taxpayers, 167 IRS assistance centers will offer Saturday service on Jan. 30, Feb. 6 and Feb. 20. A list is attached.

There is an online EITC Assistant also available on IRS.gov which can help taxpayers and tax preparers determine eligibility. And, for tax preparers and IRS partners, there is EITC Central which has links to toolkits that include marketing products.

More than 65 percent of EITC returns are prepared by a third party. The IRS urges taxpayers to choose a reputable tax preparer to avoid problems that come with an inaccurate tax return. The agency also urges tax preparers to follow due diligence requirements when preparing an EITC tax return. More information is available at www.irs.gov/eitc.

Thursday, January 28, 2010

Earned income - dependency case

T.C. Summary Opinion 2010-11
PURSUANT TO INTERNAL REVENUE CODE SECTION 7463(b), THIS OPINION MAY NOT BE TREATED AS PRECEDENT FOR ANY OTHER CASE.

RUBEN ROBERTO FLORES, Petitioner v. COMMISSIONER OF INTERNAL REVENUE, Respondent.
UNITED STATES TAX COURT. Docket No. 7507-08S. Filed January 27, 2010.

Ruben Roberto Flores, pro se.
Deborah Mackay , for respondent.

GOLDBERG, Special Trial Judge: This case was heard pursuant to the provisions of section 7463 of the Internal Revenue Code in effect at the time the petition was filed. Pursuant to section 7463(b) , the decision to be entered is not reviewable by any other court, and this opinion shall not be treated as precedent for any other case. Unless otherwise indicated, subsequent section references are to the Internal Revenue Code in effect for the year in issue, and all Rule references are to the Tax Court Rules of Practice and Procedure.

Respondent determined a deficiency of $5,046 in petitioner's 2005 Federal income tax. The issues for decision are whether petitioner is entitled to: (1) Dependency exemption deductions for two of his children; (2) head of household filing status; (3) the refundable portion of the child tax credit; and (4) an earned income credit.
Background
Some of the facts have been stipulated and are so found. The stipulation of facts and the attached exhibits are incorporated herein by this reference. At the time petitioner filed his petition, he resided in Illinois.
Petitioner has a son, R.F., 1 from a relationship with Lisa Cervantes (Ms. Cervantes). R.F. reached age 4 in 2005. Petitioner also has a daughter, Dulce Flores (Ms. Flores), from a relationship with Rosa Gonzalez (Ms. Gonzalez). Ms. Flores reached age 18 in 2005. In the fall of 2005 Ms. Flores entered her senior year of high school. Petitioner did not marry Ms. Gonzales or Ms. Cervantes.
From January 2005 through March 2005 petitioner and his two children, Ms. Flores and R.F., lived with petitioner's sister in her residence. During these 3 months petitioner was unemployed and had full-time custody of R.F. and Ms. Flores. Petitioner was receiving unemployment benefits and used the benefits to support his children and himself.

Upon securing employment with a contract landscaper for the City of Chicago, petitioner entered into a lease agreement effective April 1, 2005, for a one-bedroom apartment. The agreement listed petitioner, Ms. Flores, and R.F. as occupants, required a security deposit of $475, and provided for monthly rent of $475.
In April 2005, because petitioner was working during the weekdays, R.F. began living with Ms. Cervantes. At that time Ms. Cervantes was unemployed and was receiving welfare benefits and government-subsidized housing. In addition, Ms. Cervantes received child support payments of approximately $50 per week from petitioner, which were automatically withheld from his unemployment benefits and from his salary when employed. Even though Ms. Cervantes had physical custody of R.F. during the weekdays, R.F. would stay with petitioner during the weekends. Once petitioner's employment ended in October, R.F. resumed living with petitioner full time.
In contrast, Ms. Flores lived with petitioner throughout the year. Petitioner paid for Ms. Flores' housing, food, clothing, transportation to and from school, and other necessities. The Court received into evidence a notarized statement from Ms. Gonzalez stating that Ms. Flores lived with petitioner throughout 2005. Respondent conceded that petitioner had primary custody of Ms. Flores for 2005. On occasion Ms. Gonzalez would take Ms. Flores shopping and would give her nominal spending money.
During the summer Ms. Flores secured a job working part time as a teller or teller-in-training at a local bank. In the fall she continued working at the bank on an even more abbreviated schedule after classes. Ms. Flores' earnings were not large, and petitioner encouraged her to save what she earned. Ms. Flores used her savings to help pay for college, which she began in 2006, studying to become a nurse.
Petitioner did not keep records of the actual expenses he paid to maintain his household. During the preparation of the case for trial, in response to respondent's request, petitioner submitted a “Worksheet to Determine Support and Cost of Maintaining a Household 2005” dated September 17, 2008, detailing his household expenses for 2005. Respondent did not challenge the accuracy of the worksheet, which showed the following household expenses:
Rent $4,975
Utilities 540
Telephone 590
Food 1,400
Clothing 1,200
Entertainment 600
Transportation 1,200
Other 360
Total 10,865
Petitioner calculated on the worksheet that the above expenses totaled $11,535. Nothing in the record explains the difference of $670 ($11,535 − $10,865). Petitioner also wrote on the worksheet that other persons paid $300 of the $360 in other household expenses. Thus, petitioner paid total expenses of $10,565 ($10,865 − $300) during 2005 to maintain a household for himself and his two children.
Petitioner has another, older, daughter, Vanessa Rivera, living independently and not involved here, who prepared petitioner's 2005 Federal income tax return. Petitioner filed his 2005 return as head of household, reported total income of $12,735, and claimed two dependency exemption deductions, an earned income credit, and an additional child tax credit, which is the refundable portion of the child tax credit. The result was an overpayment of $4,146, for which petitioner requested direct deposit of the refund into his checking account.
Petitioner reported two items of income on his 2005 Federal income tax return: Wages of $8,735 and business income of $4,000. The wages are not at issue. However, with respect to the business income, petitioner attached to the return a Schedule C-EZ, Net Profit From Business, reporting that his business was daycare and listing his sister's address as his business address. Petitioner reported receipts of $4,000, no expenses, and self-employment tax of $565 related to the business. Nothing in the record shows that petitioner was in the daycare business. We infer that the $4,000 is actually petitioner's unemployment income that he did not report elsewhere on the return.
Respondent issued a notice of deficiency changing petitioner's filing status to single and disallowing the dependency exemption deductions, the earned income credit, and the additional child tax credit.

Discussion

In general, the Commissioner's determination set forth in a notice of deficiency is presumed correct, and the taxpayer bears the burden of showing that the determination is in error. Rule 142(a)(1); Welch v. Helvering , 290 U.S. 111, 115 (1933). Pursuant to section 7491(a) , the burden of proof as to factual matters shifts to the Commissioner under certain circumstances. Petitioner has neither alleged that section 7491(a) applies nor established his compliance with its requirements. Therefore, petitioner bears the burden of proof.
Deductions are a matter of legislative grace, and the taxpayer bears the burden of proving his entitlement to a deduction. Rule 142(a)(1); INDOPCO, Inc. v. Commissioner , 503 U.S. 79, 84 (1992); New Colonial Ice Co. v. Helvering , 292 U.S. 435, 440 (1934). A taxpayer is required to maintain records sufficient to establish the amounts of his or her income and deductions. Sec. 6001 ; sec. 1.6001-1(a) , (e), Income Tax Regs.

With respect to support, the law does not require a taxpayer to provide precise amounts, but the taxpayer must provide competent, convincing, or credible evidence to prove the total amount of support for each dependent. Blanco v. Commissioner , 56 T.C. 512, 514 (1971); Seraydar v. Commissioner , 50 T.C. 756, 760 (1968). Credible evidence means evidence that a court would find sufficient to make a decision if the record did not contain contrary evidence and if the evidence did not include implausible factual assertions or frivolous claims; thus, the evidence must be worthy of the Court's belief. Higbee v. Commissioner , 116 T.C. 438, 442 (2001).
I. Dependency Exemption Deductions

A taxpayer may be entitled to a dependency exemption deduction for each of his or her dependents. Sec. 151(a) , (c). A dependent includes a “qualifying child” of the taxpayer. Sec. 152(a) . In relevant part a qualifying child is an individual: (1) Who bears a relationship to the taxpayer as described in section 152(c)(2) ; (2) who has the same principal place of abode as the taxpayer for more than one-half of the year; (3) who meets the age requirements described in section 152(c)(3)specifying an individual under the age of 19; and (4) who has not provided over one-half of his or her own support for the year. Sec. 152(c)(1) . We now apply the law to the facts to decide whether R.F. and Ms. Flores are petitioner's qualifying children for 2005.
A. Whether R.F. Is a Qualifying Child
R.F. is petitioner's son, he reached age 4 in 2005, and because of his age, he clearly did not provide more than one-half (or any) of his own support. Therefore, the sole remaining question with respect to R.F. is whether he shared the same principal place of abode as petitioner for more than one-half of 2005.
Regarding this matter, we find petitioner's testimony highly credible. He offered to have his son testify (which the Court declined because of the boy's young age) that for 6 months of 2005 (the first 3 months and the final 3 months), while petitioner was at home and unemployed, R.F. lived with petitioner. During the other 6 months, April through October 2005, while petitioner was working as a landscaper, R.F. lived with Ms. Cervantes during the weekdays and with petitioner during the weekends. Thus, in aggregate, R.F. resided with petitioner full time for 6 months, and for 2 days of every week during the other 6 months. Hence, R.F. resided with petitioner for more than one-half of the year.

For the foregoing reasons, R.F. satisfies the requirements of section 152(c) to be petitioner's qualifying child for 2005, and therefore petitioner is entitled to a dependency exemption deduction for R.F.

B. Whether Ms. Flores Is a Qualifying Child

Ms. Flores is petitioner's daughter, she became age 18 in 2005 and was therefore under age 19 at the close of the year, and she resided with petitioner for more than one-half (namely all) of 2005 as confirmed by the notarized letter from her mother, Ms. Gonzalez, and as conceded by respondent. The sole remaining issue then is whether because of her alleged earnings from her job at the bank Ms. Flores provided more than one-half of her own support. See sec. 152(c)(1)(D) . We will now therefore apply the support test to Ms. Flores' situation.
With respect to the amount that Ms. Flores spent for her own support in 2005, we begin by noting that the record does not establish the amount Ms. Flores earned from her job at the bank or the amount she spent for her own support in 2005. Petitioner acknowledged that Ms. Flores worked for the bank; however, he also testified that he provided almost all of Ms. Flores' support for 2005 and that he encouraged her to save her earnings. We find petitioner's testimony credible.
Ms. Flores' situation bolsters petitioner's testimony. Ms. Flores was a senior in high school and needed to save money for college, which she began in 2006. She worked for a bank, making it convenient for her to save her wages. Petitioner paid for Ms. Flores' main needs: Housing, utilities, food, clothing, entertainment, and transportation to and from school. Ms. Gonzalez also provided her some minimal support, occasionally taking her shopping and giving her some spending money.
Respondent has not offered any evidence to refute petitioner's testimony. Respondent in his pretrial memorandum stated that Ms. Flores filed a 2005 Federal income tax return reporting wages of $4,374. Respondent later at trial conceded that Ms. Flores did not file a 2005 Federal income tax return. Respondent did not provide a transcript of account for Ms. Flores and did not produce a copy of a 2005 Form W-2, Wage and Tax Statement, for Ms. Flores from the bank where she worked during 2005.
Therefore, petitioner has met his burden, and respondent has not proved or even attempted to prove otherwise. Accordingly, the weight of the evidence clearly favors petitioner's contention that Ms. Flores did not provide over one-half of her own support for 2005.
Consequently, because Ms. Flores meets all of the relevant requirements of a qualifying child under section 152(c) , petitioner is entitled to claim her as a dependent for 2005.

II. Filing Status

As pertinent here, head of household filing status requires that the taxpayer maintain a home that was the principal place of abode of a qualifying child for more than one-half of the year. Sec. 2(b)(1)(A) . Additionally, head of household filing status is available only if the taxpayer furnished more than one-half of the cost of maintaining that residence. Sec. 2(b) .
Applying these requirements, we have already found that Ms. Flores was petitioner's qualifying child for 2005, she lived in petitioner's apartment for 9 months (April through December 2005), and petitioner furnished far more than one-half of the cost of maintaining his household. Therefore, petitioner is entitled to head of household filing status for 2005.

III. Refundable Child Tax Credit

Subject to adjusted gross income ceilings, not at issue here, a taxpayer is entitled to a $1,000 credit against tax for each qualifying child of the taxpayer. Sec. 24(a) . For purposes of this section, a qualifying child means an individual under age 17 who is a qualifying child of the taxpayer as defined in section 152(c) . Sec. 24(c)(1) . The age restriction disqualifies Ms. Flores. However, R.F. was age 4 in 2005 and satisfies the other requirements of a qualifying child under section 152(c) .
Generally, a taxpayer may not claim the child tax credit if the taxpayer does not have a “regular tax liability”. Sec. 24(b)(3)(A) ; Richmond v. Commissioner , T.C. Memo. 2009-207. Petitioner's regular tax liability for 2005 was zero because his income was less than the combination of his standard deduction plus his deduction for three exemptions (himself and his two qualifying children).

Despite the above restriction, a separate provision allows a taxpayer to receive a refund of a portion of the child tax credit equaling 15 percent of the taxpayer's earned income that exceeds a certain floor. Sec. 24(d) (referring to section 32 for the definition of earned income). For 2005, the inflation adjusted floor was $11,000. Rev. Proc. 2004-71 , sec. 3.04 , 2004-2 C.B. 970, 972.

Petitioner's earned income in 2005 was solely from his wages of $8,735 because unemployment compensation, $4,000 in this case, is not earned income. See sec. 1.32-2(c)(2) , Income Tax Regs. Accordingly, although petitioner did have one qualifying child, R.F., that satisfied the requirements of the child tax credit, petitioner did not have a regular tax liability to make him eligible for the credit and he did not have sufficient earned income to make him eligible for any part of the refundable portion of the child care tax credit. We sustain respondent on this issue.

IV. Earned Income Credit

Individuals may be eligible for an earned income credit, calculated as a percentage of earned income, if they meet certain criteria. Sec. 32(a)(1) . For purposes of qualifying for the earned income credit, an “eligible individual” is an individual who has a “qualifying child” for the taxable year. Sec. 32(c)(1)(A) . In pertinent part, a “qualifying child” is a child of the taxpayer that satisfies the requirements of section 152(c) . Sec. 32(c)(3) . As discussed above, Ms. Flores and R.F. are petitioner's qualifying children for 2005 under section 152(c) . Therefore, petitioner is entitled to an earned income credit for 2005 calculated with two qualifying children. However, for purposes of the earned income credit, petitioner's earned income for 2005 was $8,735, not the $12,735 he reported, because $4,000 of petitioner's income was from unemployment compensation, which is not earned income. See Jones v. Commissioner , T.C. Memo. 1993-358; sec. 1.32-2(c)(2) , Income Tax Regs.
To reflect our disposition of the issues,
Decision will be entered under Rule 155 .

Footnotes


1
The Court redacts the names of minor children. See Rule 27(a)(3).

Labels:

Wednesday, January 27, 2010

Reporting requirement - FASB Interpretation No. 48

Announcement 2010-9,Internal Revenue Service, (Jan. 27, 2010)

2010FED ¶46,266

Code Sec. 6011




Part III - Administrative, Procedural, and Miscellaneous
Uncertain Tax Positions - Policy of Restraint

Announcement 2010-9

The Internal Revenue Service is considering changes to reporting requirements regarding certain business taxpayers' uncertain tax positions in order to improve tax compliance and administration. The Service is developing a schedule requiring certain business taxpayers to report uncertain tax positions on their tax returns. This Announcement discusses the potential content of such a schedule and invites public comment on the Service's proposed approach. The schedule will require the annual disclosure of uncertain tax positions in the form of a concise description of those positions and information about their magnitude. The proposal does not require the taxpayer to disclose the taxpayer's risk assessment or tax reserve amounts, even though the Service can compel the production of this information through a summons. United States v. Arthur Young , 465 U.S. 805, 815 (1984). While the Service intends to require the reporting of uncertain tax positions, the Service is proposing to otherwise retain its existing policy of restraint as described in Announcement 2002-63 , 2002-2 C.B. 72, and IRM 4.10.20.

BACKGROUND

Uncertain Tax Positions

The United States federal income tax system relies on taxpayers to make a self-assessment of tax and to file the appropriate form of return that shows the facts upon which tax liability may be determined and assessed. Section 601.103 of the Procedure and Administration Regulations. To discharge its obligation to fairly and uniformly administer the tax laws, the Service must be able to identify quickly and efficiently significant issues (including uncertain tax positions) underlying the tax return. Existing business tax returns do not currently require that taxpayers identify and explain uncertain tax positions underlying their returns.

Many taxpayers are required by FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 (FIN 48) 1 to identify and quantify uncertain tax positions taken in the return for financial accounting purposes. That is, taxpayers must identify and quantify for financial accounting purposes a tax position relating to a specific federal tax return for which a taxpayer is required to reserve an amount under FIN 48. A taxpayer's tax reserves and reporting regarding its uncertain tax positions may be reflected in its own books and records or financial statements, or in the books and records or financial statements of a related domestic or foreign entity. Taxpayers not subject to FIN 48 may be subject to other requirements regarding accounting for uncertain tax positions. For example, taxpayers may be subject to other generally accepted accounting standards, including International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) and country-specific generally accepted accounting standards.

The information developed in the course of complying with FIN 48 or other accounting standards is highly relevant to understanding the taxpayer's tax positions and assessing how those positions affect the taxpayer's tax liability. United States v. Arthur Young , 465 U.S. at 815. That information also would aid the Service in focusing its examination resources on returns that contain specific uncertain tax positions that are of particular interest or of sufficient magnitude to warrant Service inquiry, as well as allowing examination teams to identify all of the issues underlying the tax returns more quickly and efficiently.

Schedule

The Service is developing a schedule that will require certain filers to provide information about their uncertain tax positions that affect their United States federal income tax liability. This schedule will be filed with the Form 1120, U.S. Corporation Income Tax Return, or other business tax returns. The schedule will require (i) a concise description of each uncertain tax position for which the taxpayer or a related entity has recorded a reserve in its financial statements and (ii) the maximum amount of potential federal tax liability attributable to each uncertain tax position (determined without regard to the taxpayer's risk analysis regarding its likelihood of prevailing on the merits).

In addition to those positions for which a tax reserve must be established under FIN 48 or other accounting standards, uncertain tax positions will include any position related to the determination of any United States federal income tax liability for which a taxpayer or a related entity has not recorded a tax reserve because (i) the taxpayer expects to litigate the position, or (ii) the taxpayer has determined that the Service has a general administrative practice not to examine the position. For this purpose, a related entity is any entity that is related to the taxpayer under sections 267(b) , 318(a), or 707(b).

The schedule will require a concise description of each uncertain tax position in sufficient detail so that the Service can determine the nature of the issue. The sufficiency of a description will depend on the taxpayer's particular facts and the nature of the underlying transaction. As currently contemplated, this concise description will include the rationale for the position and a concise general statement of the reasons for determining that the position is an uncertain tax position. To be sufficient, the description must contain:

1. The Code sections potentially implicated by the position;

2. A description of the taxable year or years to which the position relates;

3. A statement that the position involves an item of income, gain, loss, deduction, or credit against tax;

4. A statement that the position involves a permanent inclusion or exclusion of any item, the timing of that item, or both;

5. A statement whether the position involves a determination of the value of any property or right; and

6. A statement whether the position involves a computation of basis.


In addition, the schedule will require a taxpayer to specify for each uncertain tax position the entire amount of United States federal income tax that would be due if the position were disallowed in its entirety on audit. This amount is the maximum tax adjustment for the position reflecting all changes to items of income, gain, loss, deduction, or credit if the position is not sustained.

The Service anticipates publishing a notice of proposed rulemaking to provide that certain businesses required to make a return (including corporations required to make a return under section 6012 ) will be required to file a form or schedule relating to the disclosure of uncertain tax positions as part of its return in accordance with the forms, instructions, or other appropriate guidance provided by the Service.

The Service is also evaluating additional options for penalties or sanctions to be imposed when a taxpayer fails to make adequate disclosure of the required information regarding its uncertain tax positions. One option being considered is to seek legislation imposing a penalty for failure to file the schedule or to make adequate disclosure.

Continuation of Policy of Restraint

Except as described in this Announcement, the Service intends to retain the existing policy of restraint for requesting tax accrual workpapers during the course of examinations described in IRM 4.10.20. The Service will continue to review the policy and to consider additional modifications, however, as appropriate or necessary to ensure it obtains complete and accurate information regarding a taxpayer's uncertain tax positions on a timely basis.

SCOPE

The Service intends the new schedule to be filed by a business taxpayer with total assets in excess of $10 million if the taxpayer has one or more uncertain tax positions of the type required to be reported on the new schedule. This includes a taxpayer who prepares financial statements, or is included in the financial statements of a related entity that prepares financial statements, if that taxpayer or related entity determines its United States federal income tax reserves under FIN 48, or other accounting standards relating to uncertain tax positions involving United States federal income tax.

REQUEST FOR COMMENTS

Given the importance of these issues to both the Service and taxpayers, the Service intends to publish the new schedule as quickly as possible and therefore invites the public to submit comments on the proposal described in this Announcement by March 29, 2010. The Service intends to mandate that the new schedule for uncertain tax positions be filed with returns filed after release of the schedule. The Service is particularly interested in comments regarding:

1. How the maximum tax adjustment should be reflected on the schedule so that it provides the Service with an objective and quantifiable measure of each reported tax position (e.g., specific dollar amount or by appropriate dollar ranges);

2. What alternative methods of disclosure of the amount at issue would allow the Service to identify the relative importance of the uncertain tax positions;

3. Whether the calculation of the maximum tax adjustment should relate solely to the tax period for which the return is filed or to all tax periods to which the position relates, and whether net operating losses or excess credits should be taken into account in determining the maximum tax adjustment;

4. How the related entity rules should be applied;

5. Whether the scope of the Announcement should be modified regarding the uncertain tax positions for which information is required to be reported (e.g., positions for which no tax reserve has been established because the taxpayer determined the Service has a general administrative practice not to examine the position);

6. Whether transition rules should be used or criteria modified to either include or exclude certain businesses taxpayers (e.g., the proposed threshold of $10 million total assets);

7. How the new schedule should address taxpayers that initially did not record a reserve for an issue, but in later years do record a reserve; and

8. Whether the list of information proposed to be included should be modified, including whether certain information should be requested in some circumstances upon examination rather than with tax return.


Comments should be submitted to: Internal Revenue Service, CC:PA:LPD:PR ( Announcement 2010-9 ), Room 5203, P.O. Box 7604, Ben Franklin Station, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20044. Alternatively, comments may be hand delivered between the hours of 8:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m., Monday through Friday, to CC:PA:LPD:PR ( Announcement 2010-9 ), Courier's Desk, Internal Revenue Service, 1111 Constitution Avenue, N.W., Washington, D.C. Comments may also be transmitted electronically via the following e-mail address: Announcement.Comments@irscounsel.treas.gov. Please include “ Announcement 2010-9 ” in the subject line of any electronic communications. All comments will be available for public inspection and copying.

DRAFTING INFORMATION

The principal author of this Announcement is Kathryn Zuba of the Office of Associate Chief Counsel (Procedure and Administration). For further information regarding this Announcement, contact the Office the Associate Chief Counsel (Procedure and Administration) at (202) 622-3400 (not a toll-free call).


Footnotes

1 Under the codification of accounting standards, the relevant portions of FIN 48 are now contained in Accounting Standards Codification subtopic 740-10, Income Taxes . FASB ASC 740-10.

Labels:

Tuesday, January 26, 2010

6694 - negligence

Without question, 6694 penalties would apply under the facts of this case because the return preparer did not follow a published IRS position.


MAGUIRE PARTNERS - MASTER INVESTMENTS, LLC, MAGUIRE PARTNERS, INC., TAX MATTERS PARTNERS, et al., Plaintiffs v. UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, Defendant.

UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT CENTRAL DISTRICT OF CALIFORNIA. Case No. CV 06-07371-JFW(RZx) ✓. Related Case Nos.: CV 06-7374-JFW (RZx). CV 06-7376-JFW (RZx). CV 06-7377-JFW (RZx). CV 06-7380-JFW (RZx). Dated: December 11, 2009.

AMENDED FINDINGS OF FACT AND CONCLUSIONS OF LAW

WALTER, United States District Judge: This action came on for a court trial on August 12, 13, and 14, 2008. Steven R. Mather and Lydia Turanchik of Kajan Mather and Barish appeared for Plaintiffs Maguire Partners - Master Investments LLC, Maguire Partners Inc., Thomas Master Investments LP, Thomas Partners Inc., Tax Matters Partner, Huntington/Fox Investments LP, Edward D. Fox, Jr., Thomas Division Partnership LP, Thomas Investment Partners Ltd., (collectively “Plaintiffs”). Andrew Pribe, Rick Watson, and Jonathan Sloat of the Office of the United States Attorney appeared for Defendant United States of America (“Defendant”). On September 22, 2008, the parties filed their proposed Post-Trial Findings of Fact and Conclusions of Law. On October 6, 2008, the parties each filed their Post-Trial Briefs and their marked copies of the opposing parties' proposed Post-Trial Findings of Fact and Conclusions of Law. After considering the evidence, briefs and argument of counsel, the Court makes the following findings of fact and conclusions of law: 1

Findings of Fact 2

I. Factual and Procedural Background

A. The Principals and Their Entities

1. James Thomas

James Thomas, a real-estate investor and developer, is the trustee of the Lumbee Clan Trust, which is a partner in Thomas Investment Partners Ltd. (“TIP”), which, in turn, is a partner in Thomas Division Partnership LP (“TDP”). In 2001 through 2002, these various partnerships owned an interest in: the Library Tower in Los Angeles; the Gas Company Tower in Los Angeles; the Wells Fargo Center in Los Angeles; the MGM Plaza in Santa Monica; the Solana project in Dallas; and Commerce Square in Philadelphia. These investments were highly leveraged with debt in the range of eighty to ninety percent of the value of the property. Thomas's net worth in 2001 was approximately $200 million, with approximately twenty to thirty percent in cash or marketable securities/cash equivalents and the remainder in real estate holdings, including those identified above.

2. Edward Fox

Edward Fox, a real-estate investor and developer, is the trustee of The Edward D. Fox, Jr. Family Trust dated February 14, 1990 (the “Fox Trust”), which is a partner in Huntington/Fox Investments LP (“HFI”), which, in turn, is a partner in both Maguire Partners - Master Investments LLC (“MP-MI”) and Thomas Master Investments LP (“TMI”). In 2001 through 2002, these various partnerships owned an interest in: the Library Tower in Los Angeles; the Gas Company Tower in Los Angeles; the Wells Fargo Center in Los Angeles; the MGM Plaza in Santa Monica; the Solana project in Dallas; and Commerce Square in Philadelphia. These investments were highly leveraged with the debt in the range of eighty to ninety percent of the value of the property.

In 2001, Fox also was a major investor in the publicly-held Center Trust REIT where he served as chairman of the board and chief executive officer. The Media Center Shopping Mall in Burbank, California was one of the key assets owned by the Center Trust REIT. In 2001, Fox also was a founder and owner of Commonwealth Partners, which was assembling a portfolio of commercial real estate projects in partnership with various California state pension funds. Fox's net worth in 2001 was approximately $50 million.

B. The Transactions At Issue

1. The Lumbee Clan Trust Transaction

On December 20, 2001, the Lumbee Clan Trust and AIG entered into a transaction in which the Lumbee Clan Trust paid $1.5 million to AIG. The source of the funds used to pay AIG was a distribution from TIP. Thomas contends that the purpose of the transaction was to serve as a hedge against potential loss in the value of his real-estate interests arising from the risk of terrorism after September 11, 2001. Thomas also contends that the Lumbee Clan Trust paid $1.5 million for an opportunity to receive a net maximum of $38.4 million. The potential payout from the transaction was tied to the value of a portfolio of twenty REIT stocks (the “REIT basket”).

a. The Structure of the Transaction

In general, the transaction between the Lumbee Clan Trust and AIG consisted of a short option, a long option, and a promissory note. On December 20, 2001, the Lumbee Clan Trust and AIG in order to implement the transaction did the following: (1) the Lumbee Clan Trust sold a short option to AIG for $100 million; (2) the Lumbee Clan Trust purchased a long option from AIG for $61,683,169; (3) the Lumbee Clan Trust purchased a promissory note from AIG for $39,816,831; and (4) the Lumbee Clan Trust pledged the proceeds from the long option and the promissory note to secure the short option. The Lumbee Clan Trust's transaction costs amounted to $1.5 million. The long and short options were Asian-style European options. 3 The promissory note eliminated AIG's obligation to transfer funds to the Lumbee Clan Trust in the amount representing the difference between the price of the short option and the price of the long option. The strike price of the short option was fifty percent of the value of the REIT basket, or $100,021,176. The strike price of the long option was seventy percent of the value of the REIT basket, or $140,029,647.

b. The Terms of the Transaction

The terms of the transaction provided that any payoff depended on the average value of the REIT basket between December 20, 2001, and March 19, 2002, as compared to the value as of December 19, 2001. If the average value of the REIT basket between December 20, 2001, and March 19, 2002, did not fall by greater than thirty percent as compared to the value of the REIT basket on December 19, 2001, then the Lumbee Clan Trust would receive no payout. If the average value of the REIT basket between December 20, 2001, and March 19,2002, fell more than thirty percent as compared to the value of the REIT basket on December 19, 2001, then the Lumbee Clan Trust would receive a cash payment that would increase dollar-for-dollar with the reduction in the average value of the REIT basket below seventy percent of the value of the REIT basket on December 19, 2001, until a maximum payout of $40,008,471 was reached. This maximum payout would be reached if the average value of the REIT portfolio fell by fifty percent or more from its value of December 19, 2001. However, the Lumbee Clan Trust would never be obligated to pay out-of-pocket anything other than the $1.5 million transaction costs paid to AIG on December 20, 2001, for the transaction.

c. The Contributions to the Partnerships

On December 27, 2001, the Lumbee Clan Trust contributed the transaction to TIP. Specifically, the Lumbee Clan Trust contributed the long option and the promissory note, and TIP assumed the short option. On December 27, 2001, TIP contributed the transaction to TDP. Specifically, TIP contributed the long option and the promissory note, and TDP assumed the short option. These contributions of the assets and assumptions of the short option were with the approval of AIG. After the contributions to the partnerships, AIG's position in the short option remained secured by the pledge of the long option and the promissory note.

d. The Performance of the REIT Basket and the Transaction

The value of the REIT basket did not decline by an average of thirty percent for the period between December 20, 2001, and March 19, 2002, as compared to its value on December 19, 2001. Therefore, the transaction did not yield a net payment to TDP.

e. The Tax Reporting by the Partnerships and the IRS Adjustments Related to the Transaction

(i.) Thomas Investment Partners

TIP reported on its 2001 Form 1065 that $101,500,000 had been contributed in capital during the year and that this amount constituted an asset of TIP. TIP also reported on its 2001 Form 1065 that the Lumbee Clan Trust had increased its capital in TIP by $101,500,000. TIP also issued a K-1 (partner's share of income, credits, deductions, etc.) to the Lumbee Clan Trust for 2001 that reflected an increase in the Lumbee Clan Trust's capital account of $101,500,000 due to the contribution of the transaction. TIP reported on its 2002 Form 1065 that it had interest income of $191,640 and it claimed deductions of $1,691,640. TIP did not account for the short option on either the Form 1065 or the K-1s for 2001 and 2002. For 2001, the IRS issued a notice of Final Partnership Adjustment (“FPAA”) which adjusted downward the capital contributed to and assets of TIP by $101,500,000 and sought to adjust the outside basis of LCT by $101,500,000. For 2002, the FPAA adjusted downward income by $191,640 and disallowed the deduction of $1,691,640.

(ii.) Thomas Division Partnership

TDP reported on its 2001 Form 1065 that $101,500,000 had been contributed in capital during the year and that this amount constituted an asset of TDP. TDP also reported on its 2001 Form 1065 that TIP had increased its capital in TDP by $101,500,000. TDP also issued a K-1 to TIP for 2001 that reflected an increase in TIP's capital account of $101,500,000 due to the contribution of the transaction. TDP reported on its 2002 Form 1065 that it had interest income of $191,640, and it claimed deductions of $1,691,640. TDP did not account for the short option on either the Form 1065 or the K-1s for 2001 and 2002. For 2001, the IRS issued an FPAA that adjusted downward the capital contributed to and assets of TDP by $101,500,000, and sought to adjust the outside basis of TIP by $101,500,000. For 2002, the FPAA adjusted downward income by $191,640, and disallowed the deduction of $1,691,640.

2. The Fox Trust Transaction

On December 20, 2001, the Fox Trust and AIG entered into a transaction in which the Fox Trust paid $675,000 to AIG. Fox contends that the purpose of the transaction was to serve as a hedge against potential loss in the value of his real-estate interests arising from the risk of terrorism after September 11, 2001. Fox also contends that the Fox Trust paid $675,000 for an opportunity to receive up to a net maximum of $17,242,574. The potential payout from the transaction was tied to the value of a portfolio of twenty REIT stocks (the “REIT basket”). This was the identical basket that the Lumbee Clan Trust transaction used.

a. The Structure of the Transaction

In general, the transaction between the Fox Trust and AIG consisted of a short option, a long option, and a promissory note. On December 20, 2001, the Fox Trust and AIG in order to implement the transaction did the following: (1) the Fox Trust sold a short option to AIG for $45 million; (2) the Fox Trust purchased a long option from AIG for $27,757,426; (3) the Fox Trust purchased a promissory note from AIG for $17,917,574; and (4) the Fox Trust pledged the proceeds from the long option and the promissory note to secure the short option. The Fox Trust's transaction costs amounted to $675,000. The options were Asian-style European options. The promissory note eliminated AIG's obligation to transfer funds to the Fox trust in an amount representing the difference between the price of the short option and the price of the long option. The strike price of the short option was fifty percent of the value of the REIT basket, or $45,009,529. The strike price of the long option was seventy percent of the value of the REIT basket, or $63,013,341.

b. The Terms of the Transaction

The terms of the transaction provided that any payoff depended on the average value of the REIT basket between December 20, 2001, and March 19, 2002, as compared to the value as of December 19, 2001. If the average value of the REIT basket between December 20, 2001, and March 19, 2002, did not fall by greater than thirty percent as compared to the value of the REIT basket on December 19, 2001, then the Fox Trust would receive no payout. If the average value of the REIT basket between December 20, 2001, and March 19, 2002, fell by more than thirty percent as compared to the value of the REIT basket on December 19, 2001, then the Fox Trust would receive a cash payment that would increase dollar-for-dollar with the reduction in the average value of the REIT basket below seventy percent of the value of the REIT basket on December 19, 2001, until a maximum payout of $18,003,812 was reached. This maximum payout would be reached if the average value of the REIT portfolio fell by fifty percent or more from its value on December 19, 2001. However, the Fox Trust would never be obligated to pay out-of-pocket anything other than the $675,000 transaction costs paid to AIG on December 20, 2001.

c. The Contributions to the Partnerships

On December 27, 2001, the Fox Trust contributed the transaction to HFI. Specifically, the Fox Trust contributed the long option and the promissory note, and HFI assumed the short option. On December 27, 2001, HFI contributed $34,749,083 of the transaction to MP-MI. Specifically, HFI contributed seventy-six percent of the long option and the promissory note, and MP-MI assumed seventy-six percent of the short option. HFI had no prior investment in MP-MI. On December 27, 2001, HFI contributed $7,682,535 of the transaction to TMI. Specifically, HFI contributed seventeen percent of the long option and the promissory note, and TMI assumed seventeen percent of the short option. HFI had no prior investment in TMI. On December 27, 2001, HFI contributed the remaining seven percent of the transaction to Manhattan Properties, LP 4 , which assumed the remaining seven percent of the short option. These contributions of the assets and assumptions of the short option were with the approval of AIG. After the contributions to the partnerships, AIG's position in the short option remained secured by the pledge of the long option and the note.

d. The Performance of the REIT Basket and the Transaction

The value of the REIT basket did not decline by an average of thirty percent for the period between December 20, 2001, and March 19, 2002, as compared to its value on December 19, 2001. Therefore, the transaction did not yield a net payment to Fox.

e. The Tax Reporting by the Partnerships and the IRS Adjustments Related to the Transaction

(i.) Huntington/Fox Investments

HFI reported its investment in MP-MI on its 2001 Form 1065 in the amount of $513,515. HFI reported its investment in TMI on its 2001 Form 1065 in the amount of $113,519. HFI reported on its 2002 Form 1065 deductions of $707,183 and income of $80,114 pertaining to the transaction. HFI did not account for the short option on either the Form 1065 or the K-1s for 2001 and 2002. For 2001, the IRS issued an FPAA that adjusted downward the capital contributed to and assets of HFI by $42,431,618, and sought to adjust outside basis of the Fox Trust by $42,431,618. For 2002, the FPAA adjusted income downward by $80,114, and disallowed the deduction of $707,183.

(ii.) Maguire Partners-Master Investments

MP-MI reported on its 2001 Form 1065 that it had made a capital contribution of $34,749,083 during the year and that this amount constituted an asset of the partnership. MP-MI also reported on its 2001 Form 1065 that HFI had increased its capital in MP-MI by $34,749,083. MP-MI also issued a K-1 to HFI for 2001 that reflected an increase in the HFI's capital account of $34,749,083 due to the contribution of the transaction. MP-MI reported on its 2002 Form 1065 that it had interest income of $65,609 and it claimed deductions of $579,143 pertaining to the transaction. It also reported other investments of $34,235,549. MP-MI did not account for the short option on either the Form 1065 or the K-1s for 2001 and 2002. For 2001, the IRS issued an FPAA that adjusted downward the capital contributed to and assets of MP-MI by $34,749,083, and sought to adjust the outside basis of HFI by $34,749,083. For 2002, the FPAA adjusted downward income by $65,609, and disallowed the deduction of $579,143. The IRS also adjusted the other investments downward by $34,235,549.

(iii.) Thomas Master Investments

TMI reported on its 2001 Form 1065 that it had made a capital contribution of $7,682,535 during the year and that this amount constituted an asset of TMI. TMI also reported on its 2001 From 1065 that HFI had increased its capital in TMI by $7,682,535. TMI also issued a K-1 to HFI for 2001 that reflected an increase in HFI's capital account of $7,682,535 due to the contribution of the transaction. TMI reported on its 2002 Form 1065 that it had interest income of $14,505, and it claimed deductions of $128,040 pertaining to the transaction. It also reported other investments of $7,569,000. TMI did not account for the short option on either the Form 1065 or the K-1s for 2001 and 2002. For 2001, the IRS issued an FPAA that adjusted downward the capital contributed to and assets of TMI by $7,682,535, and sought to adjust the outside basis of HFI by $7,682,535. For 2002, the FPAA adjusted downward income by $14,505, and disallowed the deduction of $128,040. The IRS also adjusted the other investments downward by $7,569,000.

C. Background Regarding the Transactions at Issue

1. The Arthur Andersen Call-Option Spread

The transactions that were entered into by the Lumbee Clan Trust and AIG and the Fox Trust and AIG were designed by Arthur Andersen and referred to internally by various names, such as the “call-option spread”, the “synthetic put” and “asset-hedging.” The call-option spread consisted of two call options - one long and one short - and a promissory note. 5 By using the call-option spread, a taxpayer would be able to create a basis in an amount substantially greater than the amount of money actually paid for the call-option spread by taking the position that the transaction created a “contingent” liability for purposes of I.R.C. § 752 . In order to create basis and obtain the tax benefit, the taxpayer was required to contribute the call-option to a partnership.

The call-option spread was viewed by Arthur Andersen tax partners as one of many-tax-avoidance techniques marketed by Arthur Andersen. In fact, from 1999 to 2001, Arthur Andersen arranged approximately ten call-option spread transactions, and in all but one of these transactions AIG was the counterparty. The call-option spread was considered a “proven solution” by Arthur Andersen, which included techniques offered by Arthur Andersen to minimize taxes. It is estimated that the call-option spread transactions generated about $14.7 million in fees for Arthur Andersen in fiscal years 2000 and 2001.

2. Thomas and Fox Learn About the Call-Option Spread

In 2001, Martin Griffiths, a tax partner in the Los Angeles office of Arthur Andersen, was the engagement partner and the main point of contact for Thomas and Fox. In fact, Thomas, Fox, and another real estate investor, Robert Maguire, represented approximately one hundred percent of Griffiths's business. Because Griffiths was familiar with the investment portfolios and tax needs of Thomas and Fox, he considered it his duty to investigate and determine if any of the “interesting planning ideas” presented to him by Arthur Andersen had any applicability to Thomas or Fox. He testified that it was his job to bring Arthur Andersen's “industry expertise” to bear on Thomas and Fox's interests.

Sometime before September 11, 2001, Griffiths became aware of the call-option spread, and decided to investigate it for Thomas, Fox, and Maguire. Before September 11, 2001, Griffiths contacted his fellow tax partner Mandel to learn more about the call-option spread. After discussing the call-option spread with Mandel, Griffiths and Mandel met with Thomas and, separately, with Fox on September 27, 2001. During these meetings, Mandel explained to Thomas, a former trial attorney with the I.R.S., and Fox the increased basis that could result from the call-option spread, which Mandel described as a hedge, if the options and note were contributed to a partnership. In the weeks after the September 27, 2001 meetings, Griffiths continued to discuss the call-option spread with Thomas and Fox, including detailed discussions regarding the structure of the transaction.

In December 2001, Paul Rutter, outside transactional counsel to Thomas and Fox, met with Mandel to discuss the transaction. He also reviewed the transactional documents prepared by Sullivan & Cromwell, counsel to AIG. Rutter was not an expert on options or hedging, and did not provide business advice to Thomas or Fox regarding the transaction. Instead, Rutter's representation was limited to reviewing the documents prepared by AIG's counsel, which included the contribution agreements by which the transaction would be contributed to the partnerships. Rutter testified that it was his understanding “that they [AIG] were doing this transaction with other people and had a pre-existing set of documents they used[.]”

Rutter also testified that the decision to contribute the transactions to Thomas and Fox's respective partnerships had already been made by the time he became involved in the transaction. In fact, Thomas and Fox admitted that it was always their intention to contribute the transactions to their respective partnerships. The partnership contributions were always viewed by Thomas, Fox, Griffiths, and Rutter as integral to the entire transaction.

On December 20, 2001, Thomas and Fox entered into the call-option spread transactions, described above, with AIG.

II. Discussion

A. The Lumbee Clan Trust Transaction And The Fox Trust Transaction Lack Economic Substance.

A taxpayer is not permitted to reap tax benefits from a transaction that lacks economic substance. 6 Coltec Industries, Inc. v. United States , 454 F.3d 1340, 1352-55 (Fed. Cir. 2006) (discussing Supreme Court precedent invoking economic substance since 1935). As the Federal Circuit explained in Coltec , the economic substance doctrine requires “disregarding, for tax purposes, transactions that comply with the literal terms of the tax code but lack economic reality,” and, thus, “prevent[s] taxpayers from subverting the legislative purpose of the tax code by engaging in transactions that are fictitious or lack economic reality simply to reap a tax benefit.” Id. at 1352-54.

1. Legal Standard for Economic Substance Analysis

To determine whether a transaction is merely an economic sham, the court must determine whether the transaction had any practical economic effect other than the creation of tax benefits. Casebeer v. Commissioner , 909 F.2d 1360, 1363 (9th Cir. 1990); Sochin v. Commissioner , 843 F.2d 351, 354 (9th Cir. 1988). Therefore, the court must exam the objective economic substance of the transaction and the subjective business motivation of the taxpayer. Sochin , 843 F.2d at 354; Casebeer , 909 F.2d at 1363. However, the objective and subjective inquiries are not “discrete prongs of a rigid twostep analysis,” but “are simply more precise factors to consider in the application of [the Ninth Circuit's] traditional sham analysis; that is, whether the transaction had any practical economic effects other than the creation of income tax losses.” Id.

a. The Objective Economic Substance Inquiry

Under the objective economic substance inquiry, the Court must determine “whether the transaction ha[s] economic substance beyond the creation of tax benefits.” Casebeer , 909 F.2d at 1365 ( citing Bail Bonds by Marvin Nelson, Inc. v. Commissioner , 820 F.2d 1543, 1549 (9th Cir. 1987). To do so, the court must analyze whether the “substance of the transaction reflects its form” and whether, objectively, “the transaction was likely to produce economic benefits aside from a tax deduction.” Id.

A transaction lacks objective economic substance where it does not appreciably affect a taxpayer's beneficial interest except to reduce his taxes. Knetsch v. United States , 364 U.S. 361, 366 (1960); ACM Partnership v. Commissioner , 157 F.3d 231 248 (3d Cir. 1998). For example, de minimis economic effect - such as the accumulation of small amounts of cash value in an annuity contract or the assumption of marginal risks in a partnership arrangement - are insufficient to create economic substance. Knetsch , 364 U.S. 361, 365-66 (finding transaction involving leveraged annuities to be economic sham because possible $1,000 cash value of annuities at maturity was “relative pittance” compared to purported value of annuities); ASA Investerings Partnership v. Commissioner , 201 F.3d 505, 514 (D.C. Cir. 2000); ACM , 157 F.3d at 251-52.

b. The Subjective Business Purpose Inquiry

The Court analyzes a taxpayer's subjective business purpose by determining “whether the taxpayers have shown that they had a business purpose for engaging in the transaction other than tax avoidance.” Casebeer , 909 F.2d 1363-64. This analysis “often involves an examination of the subjective factors that motivated a taxpayer to make the transaction at issue,” such as the experience of the taxpayer, the extent of the taxpayer's investigation into a transaction, the extent of any advisor's investigation into the deal, and the taxpayer's trial testimony regarding their motivation for entering into the transaction.” Bail Bonds , 820 F.2d at 1549; see, also, Casebeer , 909 F.2d at 1364.

One factor that can be considered in analyzing a taxpayer's subjective business purpose is whether the taxpayer was acting like a prudent economic actor or contrary to rational business interests in the transaction. See, e.g., Gilman v. Comm'r , 933 F.2d 143, 146-47 (2d Cir.1991) (requiring taxpayer to demonstrate that prudent investor could have concluded that “realistic potential for economic profit” existed) (internal quotation marks omitted); Rice's Toyota World, Inc. v. Comm'r , 752 F.2d 89, 91 (4th Cir.1985) (equating lack of economic substance with finding that “no reasonable possibility of a profit exists”); Long Term Capital , 330 F.Supp.2d at 172 (finding that transaction lacked economic substance because, “at the time the transaction was entered into, a prudent investor would have concluded that there was no chance to earn a non-tax based profit return in excess of the costs of the transaction”); Estate of Strober v. Comm'r , 63 T.C.M. (CCH) 3158, 3160 (1992) (“We conclude that … a prudent investor, relying upon independently obtained appraisals and research, would not have concluded that [the] transaction offered a reasonable opportunity for economic gain exclusive of tax benefits.”). Thus, as the Federal Circuit found in Coltec, there must be an objective inquiry into economic reality that would ask “‘whether a reasonable possibility of profit from the transaction existed,’” Coltec , 454 F.3d at 1356 (quoting Black & Decker , 436 F.3d at 441), and “whether the transaction has ‘realistic financial benefit.’” Id . at 1356 n. 16 (quoting Rothschild , 407 F.2d at 411); see, also, Jade Trading, 80 Fed. Cl. At 47-48 (“The inquiry is not whether the [taxpayers] believed the Jade transaction was a real investment capable of making a profit, but whether the Jade transaction in fact objectively was a real investment capable of making a profit and altering their financial positions.”). In addition, where a taxpayer is sophisticated in economics and/or taxation, entering a bad deal may shed light on the taxpayer's true tax-avoidance motivation. Id. (“the absence of reasonableness sheds light on Long Term's subjective motivation, particularly given the high level of sophistication possessed by Long Term's principals in matters economic.”). Similarly, a conspicuous lack of concern over the particulars of the transaction by the taxpayer may be evidence that the transaction is a sham. See, Mahoney v. Commissioner , 808 F.2d 1219, 1220 (6th Cir. 1987).

2. The Transactions At Issue Lack Economic Substance

The presence or lack of economic substance for federal tax purposes is determined by a fact-specific inquiry on a case-by-case basis. Frank Lyon , 435 U.S. at 584. In this case, the Court finds that the evidence demonstrates that the transactions at issue do not have economic substance because Thomas and Fox received no economic benefit, other than the increase in basis, from the transactions. In addition, the Court finds that the evidence demonstrates that Thomas and Fox were motivated by this increased basis and not by any purported “hedging” benefit.

Plaintiffs argue that factual differences between this case and the recent economic substance cases of Stobie Creek and Jade Trading mean that the transactions at issue in this case do, in fact, have economic substance. However, an examination of how the economic substance analysis was applied in Stobie Creek and Jade Trading demonstrate that the transaction at issue in this case, like the transactions in those cases, do not have economic substance.

a. Under the Economic Substance Analysis as Applied in Stobie Creek , The Transactions At Issue in This Case Lack Economic Substance

Stobie Creek involved the contribution of offsetting long and short foreign-currency options to single-member LLCs. The plaintiffs in Stobie Creek alleged that the principal involved was a “reasonable investor” who “made a reasonable assessment regarding profitability.” Id . at 693. In evaluating this claim, the court stated that it could not “ignore the functional and historical reality that the [offsetting option pairs] were part of the prepackaged J&G strategy marketed to shelter taxable gains.” Id. In addition, the Court in Stobie Creek relied heavily on the expert testimony offered by the Government in concluding that “plaintiffs' attempts to establish a legitimate profit motive wither against the devastating, much more credible expert testimony that established the objective economic reality that the [offsetting option pairs] were severely over-priced, had a negative expected-rate-of-return, and consequently had a scant profit potential.” Stobie Creek , 823 Fed. Cl. At 696. The Government's expert concluded that the transaction “was priced at levels that far exceeded [the components'] theoretical value[,]” where those values were computed using an adaptation of the Black-Scholes model. Id. At 685.

The court dismissed the plaintiffs' expert's criticism of the Government's expert's reliance on the Black-Scholes model. While the court recognized the validity of the criticism that “the model involves assumptions of perfect and static markets[,]” it found that the plaintiffs' expert “could not offer a more appropriate substitute.” Id. at 689-90. The court concluded that the expert testimony “suggests that no reasonable and prudent investor would have expected a possibility of a profit on these transactions.” Id. at 693.

In evaluating the subjective business purpose prong of the economic substance analysis, the court rejected the testimony of the principal that he “believed a 30% chance of doubling his investment existed” because the court found that “the [offsetting option pairs] had no objectively reasonable possibility of returning a profit and therefore lacked an objective business purpose.” Id. at 698. The court found that the transactions were “integral to a ‘preconceived’ tax shelter scheme that was not structured to create a viable profit-producing investment, but, rather, to inflate the basis in an unrelated asset that would yield large capital gains upon sale.” Id. Moreover, the court found that while there was “limited evidence” of an investment motive, the evidence was “not sufficient to overcome the evidence that the [offsetting option pairs] were economic nullities beyond producing the claimed tax benefits.” Id.

Similarly, in this case, Defendant's expert, Professor Grendier, used recognized option-pricing-modeling techniques to conclude that the value of the Thomas transaction was $574, and the value of the Fox transaction was $259. 7 Therefore, based on a thirty-five percent volatility, Thomas and Fox paid approximately 2,700 and 2,600 times the value of the transactions they purchased.

Although Plaintiffs' experts, Professors Manaster and Edelstein, criticized Professor Grendier's Black-Scholes method, Professor Manaster testified that, in the absence of comparative prices, he would have performed the same analysis while Professor Edelstein offered no acceptable alternative to Professor Grenadier's analysis.

Moreover, like the transaction in Stobie Creek , the call option spread was a prepackaged deal offered by Arthur Andersen that focused on the creation of basis. Arthur Andersen did not offer any advice on whether the transaction was a hedge, and Mandel, who offered the call option spread to Thomas and Fox, had no expertise on hedging or options.

Finally, there is no credible evidence that the transactions performed as hedges. First, there is no credible evidence that a close correlation exists between the value of the broad-based REIT basket and the value of any of Thomas's and Fox's real estate investments. Second, even if the transactions served as hedges, the price paid by Thomas and Fox vastly exceeded any benefit they could have received. In addition, despite claiming to follow the REIT market closely, Fox did not know the difference between the average drop required to produce a return of one dollar on his transaction, and the historical drop that occurred in 1974. Therefore, as in Stobie Creek , the Court does not find that the self-serving testimony of the principals, Thomas and Fox, sufficient to overcome the substantial and objective evidence that the transactions at issue are economic nullities entered into for the purpose of fabricating tax basis in amounts that are vastly disproportionate to the actual cost.

b. Under the Economic Substance Analysis as Applied in Jade Trading , The Transactions At Issue in This Case Lack Economic Substance

Jade Trading , another recent case involving economic substance analysis, involved the contribution of a long option and a short option to a partnership. Jade Trading , 80 Fed. Cl. at 11-13. The three taxpayers each paid $150,002, and each obtained an increased basis of $15 million. Id. The court disallowed the claimed tax benefits and determined that the transaction was an economic sham. Id. at 14. The court reached its conclusion based on five reasons. First, the claimed losses “were purely fictional” because the taxpayers “did not invest $15 million in the spread and did not lose $15 million when exiting Jade without exercising either option.” Second, the plaintiffs contentions that the transaction had a profit potential was contradicted by the large limitation on the maximum net profit that could be earned and the “large and unusual” fees that the plaintiffs paid. Third, the transaction was “devised and marketed by a tax accounting group …as a tax product, not by an investment advisor as a vehicle to earn a profit,” and, thus, the court found it “was developed as a tax avoidance mechanism and not an investment strategy.” Fourth, the initiation of the transaction outside the partnership followed by the contribution to the partnership “had no effect whatsoever on the investment's value, quality, or profitability, except to add cost and burden,” but “packaging the investment in the partnership vehicle was an absolute necessity for securing the tax benefits.” Fifth, there was a “highly disproportionate tax advantage to the underlying monetary outlay - the tax loss per [taxpayer], $14.9 million, was roughly 65 times greater than each LLC's $225,002 financial commitment to Jade, almost 100 times each LLC's $150,002 investment in the spread transaction which generated the loss, and approximately 100 times the $140,000 potential net profit each LLC could have earned.”

Similarly, the Court finds that consideration of these same five reasons in this case leads to the same result - that the transactions at issue in this case lack economic substance. First, the claimed basis is fictional, because Thomas and Fox paid only $1.5 million and $675,000, respectively for the integrated transactions they purchased, but gained an increased basis of $101,500,000 and $45,675,000, respectively. The increase in basis is approximately sixty-seven times what they paid for the transactions. Second, as Professor Grenadier explained, there is virtually no likelihood of a thirty percent average drop over ninety days - the drop required to yield a one dollar return - much less the average fifty percent drop required to yield the maximum payout possible. 8 Third, the design of the call option spread demonstrates that it was designed for the creation of tax benefits. Mandel, who was intimately familiar with the call option spread transaction format and was integral in selling these transactions to Thomas and Fox, was a tax expert specializing in “leading edge tax solutions,” not an options or risk-management expert. Moreover, there is no evidence that the call option spread was designed as a hedge generally, or that it operated as a hedge with respect to the transactions at issue in this case. Fourth, there is no evidence that the contribution to the partnerships, which was part of the design of the prepackaged transactions, had any effect “on the investment's value, quality, or profitability.” However, the contribution was required for the creation of an increased basis. In addition, in the weeks after Mandel first discussed the call option spread with Thomas and Fox, Griffiths provided tax advice to them about the increased basis they would achieve if they purchased the transactions. Fifth, the tax benefit is highly disproportional - sixty-seven times - to the actual economic outlay. As a result the Court finds that the transactions at issue lack economic substance.

c. The Transactions At Issue In This Case Are Economic Shams.

In this case, it is clear that Plaintiffs are not taxpayers “who structured their transactions and ordered their affairs in a way so as to reduce their liability for taxes or to achieve the greatest tax benefits; rather, the tax benefits shaped the structure of the investment in order to achieve the goal of tax avoidance.” Stobie Creek , 82 Fed. Cl. at 698; see, also, Coltec , 454 F.3d at 1357 (“there is a material difference between structuring a real transaction in a particular way to provide a tax benefit (which is legitimate), and creating a transaction, without a business purpose, in order to create a tax benefit (which is illegitimate).”). Because of the mismatch between the purported purpose of “hedging” and the inability of the Asian-style options to satisfy that purpose, the dramatic overpayment by Thomas and Fox for the de minimis value they received in return, and the virtual impossibility of receiving even one dollar in return versus the certain increase in basis by $101,500,000 Thomas and 445,675,000 by Fox, the Court finds that the only appreciable benefit gained by the transactions at issue was an increased basis. This conclusion is supported by the fact that Thomas and Fox were sophisticated economic actors. In fact, Thomas was a former trial attorney with the IRS. Thomas and Fox, along with Griffiths, their tax advisor, obviously recognized the value that would result from the increased basis, such as shielding distributions of cash and property from their partnerships by characterizing that property as a return on capital, or reducing the obligation to restore a negative capital account on termination of their partnerships.

The Court finds that the weight of evidence, including the persuasive expert testimony by Professor Grenadier, established that the transactions at issue did not appreciably improve the economic position of Thomas and Fox beyond the creation of an increased basis. Any subjective belief by Thomas and Fox that the transaction constituted a hedge was not objectively supported by the evidence, and any subjective belief that there was an economic benefit is not objectively reasonable. No prudent business person, such as Thomas or Fox, would pay between 2,600 and 2,700 times the value of the transactions in this case for this type of a hedge. Because the transactions do not provide any appreciable economic benefit to Thomas or Fox, the Court finds that the transactions at issue are economic shams, and any evidence of a non-tax avoidance subjective motivation is not sufficient to give the transactions economic substance. Therefore, the transactions must be disregarded under the prevailing economic substance doctrine, and are without effect for purposes of federal taxation.

B. Application of the Step Transaction Doctrine Yields a Cost-Basis of $1.5 Million for Thomas and $675,000 for Fox.

As an alternative to the economic substance doctrine, Defendant also seeks to invalidate the tax effects claimed by Plaintiffs under the step transaction doctrine. “The Supreme Court has expressly sanctioned the step transaction doctrine, noting that ‘interrelated yet formally distinct steps in an integrated transaction may not be considered independently of the overall transaction.’” The Falconwood Corp. v. United States , 422 F.3d 1339, 1349 (2005) (quoting Comm'r v. Clark , 489 U.S. 726, 738 (1989)). “[T]he objective of the doctrine is to ‘give tax effect to the substance, as opposed to the form of a transaction, by ignoring for tax purposes, steps of an integrated transaction that separately are without substance.’” Id . (quoting Dietzsch v. United States , 204 Ct.Cl. 535, 498 F.2d 1344, 1346 (1974)).

Courts principally rely on two tests to determine whether to apply the step-transaction doctrine: the interdependence test and the end result test. See, Kornfield v. Commissioner , 137 F.3d 1231, 1235 (10th Cir. 1998); Brown v. United States , 782 F.2d 559, 563-64 (6th Cir. 1986); Security Indus. Ins. Co. v. United States , 702 F.2d 1234, 1244 (5th Cir. 1983); McDonald's Rests. v. Commissioner , 688 F.2d 520, 524-25 (7th Cir. 1982). While the two tests have different formulations, both tests have as their central purpose the implementation of “the central purpose of the step transaction doctrine; that is, to assure that tax consequences turn on the substance of a transaction rather than on its form.” King , 418 F.2d at 517.

1. The End-Result Test

The end-result test applies when “a series of separate transactions were prearranged parts of what was a single transaction, cast from the outset to achieve the ultimate result.” Greene v. United States , 13 F.3d 577, 583 (2d Cir. 1994)( citing Penrod v. Commissioner , 88 T.C. 1415, 1429 (T.C. 1987). “[p]urportedly separate transactions will be amalgamated into a single transaction when it appears that they were really component parts of a single transaction intended from the outset to be taken for the purpose of reaching the ultimate result.” Brown , 782 F.2d at 564 ( quoting King , 418 F.2d at 516). While the taxpayer's intent is relevant under the end-result test, it is not the intent to avoid taxes; instead, it is whether the taxpayer intended to achieve a particular end-result, legitimate or not, through a series of interrelated steps. True , 190 F.3d at 1175. Thus, if a taxpayer structures a single transaction in a certain way that involves multiple steps, “he cannot request independent tax recognition of the individual steps unless he shows that at the time he engaged in the individual step, its result was the intended end result in and of itself.” Id. at 1175 fn. 9.

In this case, both Thomas and Fox contend that the reason they engaged in the transactions at issue was to “hedge” against a catastrophic collapse in the real-estate market. Thus, as they described it, Thomas and Fox essentially placed a “bet” that they now contend amounted to a hedge. Therefore, the long option, the short option, and the promissory note are simply the “interrelated steps” through which Thomas and Fox accomplish this “bet” or “hedge.” Under the end results test, these interrelated steps of the transaction should be collapsed into a unified whole and the tax consequences determined accordingly.

In addition, any attempt by Plaintiffs to argue that they had a valid business purposes, such as the plaintiff in the Falconwood case, in engaging in the transactions at issue does not “immunize” these transactions from the step transaction doctrine. See, Stobie Creek , 82 Fed. Cl. at 701. While the court in Falconwood held that the step transaction doctrine did not apply to the series of transactions at issue, it did so because the taxpayer had an independent business purpose for the initial step, and then was bound by regulation to follow the remaining steps that the Government had sought to collapse. Falconwood , 422 F.2d at 1351-52 (“Upon completing a downstream merger for independent business reasons, Falconwood therefore had little choice in the face of quasi-legislative mandates but to file a final consolidated tax return for the group that covered Falconwood's operations for its entire taxable year.”). However, as in Stobie Creek, Plaintiffs “cannot align themselves with the factual circumstances presented in Falconwood ” because they “were not bound by any legislative or regulatory mandate to proceed along the tortuous steps that resulted in the claimed basis enhancement.” Stobie Creek , 82 Fed. Cl. at 702.

2. The Interdependence Test

“The interdependence formulation of the step transaction doctrine requires an inquiry into whether the individual transactions in the series would be “fruitless” without completion of the series.” Id. at 699 ( quoting Falconwood , 422 F.3d at 1349). Under this test, courts analyze whether or not one part of the overall transaction would have occurred without another part. Kornfield , 137 F.3d at 1235; Security Indus. Ins. , 702 F.2d at 1247. If not, the transaction is then integrated and the step transaction applies. Id. Thus, under this test, courts “disregard the tax effects of individual transactional steps if “it is unlikely that any one step would have been undertaken except in contemplation of the other integrating acts.” True , 190 F.3d at 1175 ( citing Kuper v. Commissioner , 533 F.2d 152, 156 (5th Cir. 1976)).

In this case, the components of the transactions at issue were interdependent because each component was required to accomplish the desired economic result, which was, as Plaintiffs describe it a “bet” or “hedge” against a collapse in the real estate market. This is best demonstrated by the fact that the documents executed as part of the transactions created interlocking contractual obligations. For example, the Certificate re: Consent and Authorization discusses a “Master Transaction.” The Master Transaction “would be effectuated through the execution and delivery by the Trust of the following agreements: (a) Master Agreement to be entered into by … the Trust and [AIG] …; (b) Note …, to be entered into by and between the Trust and [AIG]…; (c) Pledge Agreement by and between Trust and [AIG]; (d) Option and Equity Derivative Account Agreement by and between Trust and [AIG], and (e) Confirmation Letter Agreements re: share option transaction I and re: share option transaction II to Trust from [AIG].” Moreover, the Master Agreement specifies that all transactions and confirmations constitute a single agreement.

The creation of these interlocking obligations with respect to the long option, the short option, and the note accomplished the goal of creating the “bet” sought by Thomas and Fox. Neither the long or short option independently could have created the required “bet.” For example, Thomas and Fox would have only benefitted from an independent purchase of the long option if prices of the stocks in the REIT basket increased, which is the opposite of what they were trying to accomplish in “hedging” against a drastic downturn in the real estate market. In addition, an independent purchase of the short option would have exposed Thomas and Fox to unlimited losses if the price of the stocks in the REIT basket increased. Thus, the purchase of the long option, the short option, and the AIG note were required to accomplish the desired “hedge.” Therefore, the transactions making up the steps of the “hedge” strategy pursued by the Plaintiffs “are interdependent and have no independent functional justification outside of the series.” Stobie Creek, 82 Fed. Cl. at 700. “Under the interdependence test, the individual steps must be disregarded and collapsed into a single transaction.” Id.

The Court finds that, under either the interdependence test or the end result test, the step transaction doctrine applies to Plaintiffs' transactions. Id. Accordingly, the tax consequences should be determined on the substance of the transactions at issue, and not on the form used by Plaintiffs. Id.

C. Application of the Substance Over Form Doctrine Yields a Cost-Basis of $1.5 Million for Thomas and $675,000 for Fox.

In 1945, the Supreme Court stated: “The incident of taxation depends on substance rather than form of the transaction.” Commissioner v. Court Holding Co., 324 U.S. 331, 334 (1945); see, also, True v. United States , 190 F.3d at 1174 (10th Cir. 1999); Allen v. Commissioner , 925 F.2d 348, 352 (9th Cir. 1991). In applying this principle, a court “must look beyond the taxpayers' characterization of isolated, individual transaction steps, and also review the substance of each series of transactions in its entirety.” True , 190 F.3d at 1174. Thus, taxpayers may not characterize a transaction solely based on the labels they have used, because such an approach “would completely thwart the Congressional policy to tax transactional realities rather than verbal labels.” Crenshaw v. United States , 450 F.2d 472, 477-78 (5 th Cir. 1971). Therefore, it is the “true nature” of the transaction, not its “mere formalisms” that control. Court Holding , 324 U.S. at 334; see, also, Allen , 925 F.3d at 352; True , 190 F.3d at 1174.

The countervailing consideration to application of the substance over form doctrine is the principle that taxpayers may generally structure their transactions as they wish. Brown v. United States , 329 F.3d 664, 671 (9 th Cir. 2003). Thus, courts do not invalidate claimed tax benefits if the form of the transaction yields tax benefits which are consistent with Congressional intent as to the particular Internal Revenue Code provisions at issue. Id. at 672. Therefore, courts must make a fact-specific inquiry to determine if the facts fall within the intended scope of the applicable statute. Stewart v. Commissioner , 714 F.2d 977, 988 (9 th Cir. 1983).

In this case, Thomas and Fox entered into the transactions at issue, which they described as “bets” or “hedges” against a collapse in the real estate market. Thomas contends that he “paid approximately $1,500,000 to take a chance that he could receive up to $38,400,000.” According to Thomas, “[t]he $1.5 million is, in effect, the TDP transaction cost, the cost of inducing Banque AIG to make a bet on real estate values. Similarly, Fox contends he “paid approximately $675,000 to take a chance that he could receive up to $17,242,574.” According to Fox, “[t]he $675,000 is, in effect, the Fox transaction cost, the cost of inducing Banque AIG to make a bet on real estate values.”

Once these initial payments of $1.5 million and $675,000 were made, Thomas and Fox had no downside exposure from their “bets,” and only an extremely remote possibility of receiving a return. These contractually interlocking transactions were carefully structured so that the amount payable under the short option would never exceed the amounts to be received from the long option and the AIG note. The assets - the long option and the note - were pledged to AIG to secure the liability created by the short option.

For purposes of the application of the form over substance doctrine, the substance of the transaction is clearly a net payment of $1.5 million by Thomas and $675,000 by Fox for a possible payout with no downside exposure. Therefore, Thomas's true economic cost is $1.5 million, not $101.5 million. Similarly, Fox's true economic cost is $675,000, not $45,675,000.

Because the basis of property is its cost per I.R.C. § 1012 , and because Thomas's economic cost for the entire transaction was $1.5 million, his basis was $1.5 million. Thomas's partnerships succeeded to that basis. Similarly, because Fox's economic cost for the entire transaction was $675,000, his basis was $675,000. HFI succeeded to that basis, while MP-MI and TMI succeeded to their proportional share of that basis. The partnerships' characterization of the contribution at more than sixty times what Thomas and Fox actually paid for their unified position is plainly inconsistent with the fundamental principle that basis equals cost as expressed by Congress in I.R.C. § 1012 . Accordingly, under the substance over form doctrine, the tax consequences should be determined on the substance of the transactions at issue, and not on the form used by Plaintiffs.

D. Even if the Transactions At Issue Have Economic Substance and the Step-Transaction and Form Over Substance Doctrines Do Not Apply, the Obligation Created by the Short Option is a Liability for Purposes of I.R.C. § 752.

When a partner contributes property to a partnership, the partnership succeeds to the contributing partner's basis in the property under I.R.C. § 723 . In addition, the contributing partner increases his basis in the partnership by his cost basis in the property under I.R.C. § 722 .

On the other hand, when a partnership assumes a liability of a partner, the partner's basis in his partnership interest is: (1) decreased by the amount of the liability; and (2) increased by the partner's share of the partnership liability resulting from the assumption of the liability. I.R.C. §§ 722 , 733(1), and 752(a) and (b). Once the liability is satisfied, the partner's basis in his partnership interest is decreased by the amount of the liability. I.R.C. §§ 733(1) and 752(b).

In this case, Plaintiffs argue that the short option was not a liability for purposes of Section 752 . Therefore, for example, Thomas argues that the $101.5 million increase in basis that he received when he contributed the long option and the AIG note should not be reduced to account for the offsetting $100 million short option. However, as explained above, when the liability is satisfied, Thomas's basis should be reduced by $100 million pursuant to Section 752 . Therefore, the increase in Thomas's basis would be merely $1.5 million, or the equivalent of Thomas's net payment for the transaction. Thus, the characterization of the partnership's short option as a liability for purposes of Section 752 is consistent with the cost basis - and the economic reality - of Thomas's contribution. See , I.R.C. § 1012 .

The above interpretation of Section 752 is consistent with Revenue Ruling 88-77 , where the I.R.S. determined that when an obligation creates or increases the basis of the obligor's assets, the obligation is a “liability” for the purposes of Section 752 . In Revenue Ruling 88-77 , the I.R.S. defined liability for purposes of Section 752 to “include an obligation only if and to the extent that incurring the liability creates or increases the basis to the partnership of any of the partnership's assets (including cash attributable to borrowings).”

In this case, the short option, the long option, and the AIG note were contractually interlocked, and the acquisition of the obligation (the short option) clearly created basis (via the long option and the note) and should be recognized as a liability for purposes of Section 752 . In fact, the long option and the AIG note were purchased with the proceeds of the sale of the short option.

The above interpretation of Revenue Ruling 88-77 is consistent with the Fifth Circuit's interpretation in Korman & Associates, Inc., v. United States , 527 F.3d 443 (5th Cir. 2008), and the Court of Federal Claim's recent interpretation in Marriott International Resorts, L.P., v. United States , 83 Fed. Cl. 291 (2008). 9 At the time of the transactions at issue in this case and prior to the Fifth Circuit's decision in Korman , the Helmer line of cases found that certain liabilities assumed by partnerships should not be recognized for basis purposes because they were too indefinable or “contingent.” See, Helmer v. Commissioner , T.C. Memo. 1975-160 (1975); see, also, Long v. Commissioner , 71 T.C. 1 (1978), and La Rue v. Commissioner , 90 T.C. 465 (1988).

For example, in Helmer , a corporation held a purchase option on real estate owned by a partnership, and made periodic payments to maintain the option. T.C. Memo. 1975-160 (1975). Because the partnership was obligated to apply the option payments to the purchase price if the corporation exercised its option, the partners argued that its receipt of these payments created a partnership liability that increased their basis in the partnership. Id. However, the Tax Court found that the payments “created no liability on the part of the partnership to repay the funds paid nor to perform any services in the future.” 10 Id.

However, in Korman , the Fifth Circuit addressed the question whether the assumption of a liability from a short sale of Treasury notes is a liability under Section 752 , and determined that it was a Section 752 liability because the assumption was accompanied by the contribution of the proceeds from the short sale. In Korman, the taxpayer borrowed $100 million in Treasury bills and sold them for $102.5 million. The taxpayer then contributed the $102.5 million to a partnership, and the partnership assumed the liability for covering the short sale. The taxpayer then conveyed the partnership interest to another partnership, which sold the interest for $1.8 million. The taxpayer claimed a loss of $100 million, and ignored the liability created by the obligation to cover the short sale because it was “contingent.” 11

The Fifth Circuit noted that the taxpayer acknowledged “only suffer[ing] a $200,000 economic loss” but “claim[ing] a $102.6 [m]illion tax loss on its return.” Id. at 456. The Fifth Circuit found the taxpayer was making a “premeditated attempt to transform this wash transaction (for economic purposes) into a windfall (for tax purposes)” that was “reminiscent of an alchemist's attempt to transmute lead into gold.” Id.

In this case, as in Kornman , Plaintiffs are seeking to “treat[] [their] contingent assets and … contingent liabilities asymmetrically.” Id. at 460 (internal citation omitted). Moreover, the proceeds from the initial short sale and the subsequent covering transaction in this case are “inextricably intertwined.” Id . at 460-61. Therefore, to apply the Helmer line of cases to this case would, as the Korman court found, “fl[y] in the face of reality” and result in an “unwarranted aberration.” Id. at 461.

E. Even if the Short Option is Not an I.R.C. § 752 Liability, the Obligation Created by the Short Option Must Still be Taken into Account under Treasury Regulation § 1.752-6.

Section 1.752-6 of the Treasury Regulations applies to a partnership's assumption of liability occurring after October 18, 1999, and before June 24, 2003, if I.R.C. § 752(a) and (b) do not apply to that liability. 12 26 C.F.R. 1.752-6. On June 24, 2003, the Treasury Department proposed regulations, including temporary Treasury Regulation § 1.752-6 , that would define “liability” in the partnership context under I.R.C. § 752 , and which relied on the interpretation of “liability” found in I.R.C. § 358(h)(3) 13 and Revenue Ruling 88-77 . See, Assumption of Partner Liabilities , 68 Fed.Reg. 37,434 (June 24, 2003) (Prop. Treas. Reg. §§ 1.752-0 to -7). These temporary regulations became final on May 26, 2005, and the Treasury Department specified that Treasury Regulation § 1.752-6 would apply retroactively. See, 70 Fed.Reg. 30,334, 30,335 (May 26, 2005). Treasury Regulation § 1.752-6 was adopted by Congressional directive pursuant to Section 309 of the Community Renewal Tax Relief Act of 2000 (“2000 Act”), which added Section 358(h) to the I.R.C., and which defines “liability” as including contingent obligations for purposes of certain corporate stock exchanges. Section 309(c)(1) of the 2000 Act required the Secretary of the Treasury to adopt comparable rules for transactions involving partnerships, and expressly authorized retroactivity of those rules by stating that the Treasury Regulations adopted under Section 309(c) “shall apply to assumption of liabilities after October 18, 1999, or such later date as may be prescribed in such rules.”

If Treasury Regulation § 1.752-6 is applied retroactively in this case, the short options at issue would constitute liabilities for purposes of I.R.C. § 752 , and, thus, would require a reduction in the partnership basis claimed by Plaintiffs.

Plaintiffs argue that, as the court in Stobie Creek recently found, the requirement under Section 1.752-6 that a partner's basis in a partnership interest must be reduced by the value of the contingent liabilities assumed by the partnership is “contrary to the then existing policy to exclude contingent liabilities from the computation of partnership basis.” Stobie Creek Investments, LLC v. United States , 82 Fed. Cl. 636, 668 (2008) (citing Helmer , 34 T.C.M. (CCH) 727 (1975)). Both Plaintiffs and the court in Stobie Creek base the conclusion that Section 1.752-6 represented a change from previous policy on the Treasury Department's statement that “[t]he definition of a liability contained in these proposed regulations [including Section 1.752-6 ] does not follow Helmer. ” Stobie Creek, 82 Fed. Cl. At 668 (citing 68 Fed.Reg. at 37,436).

However, other courts have found that Treasury Regulation § 1.752-6 does apply retroactively. For example, in Cemco the United States Court of Appeals for the Seventh Circuit observed that Treasury Regulation § 1.752-6 was “explicit” in stating that it applied retroactively to assumptions of liabilities occurring before its enactment. Cemco Investors, LLC v. U.S. , 515 F.3d 749, 752 (7th Cir. 2008). The Cemco court relied on I.R.C. § 7805(b)(6) which specifically allows retroactivity. 14 Cemco , 515 F.3d at 752. The Cemco court found that the effect of Treasury Regulation § 1.752-6 was to “instantiate the pre-existing norm that transactions with no economic substance don't reduce people's taxes.” Cemco , 515 F.3d at 752.

This Court agrees with the Cemco court that Treasury Regulation § 1.752-6 should be applied retroactively. The Court finds that the rationale of the First Circuit in Stobie Creek and Plaintiffs with respect to Treasury Regulation § 1.752-6 “misrepresents the state of prior law” by interpreting the statement that “[t]he definition of a liability contained in these proposed regulations does not follow Helmer v. Commissioner ” as an indication that Helmer represented the prevailing prior law. Burke, Karen C. and McCough, Gayson, M.P., Cobra Strikes Back: Anatomy of a Tax Shelter (June 19, 2008), at 33 and 39 n. 121. In addition, the Treasury Department also stated that “following the principles set forth in § 1.752-1T(g) and Rev. Rul. 88-77 , the proposed regulations provide that an obligation is a liability if and to the extent that incurring the obligation: (A) Creates or increases the basis of any of the obligor's assets (including cash).” 68 Fed. Reg. 37434, 37437 (2003).

Recognizing that “[t]here is no statutory or regulatory definition of liabilities for purposes of section 752 ” (68 Fed. Reg. 37434, 37435 (2003)), the Treasury Department relied upon Revenue Ruling 88-77 and Salina Partnership v. Commissioner , T.C. Memo 2000-352 (T.C. 2000), and concluded that “[c]ase law and revenue rulings, however have established that, as under section 357(c)(3) , the terms liabilities for this purpose does not include liabilities the payment of which would give rise to a deduction, unless the incurrence of the liability resulted in the creation of, or increase in, the basis of property.” 68 Fed. Reg. 37334, 37435 (2003). Thus, the Treasury Department found that “[t]he question of what constitutes a liability for purposes of section 752 was addressed in Revenue Ruling 88-77 ,” and that the definition of liability in Revenue Ruling 88-77 was consistent with the Internal Revenue's position in Revenue Ruling 95-26 . Id. at 37436. Therefore, the Treasury Department simply applied the pre-existing rule contained in Revenue Ruling 88-77 to address the possibility of abuse caused by contingent liabilities not being recognized under I.R.C. § 752 . 15

Moreover, Notice 2000-44 placed Plaintiffs on notice that the transactions it described would be scrutinized and penalized. Because Notice 2000-44 was issued in August 2000, and notified taxpayers that the contribution of paired long and short options to partnerships in order to artificially increase outside basis were abusive, and would not be allowed, the Secretary's exclusion of these transactions from the exceptions in Treas. Reg. § 1.752-6(b) should not have been a surprise to sophisticated taxpayers such as Thomas and Fox, and their advisor, Arthur Andersen tax partner Griffiths. Moreover, while Plaintiffs argue that Notice 2000-44 did not give them notice because the transactions at issue are not identical to those described in Notice 2000-44 , Plaintiffs conveniently ignore the “substantially similar” language contained in the Notice. Accordingly, the Court finds that even if the short options at issue in this case are not liabilities under I.R.C. § 752 , the obligations created by the short options still must be taken into account under Treasury Regulation § 1.752-6 .

F. The Accuracy-Related Penalties on the Ground of Negligence or Disregarding the Rules or Regulations is Appropriate Under I.R.C. § 6662.

Section 6662 of the Internal Revenue Code governs accuracy-related penalties. The purpose of penalties is “to deter taxpayers from playing the ‘audit lottery,’ that is, taking undisclosed questionable reporting positions and gambling that they [will] not be audited. Caulfield v. Commissioner , 33 F.3d 991, 994 (8th Cir. 1994). As Plaintiffs have argued, Thomas and Fox have not yet used any of the tax benefits associated with the transactions at issue in this case. Because this case is a partnership-level proceeding, the Court must determine “the applicability of any penalty … which relates to an adjustment to a partnership item.” I.R.C. § 6221 . However, the actual computation of the penalty in not done at the partnership level.

One of the accuracy-related penalties provided for in Section 6662 of the Internal Revenue Code is for negligence or disregard of rules or regulations. I.R.C. § 6662(a) and (b)(1). The Code defines negligence as “any failure to make a reasonable attempt to comply with the provisions” of the Code. I.R.C. § 6662(c) . This is an objective standard requiring that the taxpayer exercise “due care.” Hansen v. Commissioner , 471 F.3d 1021, 1028 (9th Cir. 2006) ( citing Collins v. Commissioner , 857 F.2d 1383, 1386 (9th Cir. 1988)). Due care exists where the taxpayer “acted as a reasonable and prudent person would act under similar circumstances.” Id. Under the Treasury Regulations, negligence is “strongly indicated” where “a taxpayer fails to make a reasonable attempt to ascertain the correctness of a deduction, credit, or exclusion on a return which would seem to a reasonable and prudent person to be ‘too good to be true’ under the circumstances.” Treas. Reg. § 1.6662-3(b)(1)(ii) (2002); see also Hansen , 471 F.3d at 1029. In the Ninth Circuit, negligence is determined by an analysis of “both the underlying investment and the taxpayer's position taken on the tax return.” Hansen , 471 F.3d at 1029; see also Neonatology Associates, P.A. v. Commissioner , 299 F.3d 221, 234 (3d Cir. 2002) (finding that a taxpayer “proceeds at his own peril” when “presented with what would appear to be a fabulous opportunity to avoid tax obligations.”); Pasternak v. Commissioner , 990 F.2d 893, 902 (6th Cir. 1993) (upholding negligence penalty where the “Tax Court found that petitioners were aware that they were buying a program primarily of ‘window dressings’ for tax benefits and either negligently or intentionally disregarded the law.”).

In this case, the Court finds that the facts support the imposition of an accuracy-based penalty on the grounds of negligence or disregard of the rules and regulations. Specifically, the transactions were entered into over one year after the IRS issued IRS Notice 2000-44 entitled “Tax avoidance using artificially high basis,” which alerted taxpayers and their representatives that purported losses arising from certain transactions designed to create artificially high bases in partnership interests would be disallowed. In addition, the partnerships failed to demonstrate any attempt to determine whether the transactions would potentially be covered by Revenue Ruling 88-77 . Moreover, the partnerships failed to demonstrate that they attempted to determine whether the transactions had any economic substance. Furthermore, the partnerships failed to demonstrate that they sought and received disinterested and objective tax advice because the tax advice that they did receive came from Arthur Anderson, which also arranged the transactions. Based on these facts, the Court concludes that any objective view of the transactions results in the conclusion that they had no non-tax economic benefit.

In addition, the partnership returns reported the valuation of the transaction at sixty-seven times their proper value under either I.R.C. § 752 or the substance over form or step-transaction analysis. In that regard, the Thomas partnerships reported an increase in its capital account of $101,500,000, which is sixty-seven times the actual economic outlay of $1.5 million that Thomas paid for the transaction. Any reasonable and prudent taxpayer would consider the transaction “too good to be true.” Treas. Reg. 1.6662-3(b)(1)(ii) (2002). Therefore, the Court finds that the partnerships were negligent and disregarded the rules and regulations for purposes of I.R.C. § 6662 . Id.

The reasonable cause and good faith defense is a fact and circumstance test that focuses on the taxpayer's affirmative actions to determine its correct tax liability: “[g]enerally, the most important factor is the extent of the taxpayer's effort to assess the taxpayer's proper tax liability.” Treas. Reg. § 1.6662-4(b) . The taxpayer's “experience, knowledge, and education” may be taken into account. Id. Reliance on a tax advisor “does not necessarily demonstrate reasonable cause and good faith.” Id.

In this case, the partnerships did not have reasonable cause to disregard the liabilities created by the short options in valuing the Arthur Andersen call option spreads contributed to the partnerships. The transactions were entered into over one year after the IRS issued IRS Notice 2000-44 entitled “Tax avoidance using artificially high basis.” This notice alerted taxpayers and their representatives that purported losses arising from certain transactions designed to create artificially high basis in partnership interests would be disallowed. In addition, the partnerships have failed to provide evidence that they diligently attempted to properly assess their proper tax reporting. The partnerships also have failed to demonstrate any attempt to determine whether the transactions would potentially be covered by Revenue Ruling 88-77 . Furthermore, the partnerships have failed to demonstrate that they attempted to determine whether the transactions had any economic substance. Finally, the partnerships have failed to demonstrate that they sought and received disinterested and objective tax advice because the tax advice that they did receive came from Arthur Andersen, which also arranged the transactions resulting in the increased basis that is at issue in this case. Therefore, the partnerships have failed to demonstrate that they acted in good faith as required by the reasonable cause exception of I.R.C. § 6664(c)(1) .

Conclusions of Law

1. The Court has original jurisdiction over the federal claims asserted in this action pursuant to Section 6226 of the Internal Revenue Code. The Court's jurisdiction extends to all items of the partnership for the period at issue. I.R.C. § 6226(f) . Contributions to partnerships and distributions from partnerships are partnership items. Treas. Reg. § 301.6231(a)(3)-1(a)(4)(I) and (ii). The characterization of offsetting options when contributed to partnerships is a partnership item. See, Jade Trading, LLC v. United States , 80 Fed. Cl. 11, 41-43 (Fed. Cl. 2007); Nussdorf v. Comm'r , 129 T.C. 30, 43-44 and n. 16 (2007). 16

2. Venue is proper in the United States District Court for the Central District of California under 28 U.S.C. § 1391(b) because the alleged acts complained of occurred and are occurring in this district.

3. In applying the economic substance analysis to the transactions at issue in this case, the Court concludes that the transactions at issue are economic shams for tax purposes.

4. Application of the step-transaction doctrine, through either the end result test or interdependence test, yields a cost basis of $1.5 million for Thomas and $675,000 for Fox.

5. Application of the substance over form doctrine yields a cost basis of $1.5 million for Thomas and $675,000 for Fox.

6. The obligations created by the short options in the transactions at issue are liabilities for purposes of I.R.C. § 752 .

7. The obligations created by the short options in the transactions at issue are liabilities for purposes of Treasury Regulation § 1.752-6 .

8. I.R.C. § 6221 requires that “the tax treatment of any partnership item (and the applicability of any penalty, addition to tax, or additional amount which relates to an adjustment to a partnership item) shall be determined at the partnership level.” I.R.C. § 6226(e) authorizes this Court to conduct partnership-level proceedings and determine “the applicability of any penalty, addition to tax, or additional amount which relates to an adjustment to a partnership item,” I.R.C. § 6226(f) . In this case, the Court concludes that the partnerships were negligent for purposes of IRC § 6662 , and, therefore, accuracy-related penalties are applicable in this case.


Footnotes

1
The Court deferred ruling on the admissibility of deposition testimony of Messrs. Mandel, Varellas and Nelson offered by the government as well as certain trial exhibits objected to by the parties in the Final Pre-Trial Exhibit Stipulation filed August 5, 2008, pending further post-trial submissions by the parties. On October 6, 2008, the parties filed Notices of Designated Deposition Testimony of Kenneth Mandel, Lawrence Varellas, and Kurt Nelson, Plaintiffs' Objections and Defendant's Response to Objections.

The Court has reviewed the objections to the proffered deposition testimony and the objections to certain trial exhibits in the Final Pre-Trial Stipulation filed August 5, 2008, and rules as follows: The Court overrules the objections to Exhibits 45, 52, 53, 54, 74, 81, 82, 85, 86, 88, 89, 90, 94, 95, 97, 100, 101, 102, 103, 105, 130, 131, 140, 141, 142, 143, 144, 145, 146, 151, 260 (a) - (v) and those exhibits will be received into evidence as of the last day of trial, which was August 14, 2008. As to the objections to the deposition testimony of Mr. Mandel, all of the Plaintiffs' objections are overruled except for the following objections which are sustained: (1) p. 35, lines 2 - 4. As to the objections to the deposition testimony of Mr. Varellas, all of Plaintiffs' objections are overruled except the following which are sustained: (1) p. 47, lines 1- 10 and 15 - 25; (2) p. 48, lines 1 - 25; (3) p. 54, lines 1 - 25; (4) p. 55, lines 1 - 8; and (5) p. 87, lines 15 - 25. As to the objections to the deposition testimony of Mr. Nelson, all of Plaintiffs' objections are overruled. Plaintiffs' objections to Defendant's attempt to introduce documents through deposition excerpts which were not marked by Defendant as trial exhibits are sustained. Those documents are inadmissible and will not be received into evidence and have not been considered by the Court.

2
The Court has elected to issue its findings in narrative form. Any finding of fact that constitutes a conclusion of law is also hereby adopted as a conclusion of law, and any conclusion of law that constitutes a finding of fact is also hereby adopted as a finding of fact.

3
An Asian-style option is an option whose payoff depends on the average value of the underlying security or commodity over a specified period of time. In this case, the Asian-style feature meant that the payout was dependent on the average value of the REIT basket from December 20, 2001, to March 19, 2002, as compared to the value of the REIT basket on December 19, 2001. A European option is one that can only be exercised on a particular date. In this case, the date was March 19, 2002.

4
The Manhattan Properties, L.P., transaction is not a part of this litigation.

5
Ken Mandel was a tax partner at Arthur Andersen who worked on "leading edge tax solutions for both high-net-worth clients and large public corporations." Defendant contends that Mandel developed the call-option spread, which is an allegation that Plaintiffs deny. In any case, it is clear from the evidence in this case that Mandel is familiar with the Arthur Andersen technique referred to as the call-option spread. In fact, Mandel described the call-option spread as suitable "for a handful of very large dollar, trust-client transactions, where we excluded the participation from outside attorneys and other non Firm professionals."

6
Defendant argues that Plaintiffs are not entitled to the increased basis created by the transactions at issue under the economic substance doctrine, the substance-overform doctrine, or the step-transaction doctrine. As the Stobie Creek court noted, "[t]hese doctrines vary in origin and somewhat in application, yet apply to the same analysis." (citing King Enters., Inc. v. United States , 418 F.2d 511, 516 n. 6 (1969) ( "[C]ourts have enunciated a variety of doctrines, such as step transaction, business purpose, and substance over form. Although the various doctrines overlap and it is not always clear in a particular case which one is most appropriate, their common premise is that the substantive realities of a transaction determine its tax consequences." ); and H.J. Heinz Co. & Subsidiaries v. United States , 76 Fed.Cl. 570, 583-85 (2007) (discussing multiple formulations employed by courts to consider whether transaction has economic substance or whether it is a "sham" )).

7
Professor Grenadier used a thirty-five percent implied volatility, which is validated by the implied volatility of the Bank of America and JP Morgan quotes Plaintiffs received for similar transactions.

8
In post-trial filings in January 2009, Plaintiffs ask the Court to take judicial notice of the fact that had options with identical terms been purchased on October 1, 2008, there would have been a payoff. In fact, Plaintiffs allege that the actual drop in the REIT basket for the ninety-day period from October 1, 2008 to December 29, 2008, using Asian-style options was 43.47 percent. Defendant does not dispute that this information is accurate, but asserts that it is irrelevant because Defendant did not argue that a payoff from the transactions as issue was "impossible" , but merely "extremely low" and, thus, any economic substance from the transactions at issue was de minimis . The Court agrees with Defendant that the fact that Plaintiffs are able to demonstrate one instance of an Asian-style European option drop in the nearly fifty-year history of REITs occurring seven years after the transactions in question does not change the Court's conclusion that a payoff from the transactions at issue was, at best, highly unlikely. In addition, the Court's conclusion that the transaction at issue lack economic substance is based on, as explained above, a variety of other factors.

9
The recent Court of Federal Claims case of Marriott International Resorts , relied on Revenue Ruling 88-77 to determine that the obligation created by a short sale was a liability for purposes of I.R.C. § 752 . Marriott International Resorts, L.P. v. United States , 83 Fed. Cl. 291 (2008) (finding that, in light of the promulgation of Revenue Ruling 88-77 , symmetrical treatment that "would call for recognition of the corresponding obligation to replace the borrowed securities" was required under Section 752 ).

10
That the option holder in Helmer was able to exercise his option or not is a key distinction between Helmer , and its progeny, and this case where the funds received from the sale of the short option are used to purchase the long option and the AIG note, and the proceeds of which are pledged to secure the liability created by the short option. Helmer and its progeny also are distinguishable from this case because they did not involve the assumption of a payment obligation by a partnership from a partner.

11
However, as the Fifth Circuit found, "[t]he Internal Revenue Code deals with dollars, and the basis adjustment provisions of section 752 presume that the value of the liability is ascertainable." Korman, 527 F.3d at 452.

12
Section 1.752-7 applies to assumptions of liability occurring after June 24, 2003, and taxpayers could elect to apply it to assumptions of liability occurring between October 18, 1999, and June 24, 2003. Treas. Reg. § 1.752-7(k) .

13
Section 358(h)(3) , which defines "liability" in the context of determining basis on corporate transactions as including "any fixed or contingent obligation to make payment."

14
Retroactivity is also permitted to prevent abuse pursuant to I.R.C. § 7805(b)(3) .

15
Treasury Regulation § 1.752-6 also incorporates the definition of liability contained in I.R.C. § 358(h)(3) , which defines "liability" to include contingent liabilities.

16
The parties do not dispute the facts requisite to federal jurisdiction.

Labels:

Friday, January 22, 2010

Return preparer fraud false claim case

U.S. v. GOVEREH, Cite as 105 AFTR 2d 2010-XXXX, 01/05/2010
________________________________________
UNITED STATES of America, Plaintiff, v. Onessimus M. GOVEREH, Defendant.
Case Information:
Code Sec(s):
Court Name: United States District Court, N.D. Georgia, Atlanta Division,
Docket No.: No. 1:07-CR-131-JEC,
Date Decided: 01/05/2010.
Disposition:
HEADNOTE
.
Reference(s):
OPINION
United States District Court, N.D. Georgia, Atlanta Division,
ORDER and OPINION
Judge: JULIE E. CARNES, Chief Judge.
This case is presently before the Court on defendant's Motion for James Hearing [14], defendant's Motion in Limine [50], defendant's Motion for Judgment of Acquittal [98], and defendant's Motion for New Trial [99]. The Court has reviewed the record and the arguments of the parties and, for the reasons set out below, concludes that defendant's Motion for Judgment of Acquittal [98] and Motion for New Trial [99] are DENIED.
BACKGROUND
Onessimus M. Govereh (“Govereh” or “defendant”) ran the Norcross, Georgia office of Icon Tax Service from January 2, 2007 until February 15, 2007, when he was arrested. (Tr. [115] at 1024–25, 1086–90, 1118.) During that time, 107 personal income tax returns were filed electronically using Govereh's Electronic Filing Identification Number (“EFIN”), which he had obtained from the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”). (Tr. [108] at 152–56; Tr. [113] at 586–89; Tr. [114] at 901, 970–71.) Each return bore Govereh's name as the tax preparer, and a copy of each return was saved on a password-protected computer he used. (Tr. [108] at 152–56; Tr. [113] at 586–89; Tr. [114] at 901.)
Govereh was charged with twenty counts of filing false claims based on twenty returns that were filed in January 2007 in violation of 18 U.S.C. § 287, the False Claims Act (FCA). 1. (Indictment [1].) Fourteen taxpayers testified that Govereh had prepared their taxes, and most of them told essentially the same story. (See generally Trs. [108], [112], [113], [114], [115].) Govereh sat at a computer and entered information while the taxpayers talked to him. (See, e.g., Tr. [113] at 299.) He entered false information on their returns, including false information about dependants, 2. earnings, and educational expenses. (Id.) Govereh also did not show his customers the returns he filed for them, so many were surprised to see the false information when they finally saw their returns. (Tr. [108] at 268–70; Tr. [112] at 301, 305, 327, 349; Tr. [113] at 507.) In all the returns, Govereh claimed that the taxpayer was entitled to substantial Telephone Excise Tax Refund (“TETR”) credits, even though he never discussed telephone use with any of them, nor did any of them provide any documentation about telephone use. Moreover, it is inconceivable that any individual would ever incur excise taxes in the amount claimed on their returns. 3.
Govereh's scheme utilized a process called Refund Anticipated Loans (“RAL”). A taxpayer whose return indicates that a refund is due can file for such a loan through an approved intermediary, such as Govereh, in advance of actually receiving the refund from the IRS. The bank that issues such a loan receives a certain commission from that loan and ultimately receives a check from the IRS in the total amount of the refund. A bank will not issue a loan in the full-agreed upon amount until the return is actually filed with the IRS, and, for the tax year 2006, no return could be filed electronically before January 12, 2007. Nonetheless, the participating banks-HSBC Bank and Santa Barbara Bank and Trust (“SBBT”)-permitted Govereh to print a check up to the amount of $1600 prior to filing the return, and once the return was actually filed electronically after January 12, the bank sent a check for the balance of any refund due. See generally Tr. [112] at 430, 435–36.
Govereh had his customers cash both the advance check and the second loan check at the check-cashing business next door and return with his fees, which were often several thousand dollars. (Tr. [108] at 270–73; Tr. [112] at 329–332, 352, 444–46; Tr. [113] at 489–93.) When the IRS ultimately refused to fund the claimed refunds and the banks contacted the customers about repaying their loans, many were surprised to learn that they had even been parties to a loan. (Tr. [112] at 329, 355; Tr. [113] at 493–94.) Both banks ultimately discontinued working with Govereh because of the high fees that he was charging his clients and because of a high loan-loss ratio. (Tr. [112] at 422; Tr. [113] at 683.)
Govereh was convicted by a jury on January 16, 2008, following a trial before this Court, on fourteen counts of presenting or causing false tax returns to be presented to the IRS. (Jury Verdict [93].) Defendant now moves for judgment of acquittal or for a new trial. (Mot. for J. of Acquittal [98]; Mot. for New Trial [99]).
DISCUSSION
I. Motion for Judgment of Acquittal
Defendant moves for judgment of acquittal under Federal Rule of Criminal Procedure 29(c). (See Mot. for J. of Acquittal [98].)
A. The False Claims Act Applies to Defendant's Claims.
1. The False Claims Act is Construed Broadly.
Defendant argues that the False Claims Act (FCA), under which he was convicted, does not apply to the claims he made to the IRS. The FCA provides in relevant part: “Whoever makes or presents ... to any department or agency [of the United States], any claim upon or against the United States, or any department or agency thereof, knowing such claim to be false, fictitious, or fraudulent, shall be imprisoned.” 18 U.S.C. § 287.
In United States v. Neifert-White Co., 390 U.S. 228, 233 (1968), the Supreme Court interpreted the FCA to include “all fraudulent attempts to cause the Government to pay out sums of money.” Id. The Supreme Court has further determined that the FCA and the term “any claim” must be construed liberally to effect the FCA's broad purpose of protecting the government treasury from fraudulent claims.Hubbard v. United States , 514 U.S. 695, 703 n. 5 (1995). Furthermore, the FCA punishes the mere submission of fraudulent claims for payment, regardless of whether the Government pays them. United States v. Coachman, 727 F.2d 1293, 1302 (D.C.Cir.1984) (“there is no requirement that the claim has actually been honored”) (citations omitted).
This statute has been applied to protect the Government from a wide range of fraudulent claims, including tax returns that claim refunds to which filers are not entitled. See United States v. Lyle, No. 06-16574, 2007 WL 2344873 [100 AFTR 2d 2007-5599], at 4 (11th Cir. Aug. 17, 2007) (defendant who filed tax returns using false information); United States v. Morton, No. 07-14803, 2008 WL 5077733 [102 AFTR 2d 2008-7193], at 2 (11th Cir. Dec. 3, 2008) (defendant tax return preparer who created false tax returns as part of RAL program); United States v. Barnes, 324 F.3d 135, 137 [91 AFTR 2d 2003-1391] (3d Cir.2003) (defendant who filed false claims for refunds from IRS); United States v. Nash, 175 F.3d 440, 444 [83 AFTR 2d 99-2126] (6th Cir.1999) (defendant who presented false, fictitious, or fraudulent claims for tax refunds).
2. Defendant's Electronic Returns Qualify as “Any Claim.”
Defendant advances a technical challenge against the applicability of the FCA to his conduct, claiming that because he was sloppy in his submission of paperwork to make these claims for refund to the IRS, the requests for refunds did not really constitute a claim for monies to be refunded. He makes this claim notwithstanding the fact that he was seeking to have the IRS pay these monies to the banks lending the money and the fact that his claim to the IRS was sufficient to cause banks to issue refund checks in reliance on the refund checks that they expected to be forthcoming from the IRS. (Supplemental Br. [125] at 32–39.) Specifically, defendant argues: (1) that the claims were not properly executed pursuant to IRS regulations, as the electronic portions of Form 1040 do not qualify as returns because they did not include a signed form 8453 and (2) that his customers did not sign their returns, so the IRS could not have regarded those forms as having been properly filed. (Id.)
The Court finds these arguments to be without merit. The 107 returns that Govereh filed with the IRS, which were received by the IRS, were indeed “fraudulent attempts to cause the government to pay out sums of money,” regardless of whether the paperwork was submitted properly. Neifert-White Co., 390 U.S. at 233. Given the breadth with which the FCA is to be construed, defendant cannot escape criminal responsibility based on this professed technicality. Accordingly, defendant's returns constitute claims under the FCA.
Indeed, given the laxness with which the IRS and other federal agencies often issue benefit checks to those who apply for them-even though a bit of due diligence from those agencies could often thwart readily discernable fraud on the American taxpayer-there are sound practical reasons behind the notion that the FCA should be applied broadly and should focus on the conduct and intent of the claimant, and not on any assumption that the agency will be able to ferret out any improper claim through its own internal procedures.
Similarly, the existence of internal Treasury Department regulations indicating that a return is not considered to have been filed unless certain prerequisites have been met by the filer does not exempt the defendant from culpability under the FCA, as the Government did not charge the defendant with the narrower offense of filing a false income tax return. 4.
B. There Was Sufficient Evidence at the Trial for a Reasonable Jury to Find the Defendant Guilty Beyond a Reasonable Doubt.
1. Standard for Rule 29
When determining whether to grant a post-trial motion for judgment of acquittal, the Court must determine “whether the evidence, examined in a light most favorable to the Government, was sufficient to support the jury's conclusion that the defendant was guilty beyond a reasonable doubt.”United States v. Williams , 390 F.3d 1319, 1323–24 (11th Cir.2004) (citations and internal quotation marks omitted). Moreover, when determining sufficiency of the evidence, “[i]t is not necessary that the evidence exclude every reasonable hypothesis of innocence or be wholly inconsistent with every conclusion except that of guilt, provided a reasonable trier of fact could find that the evidence establishes guilt beyond a reasonable doubt.” United States v. Young, 906 F.2d 615, 618 (11th Cir.1990) (citation omitted).
2. Sufficient Evidence Existed for Jury to Convict.
Both documentary evidence and testimony permitted a reasonable jury to find the defendant guilty beyond a reasonable doubt. First, the Government presented an extensive amount of documentary evidence, including 107 returns that listed defendant as the tax preparer, all of which were stored in a password-protected computer in his office. (Tr. [108] at 152–56, 206–13; Tr. [113] at 586–589; Tr. [114] at 874–67, 901.) Although defendant argues that no taxpayer actually saw him prepare the form (Supplemental Br. [125] at 40), the evidence supports an inference that he did so.
Second, numerous witnesses provided testimony that would permit a reasonable jury to find the defendant guilty beyond a reasonable doubt. Eight witnesses testified that they gave defendant pertinent tax and personal information, defendant appeared to enter the information into the computer, and defendant told them he would call them when their checks arrived. (Tr. [108] at 263–64; Tr. [112] at 296–300, 305, 325–27, 345–47, 439–42; Tr. [113] at 485–87, 539–40, 550–54.) Defendant openly spoke with some of them about claiming false dependents on their returns so they could gain more money. (Tr. [108] at 266–68; Tr. [114] at 818–19, 832.) He never showed them their returns, but when their checks arrived, he told them to cash them immediately at the check-cashing business next door, and then return with his fees. (Tr. [108] at 270–73; Tr. [112] at 329–32, 352, 444–446; Tr. [113] at 489–93.) Kenndric Roberts (“Roberts”), who worked for the defendant at the latter's tax preparer office, testified that defendant took credit for preparing Roberts' taxes in January 2007 and that defendant prepared and filed all his customers' returns from his desktop computer. (Tr. [114] at 804–06.) Roberts testified that Govereh told him that he made most of his money selling phony dependents. (Id. at 806, 818–19.)
Roberts' testimony alone would have been sufficient for the jury to convict him. See United States v. Le-Quire, 943 F.2d 1554, 1562 (11th Cir.1991) (uncorroborated testimony of accomplice is sufficient to support a conviction). The jury also could have convicted based on the testimony of Raymond White, Jr., who testified that defendant showed White the computer monitor screen on which defendant entered White's information on tax software. (Tr. [113] at 551–54, 578.)See United States v. Hernandez , 433 F.3d 1328, 1334 (11th Cir.2005) (a jury is free to believe a thoroughly cross-examined witness).
Therefore, sufficient evidence was presented to allow the jury to convict.
3. Defendant's Testimony.
Defendant's brief appears to rely greatly on Govereh's testimony that he did not file the tax returns. However, a jury is free to reject a defendant's testimony and instead believe the prosecution's witnesses. United States v. Siegelman, 561 F.3d 1215, 1235 (11th Cir.2009) (finding that reviewing courts must respect a jury's credibility determinations);Hernandez , 433 F.3d at 1334 (a jury can disbelieve a defendant's defense and instead believe thoroughly cross-examined witnesses). The Court cannot substitute its own credibility determinations for the jury's. See Siegelman, 561 F.3d at 1219 (because a jury verdict commands respect, a reviewing court cannot substitute its credibility determinations for the jury's).
Therefore, defendant cannot use his testimony as a basis for acquittal when a jury can properly arrive at its verdict based on the prosecution witnesses or the jury's disbelief of the defendant's own testimony. Accordingly, defendant's Motion for Judgment of Acquittal [98] is DENIED.
II. Motion for New Trial
Defendant moves for a new trial under Federal Rule of Criminal Procedure 33 because of: (1) insufficiency of the evidence; (2) undue prejudice from 404(b) evidence; (3) undue prejudice from non-TETR tax violations; (4) constructive amendment and variance; (5) the potential viewing of defendant in handcuffs by some jurors; (6) jury misconduct; (7) new evidence; (8) denial of certain jury instructions; and (9) improper closing argument. (Supplemental Br. [125] at 49.)
A. The Evidence is Sufficient to Support the Verdict.
Defendant again attacks the sufficiency of the evidence pursuant to Rule 33. Motions for a new trial based on insufficient evidence are “not favored” and should be granted only in “exceptional cases” where the evidence so weighs against the verdict “that it would be a miscarriage of justice to let the verdict stand.” Hernandez, 433 F.3d at 1336–37 (internal citations omitted).
Defendant restates his attacks on the evidence, and they fail here for the same reason they failed in his Motion for Judgment of Acquittal [98]. See, e.g., Hernandez, 433 F.3d at 1336–37 (court properly denied Rule 33 motion when jury chose to believe prosecution's witnesses, and not the defense).
B. Undue Prejudice from 404(b) Evidence
Defendant claims that the Court should not have admitted his Florida fraud conviction in the prosecution's case-in-chief as Rule 404(b) evidence. At the outset, the Court notes that the brevity of defendant's argument on this matter-the supplemental memorandum devotes less than three pages to this issue-does not convey the amount of attention “and time that this Court devoted to the question whether the ample Rule 404(b) evidence against defendant should be admitted. The matter occupied a substantial part of the discussion during the pretrial conference, which has not been transcribed. In addition, this matter created frequent interruptions during the trial at which times the Court continued to hear arguments from defendant in opposition to the admission of this evidence. See, e.g., Tr. [112] at 453–470; Tr. [[113] at 580–596; Tr. [114] at 849–869, 886). At each juncture, the Court deferred admission of any of this evidence until it could be certain that the evidence was necessary for the matters on which the Government sought its admission. Indeed, while the Court admitted the Florida conviction as Rule 404(b) evidence, it disallowed admission of the Michigan convictions during the Government's case-in-chief on Rule 403 grounds. 5.
1. Florida Conviction
On May 4, 2006, defendant pleaded guilty in Florida to executing a scheme to defraud customers of a gas station where he worked by stealing and using their credit card and drivers' license numbers. (Tr. [114] at 889–98.) Hismodus operandi was to tell customers that they could not use their credit cards at the pumping station, but that instead they had to go inside and show the defendant their cards and their driver's licenses. Armed with that information, the defendant was then able to use these credit cards to purchase airline tickets and other merchandise.
The Court determined that this conviction was more probative than prejudicial and permitted the Government to prove the conviction pursuant to Federal Rule of Evidence 404(b). (Tr. [112] at 458–60; Tr. [113] at 581–82; Tr. [114] at 850–57, 868–69, 886–900; Tr. [115] at 1094–96; 1132–34.)
The abuse of discretion standard applies to a review of a district court's admission of Rule 404(b) evidence.United States v. Calderon , 127 F.3d 1314, 1331 (11th Cir.1997). Defendant has not met its burden of proving that the Court abused its discretion in admitting the evidence. (Supplemental Br. [125] at 51–54.)
Rule 404(b) allows the introduction of evidence of other acts of the accused that are: (1) relevant to an issue other than the defendant's character and (2) established by sufficient proof to permit a jury finding that the defendant committed the extrinsic act; and (3) the probative value must not be outweighed by prejudice. FED.R.EVID. 404(b) 6.;United States v. Dickerson , 248 F.3d 1036, 1046–47 (11th Cir.2001) (finding evidence of defendant's drug activity two years prior admissible because of similarity and relevance of acts).
There was no question that the defendant committed the act: he had pled guilty to the crime in Florida. Second, willfulness was an element in the case and it appeared apparent that defendant would, as he ultimately did, contend that whatever acts he took, he did so with no intent to defraud anyone and that any acts that violated the law were done as a result of an honest mistake. That is, it was defendant's position that whatever acts he did were at the behest of someone else, more knowledgeable than he concerning tax law.
Moreover, while the facts underlying an extrinsic act do not have to be identical to the facts of the underlying crime, as long as both reveal a similar intent by the defendant, in this case there were substantial similarities to the conduct in question and to the state of mind of the defendant revealed by that conduct. That is, in Florida, the defendant obtained personal information from customers and then used that information to obtain money for the defendant from a third-party. Here, the defendant obtained the client's relevant tax information, then, unbeknownst to them, added false information about telephone tax expenses, without their permission, to the tax returns that he was preparing: again, with the motivation to have ill-gotten monies paid to the defendant. In both cases, the customers were on the hook for monies paid, in part, to the defendant. In the gas station incident, the customers were billed for merchandise that they never bought. In the false claims case here, clients were left holding the bag for the entire loan that the defendant had obtained for them using false information, even though the clients had not received the entire proceeds of that loan. In short, in both cases, the defendant filed false claims for payment, purportedly on behalf of an unwitting third party.
Finally, as noted above, defendant's defense was to portray himself as a dupe, used by others in his office who were actually the perpetrators and masterminds of this scheme. Any unfair prejudice deriving from this evidence-and the Court concludes that there was no unfair prejudice-clearly did not outweigh its probative value. 7.Accordingly, the admission of this Florida conviction does not entitle the defendant to a new trial.
2. Michigan Conviction
Defendant was also convicted of the felony offenses of passing bad checks drawn on non-existent companies in Michigan in June 2003 and May 2004. (Tr. [115] at 1096–99.) As noted, the Court had concluded that this was appropriate Rule 404(b) evidence, but did not admit it during the Government's case because of Rule 403 concerns. Once the defendant took the stand in the trial, however, the Government was entitled to impeach him with this conviction, and the Court so permitted.See United States v. Vigliatura , 878 F.2d 1346, 1350 (11th Cir.1989) (when a defendant testifies, “he places his credibility in issue” and allows the prosecution to impeach him) (internal quotation marks and citation omitted).
The Court permitted the Government to impeach defendant during his testimony with these fraudulent check convictions, pursuant to Federal Rule of Evidence 609(a)(1), which provides that “evidence that an accused has been convicted of a [felony] shall be admitted ... if the court determines that the probative value of admitting this evidence outweighs its prejudicial effect to the accused.” FED.R.EVID. 609(a)(1).
Again, the Court determined that the probative value of the bad check convictions outweighed their prejudicial effect. First, courts allow evidence as probative when a defendant attacks the credibility of the prosecution's witnesses. United States v. Pritchard, 973 F.2d 905, 909 (11th Cir.1992) (defendant's criminal history has “special significance” when he attacks the credibility of the prosecution's witness with prior convictions); United States v. Harris, 720 F.2d 1259, 1263 (11th Cir.1983) (defendant's prior conviction was admissible for impeachment when he attacked the credibility of the prosecution's witness). Through his testimony and the cross-examination by his counsel of witnesses, defendant was challenging the credibility of the prosecution's witnesses, suggesting that Roberts and the customers were conspiring to put him in prison. He also attacked several of them with evidence of prior convictions. (Tr. [108] at 280–84; Tr. [112] at 339–40; Tr. [113] at 610; Tr. [114] at 830–37, 841–43; Tr. [115] at 1094.) Not to allow those convictions would allow defendant “to appear pristine while at the same time he vigorously” was attacking the credibility of the witnesses against him.Harris, 720 F.2d at 1263. Further, as noted, it was a close call, anyway, not to allow the Government to admit this evidence during its case-in-chief.
These Michigan convictions were felonies, but would also have been admissible even if they were misdemeanors because “forgery goes to truthfulness.” (Tr. [114] at 1004). Therefore, these convictions were admissible as a matter of law under Rule 609(a)(2) because all crimes of dishonesty or false statements can be admitted without any balancing tests.See Kane , 944 F.2d at 1413 (misdemeanor bad check conviction found to be admissible under Rule 609(a)(2));Rogers , 853 F.2d at 252 (under Rule 609(a)(2), district court has no discretion to prevent the impeachment of a witness with a prior conviction for a false statement).
C. Undue Prejudice from Non-TETR Tax Violations
Defendant also protests the court's admitting testimony concerning other false information, besides the charged false telephone tax claims, that the defendant included on some of the tax returns that he prepared and caused to be filed. Specifically, the Government offered evidence that the defendant also included false information about the amount of wages, the number of dependents, and the existence of education expenses on his customers' returns. Defendant further complains that the Government introduced evidence that the defendant charged fees higher than his banks suggested and that he required additional cash payments from his customers for certain acts, such as “selling” false dependants. (Supplemental Br. [125] at 54.)
The Federal Rules of Evidence mandate that “[e]vidence of criminal activity other than the offense charged is not extrinsic under Rule 404(b) if it is: (1) an uncharged offense which arose out of the same transaction or series of transactions as the charged offense, (2) necessary to complete the story of the crime, or (3) inextricably intertwined with the evidence regarding the charged offense.”United States v. Veltmann , 6 F.3d 1483, 1498 (11th Cir.1993) (citations omitted); see also United States v. Richardson, 532 F.3d 1279, 1386–87 (11th Cir.2008) (court found evidence of defendant's background admissible to show how he became involved with drug dealing).
In this case, the challenged evidence met all three of the above factors. The evidence unquestionably arose out of the same series of transactions: tax preparation. It was necessary to complete the story of the crime and was inextricably intertwined with the charged offense, as it showed how Govereh operated and how he gained money for his scheme. See United States v. Smith, 122 F.3d 1355, 1359–60 (11th Cir.1997) (court admitted evidence that defendant's companion robbed a bank three hours after the charged robbery because it was inextricably intertwined with the charged robbery); United States v. Tampas, 493 F.3d 1291, 1301–02 (11th Cir.2007) (when the defendant embezzled money from a YMCA, Court found evidence that YMCA had not paid taxes was admissible because it showed source of cash for defendant's scheme and was evidence of defendant's knowledge of and access to the funds).
Additionally, the Court twice gave cautionary instructions regarding the proper use of evidence concerning Govereh's excessive fees. (Tr. [112] at 427–28; Tr. [115] at 1214–15.) For all the above reasons, admission of the above inextricably intertwined evidence does not entitle the defendant to a new trial.
D. Constructive Amendment and Variance
Defendant claims that his rights were violated by a constructive amendment of the indictment and a variance in the evidence.
1. Constructive Amendment
A constructive amendment to an indictment occurs when the essential elements of the charged offense are altered to broaden the possible bases for conviction. Tampas, 493 F.3d at 1301. See United States v. Keller, 916 F.2d 628, 637 (11th Cir.1990) (finding constructive amendment when court instructed jury it could find defendant guilty of conspiracy if he made an illegal agreement with anyone, not just the person in the indictment).
The indictment stated that defendant knew that the returns he filed were false because “claims for income tax refunds in the monetary amounts listed below [ ] were made with the knowledge that such claims were false, fictitious and fraudulent in that taxpayers were not entitled to the [TETR] credits set forth.” (Indictment [1] at 1–2.) However, the indictment does not allege that the TETR claims were the only fraudulent claims in the returns. (Indictment [1] at 1–2.) The information in the indictment did not state the only essential elements of the offense, but merely elaborated on some of the essential elements. See Tampas, 493 F.3d at 1301 (no constructive amendment when language in indictment merely elaborates on essential elements);United States v. Ward , 486 F.3d 1212, 1226–27 (11th Cir.2007) (surplusage does not constructively amend an indictment). Moreover, the additional evidence was properly admitted as being inextricably intertwined with the facts underlying the offense conduct.
Therefore, there was no constructive amendment of the indictment.
2. Variance
Defendant also claims that he suffered a material variance because evidence was presented about other violations than the TETR credit. A material variance occurs when the facts proved at trial deviate from the facts charged in the indictment.Ward , 486 F.3d at 1226. A variance requires reversal only if a defendant shows that it was material and substantially prejudiced his rights. Id.
Defendant has not shown a variance because the indictment did not limit defendant's fraud to the TETR claims,see supra. Furthermore, he did not show that the evidence prevented him from presenting a defense because of unfair surprise or that the jury was confused. See Richardson, 532 F.3d at 1287 (no material variance when defendant failed to show unfair surprise or inability to present a defense); United States v. Flynt, 15 F.3d 1002, 1006 (11th Cir.1994) (no material variance when indictment charged defendant with receiving payments from other party, and evidence showed he received payments from other party's company). Finally, the above evidence was either proper Rule 404(b) evidence or inextricably intertwined with the evidence concerning defendant's offense.
E. The Viewing of Defendant in Handcuffs
Defendant argues that a new trial is necessary because several jurors may have momentarily seen the defendant brought into the courtroom in handcuffs. (Supplemental Br. [125] at 60.) Unfortunately, although this matter was discussed at a couple of different points during the trial, defendant has not assisted the Court by providing citations to the transcript. Accordingly, it has been necessary for the Court to conduct its own time-consuming search throughout the various volumes of the transcript to try to find any references to the matter. 8.
The transcript reveals that, because the Court's own prisoner elevator was broken, a deputy marshal brought the defendant up through another judge's elevator and had the defendant cross in front of the courtroom before coming inside. This occurred during a lunch break during voir dire. While the marshal believed that the jurors were not in a position to see the defendant, because they had been placed behind a wall partition that did not permit them to view the entry to this Court's courtroom, unfortunately, as many as 10 of the 40 prospective jurors were in a position where they might have been able to see the defendant. Thus, at most, these 10 jurors, who may not have even been selected to serve on the jury, may have momentarily glimpsed the defendant handcuffed. (Vol. 1 at 17–31.)
The Court denied the defendant's motion for a mistrial, concluding that such a momentary glimpse of the defendant did not warrant a mistrial. (Vol. 2 at 35–44.) As the Court noted at the time, a defendant is potentially prejudiced when he is seen by a jury in handcuffs or shackles because the jury may infer that the defendant is dangerous, given the conditions of his detention. Further, the repeated observation of a defendant in shackles or handcuffs could serve to dehumanize the defendant before the jury. As to the first concern, however, the Court explained that most jurors assume that a defendant is in custody because he has been accused of a crime, and not because he is necessarily dangerous. Indeed, in this case, the jury properly learned, through a stipulation agreed to by the defendant, that the defendant had remained in custody since the date of his arrest. As to any “dehumanization,” the Court noted that the defendant was sharply dressed in a nice suit and made an attractive and sophisticated appearance. A juror's momentary glimpse of him in handcuffs could not have been unduly prejudicial.
Defendant claims, however, that his presumption of innocence was nullified by the possible momentary, chance sighting of him in handcuffs. Numerous cases state that a defendant “is not necessarily prejudiced by a brief or incidental viewing by the jury of the defendant in handcuffs.” Gates v. Zant, 863 F.2d 1492, 1501 (11th Cir.1989) (listing cases);see also United States v. Maclean , No. 06-14298, 2007 WL 1593246 [99 AFTR 2d 2007-3088], at 6 (11th Cir. June 4, 2007) (denying motion for mistrial when jurors saw defendant in handcuffs because any suggestion of prejudice was “completely speculative”) (internal quotation marks omitted); Allen v. Montgomery, 728 F.2d 1409, 1414 (11th Cir.1984) (“the necessity of courtroom security sometimes outweighs a defendant's right to stand before the jury untainted by physical reminders of his status as accused”). Defendant would have to “make some showing of actual prejudice” to argue for a new trial, and he cannot. Gates, 863 F.2d at 1501.
Finally, and most importantly, defendant's claim that he was prejudiced during voir dire because some jurors may have momentarily seen him in handcuffs was later mooted by defendant's own trial stipulation that he had been in custody since the time of his arrest in February 2007. Defendant sought this stipulation because the Government indicated that, otherwise, it would seek admission of evidence to show that the defendant was in fugitive status as to his immigration release at the time of his fraud and of his arrest. (Tr. [112] at 461–67.) Clearly, with this stipulation, the jury was properly aware that the defendant was in custody, and any prior momentary glimpse of the defendant in handcuffs would be consistent with that awareness. Therefore, the Court concludes that defendant's request for a new trial on this ground also fails.
F. Possible Jury Misconduct
Following the rendering of the jury's verdict on the morning of January 16, 2008, juror Tameka Braswell wrote an e-mail to defendant's attorney shortly before midnight that evening, stating that she had some doubts about her verdict. (Letter [98-2].) She stated that she was not sure about the charge because she did not think the instructions properly stated what the jury was charged with determining. (See id. at 1.) She criticized what she believed to be the faulty analysis of her fellow pan el members. She noted her opinion that the trial was swayed by “racially (sic) bias” although it was not racist. Id. She inquired why certain witnesses were not called to testify. Ultimately, notwithstanding her concerns about whether the prosecution had properly shouldered its burden of proof, however, she indicated her belief that the defendant was guilty, albeit a scapegoat. (“I don't think that the defendant is innocent; I do believe that he was the scapegoat.” (Id. at 2.)
The Court reads Ms. Braswell's email as expressing some regret that she had voted to convict the defendant and some pity for the defendant's fate. Such an emotion is not uncommon with some jurors after they have rendered their verdict. Voting to convict another person can create a heavy burden for some jurors; a second-guessing of one's decision is not an uncommon reaction in these situations. Defendant attempts to extrapolate from Ms. Braswell's email, however, the possibility of racial bias by the jury or of their use of extrinsic information. The Court concludes that defendant's assertions constitute nothing more than speculation, unsupported by Ms. Braswell's email.
In assessing a claim of jury misconduct, it is important to note the firmly established common law rule prohibiting the use of juror testimony to impeach a verdict. Tanner v. United States, 483 U.S. 107, 117 (1987). Federal Rule of Evidence 606(b) states that when inquiring into the validity of a verdict, a juror cannot “testify as to any matter or statement occurring during the course of the jury's deliberations or to the effect of anything upon that or any other juror's mind or emotions as influencing the juror to assent to or dissent from the verdict ... or concerning the juror's mental processes.” FED.R.EVID. 606(b). This rule “protect[s] jurors from postverdict investigation” and “endless attack.”Siegelman , 561 F.3d at 1241 (harmless error for jurors to be exposed to media reports).
The only exception is if: (1) “extraneous prejudicial information was improperly brought to the jury's attention,” (2) “any outside influence was improperly brought to bear upon any juror,” or (3) “there was a mistake in entering the verdict onto the verdict form.” United States v. Benally, 560 F.3d 1151, 1153 (10th Cir.2009). Braswell's email provides no evidence to support the applicability of any of these exceptions.
Defendant argues first that racial bias may have infected the jury's deliberation, based on Ms. Braswell's vague speculation that the jury might have been “definitely swayed, racially bias (sic) (although not racist). It is difficult to discern the distinction that Ms. Braswell is attempting to make between being swayed by racial bias, but not being racist. At any rate, Ms. Braswell never offers any specific statements that a juror may have made to suggest racial bias. She only “thinks” that this may have been the case. Such speculation by Ms. Braswell does not constitute evidence of actual racial bias. Moreover, the Court's notes regarding jury selection indicate that one-third of the “jury (four jurors) were black. The verdict was necessarily unanimous. For all of the above reasons, defendant has failed to show that racial bias played a role in the jury's verdict.
Defendant also contends that jurors “may have consulted [ ] extrinsic sources prior to the jury's return of its verdict.” (Supplemental Br. [125] at 68.) Because jurors are presumed to be impartial, Siegelman, 561 F.3d at 1237, defendant must overcome this presumption with evidence. Ms. Braswell's email does not indicate that jurors received extrinsic information during the trial.
Defendant bases its speculation that jurors may have looked at extrinsic evidence on Ms. Braswell's reference, presumably derived from an internet search, to a news item that showed a photograph of one of defendant's putative co-conspirators sitting behind a computer. Ms. Braswell made mention of this picture in the section of her letter that was “not meant to question (defense counsel's) expertise,” but nevertheless subtly offered, in bullet point, some suggestions as to how defense counsel could have strengthened his case. Thus, in addition to inquiring why “Tauya, Kendra, Rasheeda, Kalia, etc.” were not brought in as witnesses, Ms. Braswell also asked: “Could the picture of Tauya in the CBS interview, behind the computer be used in this case? Or the article that state that Tauya fired him and claimed to be the president of the company.” Presumably, Ms. Braswell felt that the photograph and admission by Tauya could have benefitted the defendant, had it been elicited at trial.
Ms. Braswell goes on, in her bullet points, to opine that defendant's intent was established solely on the fact that the defendant had previously engaged in fraudulent activities and wonders what the other jurors would have done had they known about defendant's other criminal charges “if they hadn't already.”
From the above random opinions and criticism of the verdict (on which she had agreed) by Ms. Braswell, defendant wonders whether other jurors may have inserted Mr. Govereh's name into an internet search during the trial and discovered the above article. Yet, Ms. Braswell said nothing of the kind. Had her fellow jurors discussed an internet search or discussed facts that had not been admitted into evidence, one can safely assume that Ms. Braswell would have disclosed that in her email, as she was attempting to mount criticisms of the deliberative process of her fellow jurors.
Second, defendant speculates whether Ms. Braswell, herself, might have performed the internet research that yielded the above-described information during the trial, as opposed to the twelve-hour period of time following the announcement of the verdict and Ms. Braswell's email to counsel. Again, Ms. Braswell does not indicate that she conducted any internet research during the course of the trial. Indeed, this Court always very forcefully instructs the jurors at the beginning of a trial, and repeats the instruction each evening before recessing, that jurors are absolutely forbidden from conducting internet research or any other independent inquiry into the subject matter of the case while the trial is ongoing. The Court followed that practice in this case. See Tr. [107] at 15–16; Tr. [108] at 286–87; Tr. [112] at 452; Tr. [113] at 744; Tr. [114] at 995–96; Tr. [115] at 1229. A more reasonable inference is that, still mulling over the verdict and evidence, Ms. Braswell did internet research following the conclusion of the case. Accordingly, absent some statement by Ms. Braswell indicating that she received extraneous information during the trial, the presumption against such an inference remains.
Moreover, there is no indication that Ms. Braswell construed the information in this article as being prejudicial to the defendant. Indeed, she references exculpatory material in the article that she wishes defense counsel had focused on: that is, the photograph of a co-conspirator sitting behind the computer in the office and the fact that Tauya had fired the defendant and that Tauya claimed to be the president of the company. (Defendant had testified and his counsel had argued that others, including Tauya Muteke, who was the supposed ringleader, were responsible for the fraudulent tax filings). Ms. Braswell clearly viewed such information as being helpful to the defendant because she questioned why defense counsel had not used it.
She does question whether the Government had proved defendant's fraudulent intent, noting that it had been “established solely on his (Tony) ability to execute credit card fraud and write bad checks (I couldn't image (sic) what they would have done had they known the other charges, if they hadn't already).” Presumably, the article indicated the existence of criminal charges against the defendant, in addition to those already disclosed to the jury. Ms. Braswell does not set out what those other charges were. At any rate, she poohpoohs the significance of other criminal charges and makes clear her belief that any prior criminal conduct by the defendant did not establish his intent in this case. In short, Ms. Braswell does not indicate that she received extraneous information during the trial and, further, she makes clear that she does not believe that the information to which she referred in her email caused her to believe that the Government had proven its case. Indeed, as noted, Ms. Braswell expressed her belief that parts of the news item were exculpatory.
In short, the Court concludes that juror Braswell's email does not provide sufficient reason to question the fairness of the deliberation process or to grant a new trial.
G. New Evidence
Defendant states that he is entitled to a new trial based on newly-discovered evidence: specifically, a photograph that Braswell sent him that shows someone else sitting at the computer that was used to file the fraudulent returns. (Supplemental Br. [125] at 68.) Apparently, this was the same photograph to which Ms. Braswell referred in her email to defense counsel.
To obtain a new trial based on new evidence, a defendant must show that the new evidence is (1) “discovered after trial”; (2) “not merely cumulative or impeaching,” (3) “material,” and (4) “of such a nature that a new trial would probably produce a different result”; and (5) “the defendant exercised due care to discover the evidence.”United States v. Thompson , 422 F.3d 1285, 1294 (11th Cir.2005). The failure of any of these elements is fatal to the motion. Id.
While the Court will assume that this new “evidence” was discovered after trial, defendant has failed to show that the evidence was material, that it would likely have produced a different verdict had it been admitted, or that the defendant exercised due care to discover the evidence. First, the Court cannot conclude that this photograph is material or that it would have changed the jury's verdict. Evidence already established that defendant did not have exclusive control over the computer in the office. Roberts had testified that he also used the computer. (Tr. [114] at 807–09, 838.)
Further, it appears clear, from a reading of the internet article referenced by defendant and containing the photograph in question, that the photograph was taken during the interview by the reporter of Tauya Muteke. This is obvious because the reporter is in the photograph with Mr. Muteke. As this photograph was taken after the defendant's arrest, when the proverbial jig was up, it is not clear how Muteke's presence near the computer would shed any light on the defendant's earlier use of that computer to effect his fraud. In short, the Court concludes that admission of this evidence would not have affected the outcome of trial. Cf., United States v. Bornscheuer, 563 F.3d 1228, 1236 (11th Cir.2009) (affirming district court's denial of new trial because newly discovered evidence was merely cumulative and would not have affected the outcome); United States v. Chung, No. 08-10500, 008-14118, 08-14447, 2009 WL 1279128, at 4 (11th Cir. May 11, 2009) (denying motion for new trial because newly discovered evidence was immaterial).
Finally, and decisively, defendant has failed to show that he exercised due care to discover this evidence. Defendant, through his counsel, could have readily inserted the words “Govereh” and “tax” into an internet search engine, and readily discovered the photograph.
For all the above reasons, the Court concludes that defendant has failed to show that a new trial is warranted based on the discovery of new evidence.
H. Jury Instructions
Defendant argues that the Court erred in failing to give his proposed jury instructions concerning: (1) reliance on a misrepresentation by a government official, (2) good faith misunderstanding of the law, and (3) reliance on a tax preparer. (Supplemental Br. [125] at 71–73.)
Defendant's two-page argument on this point does not convey the extent of the discussion between the Court and counsel concerning defendant's late requests on these issues.See discussion at Tr. [115] at 1123–24, 1126–42, 1144–53.) Nor does defendant accurately note that the Court gave the gist of some of what the defendant sought, albeit not in the precise words requested. Moreover, in choosing to give the instructions that it ultimately gave, the Court accorded the defendant great leeway, as the defendant had failed to establish a factual predicate for any of these instructions.
Finally, defendant's requests on these charges was untimely. As it always does, the Court set a deadline prior to trial for the submission of proposed requests to charge. Although defense counsel was aware that the Court would be preparing jury instructions over the weekend following recess of the proceedings on Friday evening, on Monday morning, after the close of his case and shortly before the jury was to return to hear closing argument, defense counsel submitted the new instructions that are now at issue. (Tr. [115] at 1123–24.)
1. Reliance on Misrepresentation by Government Official
Defendant argues that the Court should have instructed the jury that defendant's actual and reasonable reliance upon a misrepresentation on a point of law by a Government official is a defense to the charged offense. (Tr. [115] at 1126.) Defendant contended that he believed that another employee at this tax preparation office, Kendra Robertson, worked for the IRS and it is she who defendant offers as the Government official on whom he relied.
In requesting this instruction, defendant was apparently relying on an “entrapment-by-estoppel” defense. This defense arises when “a government official incorrectly informs a defendant that certain conduct is legal, the defendant believes the government official and is then prosecuted for acting in conformity with the official's advice. United States v. Johnson, 139 F.3d 1359, 1365 (11th Cir.1998). To assert this defense to a federal crime, the official in question must have been a federal official. United States v. Funches, 135 F.3d 1405, 1407 (11th Cir.1998). Further, “[t]his defense is a narrow exception to the general rule that ignorance of the law is no excuse and is based on fundamental fairness concerns of the Due Process Clause.The focus of the inquiry is on the conduct of the Government not the intent of the accused. ” United States v. Spires, 79 F.3d 464, 466 (emphasis added). Finally, the defendant must actually rely on a point of law misrepresented by the federal official, and this reliance must be objectively reasonable. United States v. Eaton, 179 F.3d 1328, 1332 (11th Cir.1999) (internal quotation marks omitted).
Defendant did not present evidence entitling him to an instruction embodying an entrapment-by-estoppel defense. The first requirement for the defense is that the advice in question be given by a federal official. There is no evidence that Kendra Robertson was an IRS employee. Defendant's only basis for this assertion is that someone in the office told him that she was an employee and that she had confirmed that information. Even assuming that someone had so informed the defendant, that information does not prove that Robertson was, in fact, employed by the federal government. Thus, on this record, there is no evidence that Robertson was a Government official. 9.
Moreover, as noted, it does not matter that defendant may have claimed that he believed Robertson was a Government agent. As noted supra, the focus of the inquiry is on the conduct of the Government, not the intent of the defendant.
Second, it was never the defendant's contention that he had innocently filed returns that exaggerated the telephone excise taxes of clients based on the erroneous advice of Robertson. Indeed, to the contrary, it was defendant's testimony that he never filed returns claiming false excise tax credits. It was defendant's consistent story that others in the office-usually Kendra, but never the defendant-prepared and filed these returns.See, e.g., Tr. [114] at 984, Tr. [115] at 1013–1014, 1026, 1031, 1058–59, 1068–75, 1107. As it was defendant's testimony that he was not involved in the claiming of any telephone excise credits for clients, it is therefore impossible that he would have been relying on the opinion of anyone for actions he never took. 10.
Third, had defendant actually prepared tax returns containing false TETR credits and had he received specific advice from someone else in the office that it was okay to falsify this information, his reliance on any such advice would not have been objectively reasonable. This case charged the knowing submission of a false claim to the Government. It is difficult to understand how one could reasonably rely on the representation of a co-worker that it is proper to lie on a return.
Finally, as discussed infra, although the defendant was not entitled to a good faith charge, the Court nevertheless did instruct the jury that “a good-faith misunderstanding of the law or a goodfaith belief that one is not violating the law therefore negates willfulness.” (Tr. [115] at 1220.) That instruction gave the defendant room to argue that he relied on the advice of others and gave the jury authority to acquit the defendant if it concluded that he had done so.
In short, defendant failed to establish a factual predicate for an entrapment-by-estoppel defense, and the Court properly declined to give defendant's requested instruction
2. Good Faith Instruction
Defendant states that the Court did not instruct the jury about good faith. On the contrary, as noted, the Court did instruct the jury that “[a] good faith misunderstanding of the law or a good faith belief that one is not violating the law therefore negates willfulness.” (Tr. [115] at 1146–55, 1220.) Further, the Court gave this good faith instruction, although the defendant had failed to lay a factual predicate for it. See discussion at Tr. [115] at 1123–24, 1126–30, 1146–53. Although the Court did not use defendant's exact proposed language, its instruction covered the substance of the request.
3. Reliance on Tax Preparer
Though defendant testified that he did not prepare returns, he wanted an instruction for an alternate defense, unsupported by any evidence, that if the jury found he had prepared forms, it should consider, as a defense, his reliance on a tax preparer. (Supplemental Br. [125] at 72.) This instruction was presented at the eleventh hour, right before closing, by the defendant pro se. The Court deemed it to be untimely. (Tr. [115] at 1140). 11.
Moreover, on the merits, the requested instruction was not remotely apt. The proposed instruction addresses the defense of a tax filer who has provided accurate information to a tax preparer and who relies, in good faith, on the work of that preparer. This defense is intended for an individual filer who has been charged with filing a false return. Defendant has offered no authority that a tax preparer can invoke the defense of reliance on another tax preparer. (Reply [136] at 34.)
Furthermore, defendant was not entitled to this defense because he offered no specific testimony as to what information he had provided the preparer for a particular return and whether that information represented a complete disclosure of the relevant information. See United States v. Williams, 573 F.2d 284, 292 n.7 (5th Cir.1978) (defense requires showing of good faith reliance on a professional tax preparer, disclosure of all relevant facts, and no reason to believe the return was false) 12.; McGraw v. Comm'r of Internal Revenue, 384 F.3d 965, 972–73 [94 AFTR 2d 2004-6095] (8th Cir.2004) (same).
Taking defendant's testimony in the best light, he merely provided assistance to others who actually prepared the returns. Again, his defense was that he did not prepare or file the tax returns in question. To the extent that his “alternative” defense was that, even if he did file, or assist in the filing of these returns, 13. he did so, thinking that the actual tax preparers had done their work correctly, the Court's other instructions informed the jury that the defendant must have acted knowingly and willfully and further that if the defendant had a good faith belief that he was acting lawfully, then this would constitute a defense to the charge. The instructions given conveyed the gist of what defendant sought in his inapt and confusing tax preparer instruction.
I. Prosecutor's Comments on Flight and the Evidence
Defendant claims that the prosecutor should not have commented on defendant's flight from arrest and that the cumulative effect of the prosecutor's comments tainted the trial.
1. Flight
Defendant argues that the prosecutor violated the Constitution by commenting, in his closing argument, on defendant's silence at the time of his arrest. (Supplemental Br. [125] at 73–75.) The Government contends that the comment was directed toward defendant's attempted flight when officers attempted to arrest him.
Defendant was arrested on February 15, 2007, after he saw agents searching his business and then sped away in his car, despite their orders not to. (Tr. [108] at 164–71.) Defendant's position, throughout his testimony, had been that during most of the time that he was working at the Icon office, he was unaware that false returns were being prepared, but that by the time of the arrest, he was beginning to have some concerns. (Tr. [115] at 1107–11.) The prosecutor's remark in closing focused on the inconsistency between defendant's exculpatory testimony and this flight. (Id. at 1170–71.)
The prosecutor first anticipated that defense counsel would repeat remarks that the latter had made in his opening statement to the effect that it is inconceivable that the defendant would commit such a substantial tax fraud and leave a paper trail with his name connected. The prosecutor argued that the defendant never expected that he would be caught by federal authorities before he had a chance to disappear. 14. (Id.)
The prosecutor then noted:
And you know that he knew exactly what he was doing, because when Special Agent Horton's colleagues showed up at the Norcross location wearing their blue and gold windbreakers, having badges appear, having jackets that said federal police, the defendant didn't come forward and say, oh, I've been dying to tell you some things about this business. I'd really like to cooperate with you about what's going on here associated with Kendra, associated with Tauya Muteke, associated with everybody else that is committing this fraud.
What the did the defendant do? He didn't stop. He didn't get out of the car. He didn't raise up his hands and say I really need to talk to you. He tried to take off....
(Id. at 1171.)
At the outset, the Court notes that defendant's claim will be reviewed on appeal only for plain error, as defendant did not object to the prosecutor's remarks, nor did he ask for curative instructions. FED.R.EVID. 103(d) (court can “tak[e] notice of plain errors affecting substantial rights although they were not brought to the attention of the court”). The plain error exception should be “used sparingly, solely in those circumstances in which a miscarriage of justice would otherwise result.” United States v. Young, 470 U.S. 1, 15 (1985) (internal quotation marks omitted). The remarks must be viewed in the context of the entire trial, id. at 12, 16, and “improper comments during closing argument rarely rise to the level of reversible error.” United States v. Wilson, 985 F.2d 348, 353 [71 AFTR 2d 93-1016] (7th Cir.1993).
Had defense counsel considered this remark to be unfairly prejudicial, he should have asked for a curative instruction. Likely, however, defense counsel purposely and prudently decided not to object, because an objection would probably have precipitated an unhelpful instruction to the jury. Specifically, the Court would have told jurors that while a defendant has no obligation to answer an agent's questions, the jury could nonetheless consider defendant's attempted flight as a possible acknowledgment of some guilt.
Moreover, this case does not present the “miscarriage of justice” addressed in Young, 470 U.S. at 15. Indeed, in considering the defendant's current claim, one must consider the legal framework in which such a claim may properly be made. Defendant is apparently relying on Doyle v. Ohio, 426 U.S. 610 (1976), and the line of cases that follow it. In Doyle, the Supreme Court held that, where a defendant in custody has been given his Mirandawarnings, he has been implicitly assured that his silence will carry no penalty. Therefore, a prosecutor's comment at trial on that silence, as being inconsistent with a later-told exculpatory account, constitutes something akin to bait-and-switch, and is not permitted.
In this case, there was no testimony concerning whether or not the defendant had been silent following the giving ofMiranda warnings, nor did the prosecutor make any such comment. Rather, the prosecutor was pointing out the defendant's attempted flight prior to his arrest, and noting that this flight was inconsistent with defendant's exculpatory accounts of his conduct during his testimony.
It is undisputed that flight from arrest may be considered as evidence of guilt. United States v. Williams, 541 F.3d 1087, 1089 (11th Cir.2008); United States v. Wright, 392 F.3d 1269, 1277–78 (11th Cir.2004). To be sure, flight typically involves silence on the part of a suspect, as a fleeing defendant usually has little inclination or time to engage in conversation with the police. Here, the prosecutor mentioned briefly this flight and noted its inconsistency with the exculpatory version of events recounted by the defendant at trial. The Court does not view the prosecutor's isolated comment as being violative of the Doyle line of cases.
Therefore, the Court concludes that this comment by the prosecutor does not entitle the defendant to a new trial.
2. Cumulative Effect
Defendant also claims that other comments made by the prosecutor during summation and rebuttal were improper and denied the defendant a fair trial. Again, because defendant did not object at the time of the comments, this claim is reviewed only for plain error.
The Court concludes that none of these remarks rendered defendant's trial unfair nor necessitate a new trial.
CONCLUSION
Therefore, for the foregoing reasons, defendant's Motion for Judgment of Acquittal [99] and Motion for New Trial [99] are DENIED.
So ORDERED.
________________________________________
1.
Although the prosecution could have potentially charged Govereh with 107 counts, apparently out of considerations of efficiency and a desire not to extend trial time unnecessarily, it chose to prosecute him on only 20 counts.
________________________________________
2.
Govereh also sometimes offered to “sell” his clients dependents. (Tr. [108] at 266–68; Tr. [114] at 818–19, 832.) That is, defendant would use the names and social security numbers of dependents of other individuals and affix these to the returns of clients in order to increase those client's refunds. The clients would be charged an additional fee for this service.
________________________________________
3.
Taxpayers were able to claim credit for telephone excise taxes paid between February 2003 and August 2006. (Tr. [108] at 103–05.) The standard tax credit for TETR ranged from $30 to $60, which would have yielded, at most, total credits in the amount of $6420. Govereh's 107 forms, however, listed TETR credit amounts totaling approximately $469,000. (Id. at 102–03; Tr. [114] at 910.)
________________________________________
4.
The defendant has filed a pro se Reply Brief [138]. As defendant has counsel, the Court has not considered his Reply Brief. Indeed, defendant has previously caused himself some problems by his habit of filing pleadings and sending letters to the Court. For example, at trial, the Government wanted to introduce a letter that the defendant had sent to the Court making clear the defendant's extensive knowledge of tax law and the process for filing refunds. Such evidence was probative, as it impeached the defendant's protestation to the jury that he was unschooled in tax law.
Albeit these letters constituted persuasive admissions of knowledge of tax law by the defendant, the Court did not consider it appropriate, on Rule 403 grounds, to allow the Government to introduce letters from the defendant to this Court. Nonetheless, the Court cautioned the defendant to stop sending such communications to the Court. (Tr. [114] at 865–68).
Further, even were this Court willing to consider defendant's pro se brief, he has introduced a new argument in that brief concerning the inapplicability of the FCA where a false income tax return has been filed. As a preliminary matter, when a party introduces a new argument in a reply brief, the Court may either strike it or permit the non-moving party additional time to respond to the new argument.Int'l Telecomms. Exch. Corp. v. MCI Telecomms. Corp. , 892 F.Supp. 1520, 1531 (N.D.Ga.1995). The Court in this case strikes this argument. See, e.g., United States v. Ga. Dep't of Natural Res., 897 F.Supp. 1464, 1471 (N.D.Ga.1995) (striking arguments raised for first time in reply brief).
________________________________________
5.
When the defendant testified, however, the Court did permit the Government to impeach him with these felony convictions. Further, as the Michigan convictions were also properly admitted under Rule 404(b), once they had been revealed during cross-examination, the Court permitted the jury to consider them both for the purposes addressed by that Rule, as well as for impeachment purposes.
________________________________________
6.
Rule 404(b) provides that “[e]vidence of other crimes, wrongs, or acts is not admissible to prove the character of a person in order to show action in conformity therewith. It may, however, be admissible for other purposes, such as proof of motive, opportunity, intent, preparation, plan, knowledge, identity, or absence of mistake or accident.” FED.R.EVID. 404(b).
________________________________________
7.
This conviction would also have been admissible as impeaching evidence once the defendant testified, under Rule 609(a)(2), as a crime of dishonesty or a false statement that can be admitted without any balancing tests.See United States v. Kane, 944 F.2d 1406, 1413 (7th Cir.1991) (misdemeanor bad check conviction found to be admissible under Rule 609(a)(2)); United States v. Rogers, 853 F.2d 249, 252 [62 AFTR 2d 88-5340] (4th Cir.1988) (same);United States v. Toney , 615 F.2d 277, 279–80 (5th Cir.1980) (under Rule 609(a)(2), district court has no discretion to prevent the impeachment of a witness with a prior conviction for a false statement).
________________________________________
8.
The defendant did not order that part of the transcript that would have reflected a conference in chambers when defense counsel first became aware of the matter. The Court has therefore been able to rely on those parts of the transcript provided, but believes that these parts of the record cited herein provide most, if not all, of the pertinent information.
________________________________________
9.
As the Court noted at the time, defendant had ample time to seek discovery “as to whether Ms. Roberts worked for the IRS. (Tr. [115] at 1126–27.) That he did not do so undermines his present claim that he believed Ms. Roberts to have worked for the IRS.
________________________________________
10.
It is true that defendant testified that he did obtain specific advice from Tauya and Robertson that it was okay to sell dependents to a client. That is, defendant claimed that these individuals told him that a tax preparer could take a legitimate dependent from someone else and, for a fee, let a client use that dependent's social security number and name on the client's own return to get a dependent credit.See, e.g., Tr. [115] at 1040–1048. Although the defendant never put such dependents on anyone's tax return-again, given his position that he did not prepare tax returns-he did collect money from the clients for this sale. (Id. at 1047–48.) In addition, while the false dependent claims were introduced as inextricably intertwined evidence, defendant was not charged with filing false claims regarding dependents. He was charged with filing false claims regarding the telephone excise tax credits.
________________________________________
11.
Defense counsel marked this request and asked that it be made part of the record. The docket entry [91] inaccurately reflects this request as a proposed instruction by the Government: understandably so, as the instruction's caption is: “Government Proposed Jury Inst. No. 371.” Yet, this was apparently an instruction that the defendant had obtained from another source and this document was the defendant's own request for an instruction as to reliance on a tax preparer.
________________________________________
12.
This case is binding precedent in the Eleventh Circuit; see Bonner, 661 F.2d at 1207.
________________________________________
13.
The defendant's alternative defenses are somewhat reminiscent of the much-parodied defense of an accusation that a defendant's dog had bitten the plaintiff. That defense was: “I don't own a dog. If I did own a dog, he didn't bite you. And if he bit you, you provoked him.” Here, defendant's position is that he never prepared or filed any returns. If he had done so, however, he would not have known that any information contained therein was false. But, if he had known that the information was a lie, that would also be okay, because other people in the office told him that it was alright to put false information on tax returns.
________________________________________
14.
Although the jury was not informed, the defendant was on fugitive status from ICE authorities, as he had failed to report in Michigan, as required by the terms of his release on asylum status. As noted, after absconding from Michigan, the defendant had gone to Florida, where he was convicted of a fraud crime, and was in Georgia, involved in the fraudulent tax scheme on trial, at the time of his arrest.

Labels:

Wednesday, January 20, 2010

SILO transaction loss - economic substance

WELLS FARGO & COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES v. U.S., Cite as 105 AFTR 2d 2010-XXXX, 01/08/2010
________________________________________
WELLS FARGO & COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES, Plaintiff, v. THE UNITED STATES, Defendant.
Case Information:
Code Sec(s):
Court Name: In the United States Court of Federal Claims,
Docket No.: No. 06-628T,
Date Decided: 01/08/2010.
Disposition:
HEADNOTE
.
OPINION
In the United States Court of Federal Claims,
OPINION AND ORDER
Judge: WHEELER, Judge.
In this tax refund suit, Plaintiff Wells Fargo & Company (“Wells Fargo”) claims $115,174,203.00 in depreciation, interest and transaction cost deductions for the tax year 2002. The deductions stem from Wells Fargo's participation in 26 leveraged lease transactions, seventeen with domestic transit agencies, and nine involving qualified technological equipment (“QTE”). Although the tax treatment of all 26 transactions is at issue in this case, the parties limited their trial presentation to five agreed transactions, allowing the Court's ruling on these five to guide the resolution of the remainder. Of the five trial transactions, four involve public transit agencies, and one is a QTE lease involving cellular telecommunications equipment. The four transit lessees are: the New Jersey Transit Corporation (“NJT”), the State of California Department of Transportation (“Caltrans”), the Metropolitan Transit Authority of Harris County, Texas (“Houston Metro”), and the Washington Metropolitan Area Transit Authority (“WMATA”). The lessee in the QTE lease is a Belgian entity, Belgacom Mobile, S.A. (“Belgacom”).
The leveraged leases in this case sometimes are referred to as “SILO” (“sale in/lease out”) tax shelters, where a tax-exempt entity such as a public transit agency transfers tax benefits for a fee to a United States taxpayer such as Wells Fargo. The transactions involve depreciable assets such as rail cars, locomotives, or buses in the transit leases, or telecommunications equipment in the Belgacom lease. The documentation for each transaction is extensive, but the objective is for the taxpayer, Wells Fargo, to take advantage of significant tax deductions acquired from tax-exempt entities to offset taxable income and thereby reduce overall tax liability to the United States.
In assessing Wells Fargo's claimed deductions, the Court must examine the “substance over form” doctrine to determine whether Wells Fargo acquired a depreciable ownership interest in the property, and whether Wells Fargo bears the property's burdens and benefits. In simplest terms, the agreements comprising a SILO transaction are set up to suggest that a “sale” of property has taken place, that the property has been “leased back” to the original owner, and that a “loan” has been created to finance the transaction. Defendant contends that the “substance” of the transactions merely is a transfer of tax benefits to avoid federal taxes. The Court also must examine whether the circular flow of loan proceeds in these transactions creates any allowable interest deductions. Part of this inquiry is to determine whether any genuine indebtedness has occurred, and whether the loaned funds actually were available for use by Wells Fargo to finance the “sale.” A third inquiry is whether there is any economic substance to these transactions, other than the transfer of tax benefits, that would warrant depreciation and transaction cost deductions under the Internal Revenue Code (“IRC”) §§ 167 and 168, or interest deductions under IRC § 163. 1
The Court conducted a 20-day trial in Washington, D.C. during April 6 through May 1, 2009. The Court heard the testimony of 33 witnesses, thirteen of whom were experts. The fact witnesses included representatives from Wells Fargo and each of the four transit agencies, as well as appraisers and consultants who participated in, or assisted in arranging, the transactions. The expert witnesses testified in the areas of finance, economics, accounting, leveraged leases, and transit industry practices. The Court also heard fact and expert testimony on the Belgacom transaction. The evidentiary record consists of 5,150 pages of trial transcript, and 1,157 documentary exhibits. The parties submitted post-trial briefs on August 3, 2009, and reply briefs on September 17, 2009. The Court heard closing arguments on October 22, 2009. The Court allowed the parties to submit supplemental briefs on November 13, 2009 addressing new case law issued since the post-trial reply briefs.
Other courts have considered the tax treatment of SILO transactions, or the similar “LILO” (“lease in/lease out”) transactions and, with one exception, have concluded that the taxpayer who participated in the transaction is not entitled to any of the claimed tax benefits. AWG Leasing Trust v. United States, 592 F.Supp.2d 953 [101 AFTR 2d 2008-2397] (N.D. Ohio 2008); BB&T Corp. v. United States, 2007 WL 37798 [99 AFTR 2d 2007-376], at 1 (M.D.N.C., Jan. 4, 2007), aff'd, 523 F.3d 461 [101 AFTR 2d 2008-1933] (4th Cir. 2008). Two of the SILO and LILO cases have been tried to juries, and in both of those cases, the jury returned a verdict disallowing the tax deductions. Altria Group, Inc. v. United States, No. 1:06-cv-09430, 2009 WL 874207, at 1 (S.D.N.Y. July 9, 2009); Fifth Third Bancorp & Subs. v. United States, No. 1:05-cv-350 (S.D. Ohio, April 18, 2008). The one exception to date is Consolidated Edison Company of New York, Inc. v. United States, No. 06-305T, 2009 WL 3418533 [104 AFTR 2d 2009-6966], at 1 (Fed. Cl. Oct. 21, 2009) (Horn, J.), where our Court concluded after lengthy analysis that a LILO transaction had legitimate business purposes, and allowed the claimed tax deductions. The Court rightly observed in Consolidated Edison that each transaction “must be evaluated on its own merits.” Id.
Another SILO tax shelter case, although not a tax refund suit, is Hoosier Energy Rural Electric Cooperative, Inc. v. John Hancock Life Insurance Company, 588 F.Supp.2d 919 (S.D. Ind. 2008), aff'd 582 F.3d 721 (7th Cir. 2009). This case arose from the 2007–2008 economic downturn, where one of the insurance entities in the transaction, Ambac Assurance Corporation, had its credit rating reduced. The lessor, John Hancock, exercised its right to demand that Hoosier Energy find a replacement for Ambac, even though Ambac had not missed any payments. The case involves Hoosier Energy's request for injunctive relief to maintain the status quo while Hoosier Energy seeks a replacement for Ambac. In granting injunctive relief, the district court described the SILO transaction as a “blatantly abusive tax shelter” that is “rotten to the core.” 588 F.Supp.2d at 921, 928. The Court of Appeals affirmed the district court's grant of injunctive relief, but clarified that the agreements comprising the SILO transaction were legally enforceable under New York law, even if not an approved tax shelter under the Internal Revenue Code. The Court of Appeals gave Hoosier Energy until the end of 2009, approximately 3-1/2 months, to find a replacement for Ambac. 582 F.3d at 730.
The Court has reviewed carefully the applicable case law and all of the evidence of record. In brief summary, the Court finds that Wells Fargo is not entitled to the claimed tax deductions on the five trial transactions. The SILO transactions did not grant to Wells Fargo the burdens and benefits of property ownership. The transactions lack economic substance, and were intended only to reduce Wells Fargo's federal taxes by millions of dollars. Although well disguised in a sea of paper and complexity, the SILO transactions essentially amount to Wells Fargo's purchase of tax benefits for a fee from a tax-exempt entity that cannot use the deductions. The transactions are designed to minimize risk and assure a desired outcome to Wells Fargo, regardless of how the value of the property may fluctuate during the term of the transactions. Indeed, nothing of any substance changes in the tax-exempt entity's operation and ownership of the assets. The only money that changes hands is Wells Fargo's up-front fee to the tax-exempt entity, and Wells Fargo's payments to those who have participated in or created the intricate agreements. The equity and debt “loop” transactions simply are offsetting accounting entries not involving actual payments, or pools of money eventually returned to the original holder. If the Court were to approve of these SILO schemes, the big losers would be the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”), deprived of millions in taxes rightfully due from a financial giant, and the taxpaying public, forced to bear the burden of the taxes avoided by Wells Fargo.
On the issue of economic substance, the Court has considered whether there is any likelihood of profit from the five trial transactions, aside from the tax benefits. In each transaction, the parties employed equity and debt “defeasance accounts,” which are types of escrow accounts intended to minimize the risks of non-payment. During the lease-back period, a return is generated from the equity defeasance account investments. The value of the equity defeasance account is expected to grow so that the tax-exempt entity can exercise the buy-out option at the end of the lease-back period without using any of its own funds. However, the equity defeasance account return is more than offset by the other costs of the transaction, including Wells Fargo's cost of funds to engage in the transaction. The end result is that the trial transactions produce an overall loss without the tax benefits, and no rational person would engage in these transactions absent the tax benefits. This conclusion is borne out by Wells Fargo's cessation of SILO transactions after the IRS began disallowing SILO tax deductions. Moreover, the profitable portion of the transactions could be realized simply by investing in the same portfolio as the equity defeasance account. The only reason to create the elaborate array of agreements comprising a SILO transaction is for Wells Fargo to obtain the tax benefits at minimal risk, and with complete assurance of the desired long-term outcome.
The SILO transactions here are offensive to the Court on many levels. A cadre of company executives, in concert with teams of well known legal and accounting firms and other consultants, regularly constructed and participated in these tax schemes for Wells Fargo, apparently blind to professional standards of care. Representatives from the Federal Transit Administration (“FTA”) encouraged transit agencies to participate in SILO transactions as a way to raise additional funds, without seriously considering the probable adverse tax treatment of the transactions. Even when the IRS issued a 1999 Revenue Ruling disallowing tax deductions from LILO transactions, 2 the participants continued on with only slight adjustments to create the SILO transactions. The Court has little sympathy for those who have lost out as a result of this decision.
The Court will set a conference with counsel during the next 45 days to determine whether any further proceedings are necessary to address the remaining 21 transactions at issue in this case. With respect to the five trial transactions, and for the reasons explained in more detail below, the Court finds for Defendant. If the parties agree that additional proceedings are not needed for the other 21 transactions, the Court will direct the Clerk to enter final judgment for Defendant, and to dismiss Plaintiff's complaint with prejudice. Further action by the Court therefore must await guidance from the parties.
I. Findings of Fact 3
A. Overview of SILO Transactions
In a SILO transaction, a United States taxpayer such as Wells Fargo enters into various agreements with an entity that is not subject to federal income tax, and with financing institutions. The agreements are described as “leases,” “subleases,” and “loans,” among others, but they are all part of a single, integrated “sale in, lease out” transaction. One witness described the agreements as a “stack [that] was almost a foot high.” (Britton, Tr. 1228.) 4 In the package of agreements, each part is precisely interwoven with, and dependent upon, the others. The substance of the SILO transaction can be seen only from the entire package of agreements, not from examining the individual agreements separately. A “participation agreement” defines all of the participants and documents comprising the overall SILO transaction. (Johnson, Tr. 1650.) Each of the five trial transactions employed a participation agreement. (PX903, NJT; PX1076, Caltrans; PX1319, Houston Metro; PX1515, WMATA; PX678, Belgacom.)
When considered as a whole, the SILO transaction is designed to provide the taxpayer, Wells Fargo, with: (1) a purported basis to claim large depreciation deductions as the alleged owner of rail cars, locomotives, buses, or other capital assets; and (2) interest expense deductions based upon non-recourse “loop debt” arranged with a financing institution. “Rental” payments and “interest” payments are not actually made among the SILO participants, but are recorded as offsetting accounting entries at the affiliated entities managing the debt accounts.
The tax-exempt entity already has acquired and owns the capital assets used for a SILO transaction. Thus, financing the tax-exempt entity's acquisition of the capital assets is not one of the transaction's objectives. (Lys, Tr. 4567; DX701 at 20240.) The tax-exempt entity continues to hold legal title to the capital assets, and is responsible for the operation and maintenance of the assets. (DX701 at 20240.) Nevertheless, the taxpayer claims that ownership of the assets for tax purposes has shifted to it pursuant to one of the leases, and that it is incurring interest expense on a non-recourse loan. The tax benefits acquired by the taxpayer did not previously hold any value, because the tax-exempt entity does not pay federal income taxes, and cannot use the deductions. The right to claim the deductions has value only in the hands of a taxpaying entity. The tax-exempt entity receives an up-front payment from the taxpayer as consideration for the transfer of the tax benefits. (McCalley, Tr. 672–73; Pohl, Tr. 927–30.) The up-front payment, often expressed as a percentage of the transaction size, provides the incentive for the tax-exempt entity to participate in the transaction. (McCalley, Tr. 633, 672–74; Webb, Tr. 1002–03; Britton, Tr. 1206; DX329 at 623–26; PX808 at 7636.)
The tax-exempt entity has the right to terminate the SILO transaction at a future date through exercise of a “purchase option.” However, the tax-exempt entity does not actually contribute any of its own money to pay the purchase option price. Instead, “equity funds” from the taxpayer are set aside at the inception of the transaction, invested in securities in a collateral account, and then later used to fund the purchase option price. In this way, equity funds advanced by the taxpayer at the outset ultimately are returned to it. The tax-exempt entity pays nothing to exercise the purchase option.
The following hypothetical diagram shows the “Equity Loop” and “Debt Loop” segments of a SILO transaction. The Debt Loop side shows an $8.00 non-recourse loan that passes through the tax-exempt entity on the closing date, and is deposited in an account with an affiliate of the lender. On the Equity Loop side, the taxpayer makes a $2.00 payment to the tax-exempt entity on the closing date, of which the tax-exempt entity keeps $0.50 as its incentive fee for transferring the tax benefits to the taxpayer. The remaining $1.50 is deposited in an account with another affiliate of the lender, to be invested for later funding of the purchase option.
B. The Components and Mechanics of a SILO Transaction
In a typical SILO transaction, the taxpayer, Wells Fargo, purports to lease capital assets from a tax-exempt entity under an agreement called a “head lease.” The length of the head lease is set to be longer than the remaining economic useful life of the assets, so the taxpayer can assert that the head lease should be treated as a sale for federal tax purposes and claim depreciation deductions as the purported new owner. (D. Ellis, Tr. 2623, 2629; Pohl, Tr. 900.) The tax-exempt entity concurrently enters into another agreement, usually called a “sublease,” where it purports to lease the assets back from the taxpayer for a shorter period of time than the head lease. After executing these documents, the tax-exempt entity continues to use the assets, just as it did before the SILO transaction. The tax-exempt entity retains all maintenance, insurance, and other obligations associated with ownership of the property.
As payment of the “head lease rent,” the taxpayer makes a single payment to the tax-exempt entity at closing. The funds for the head lease rent come from two sources: (1) the proceeds of a purported non-recourse loan, called the “debt funds;” and (2) a cash payment from the taxpayer, called the “equity funds.” The tax-exempt entity, however, does not retain the head lease payment. All of the debt funds are paid immediately to an affiliate of the lender, called a “debt payment undertaker,” as part of a debt defeasance arrangement. “Defeasance” is a means of reducing risk on a debt by having a third party hold the necessary funds or securities and make payments when due during the course of a transaction. See Charles J. Woelfel, The Fitzroy Dearborn Encyclopedia of Banking & Finance, 285 (10th ed. 1994); (Rupprecht, Tr. 155–56; Grossman, Tr. 2013.) The debt payment undertaker then is obligated to make the tax-exempt entity's “rent payments” on the sublease to the taxpayer. The rent payments, however, are not actually made to the taxpayer, but are made instead to the lender (the debt payment undertaker's affiliate), to satisfy the taxpayer's debt service obligations on the non-recourse loan.
The debt service obligations on the non-recourse loan are set to match, in timing and amount, the tax-exempt entity's rent payments under the sublease. (DX701 at 20241.) Thus, the debt funds given to the debt payment undertaker are sufficient to satisfy both the tax-exempt entity's sublease rental obligations and the taxpayer's debt service obligations throughout the sublease, without any additional payments by either the taxpayer or the tax-exempt entity. Id. In this loop debt structure, the debt funds flow in a circle from the lender, to the taxpayer, to the tax-exempt entity, and then back to an affiliate of the lender, all in accordance with terms agreed to by the parties at the closing of the SILO transaction. (Whitman, Tr. 1380–82, 1385; Lys, Tr. 4575–76.) The taxpayer, however, claims interest deductions for tax purposes throughout the sublease term.
Like the debt funds, most of the equity funds contributed by the taxpayer, and nominally paid to the tax-exempt party as part of the head lease payment, are immediately paid as a fee to the “equity payment undertaker” at closing, as part of an equity defeasance arrangement. (Whitman, Tr. 1382–83.) The remaining portion of the equity funds is retained by the tax-exempt entity as its inducement fee for entering into the SILO transaction. (Lys, Tr. 4567–68.) The funds paid to the equity payment undertaker typically are invested in government bonds or other high-grade debt securities, and are referred to as the “equity collateral.” As with the debt defeasance arrangement, the tax-exempt entity does not have access to these funds during the term of the sublease. At the end of the sublease, when the tax-exempt entity can exercise the “purchase option,” the funds held by the equity payment undertaker provide exactly the amount due from the tax-exempt entity to terminate the transaction.
The tax-exempt entity thus does not need to use any of its own funds to exercise the purchase option. The equity payment undertaker simply repays the taxpayer's equity funds with a predetermined return, in a second circular flow of funds. From the date of closing, the taxpayer claims to be the owner of the capital assets, with the right to assert depreciation deductions on its taxes, even though the tax-exempt entity continues to use and maintain the assets, just as it had done before the SILO transaction. (McCalley, Tr. 653.)
C. The Two Types of SILOs
1. Lease to Service Contract SILO Transactions
At the end of the sublease period, the tax-exempt entity has the unilateral right to exercise a pre-funded purchase option, and terminate the SILO transaction. In a “lease-to-service contract” SILO transaction, if the tax-exempt entity does not exercise its purchase option, the taxpayer then can select between one of two options: (1) it can require the tax-exempt entity to transfer the assets to the taxpayer, described as “the return option” in the transaction documents; or (2) it can require the tax-exempt entity to arrange a so-called service contract for the operation of the assets, described as “the service contract option.” (Shuman, Tr. 2378–79; Shinderman, Tr. 3753–55.)
If the tax-exempt entity does not exercise the purchase option, and the taxpayer then elects the service contract option, the tax-exempt entity becomes obligated to arrange for the service contract, many of the terms for which are specified in the SILO closing documents. If the taxpayer chooses, the tax-exempt entity also becomes obligated to locate an “operator” for the assets, which must be an entity other than the “service recipient,” the entity for whom the assets are operated. The tax-exempt entity typically is required to arrange for refinancing of the original non-recourse loan. (Lys, Tr. 4524.) Like the original loan, the refinancing loan must be non-recourse.
For the service contract option, the SILO documents specify the amount and timing of the payments, even though the beginning of the hypothetical service contract would not begin until at least twenty years in the future. These terms are set in advance so that the service contract will provide the necessary funds to repay any non-recourse refinancing loan, if one could be obtained, without the taxpayer having to contribute any of its own funds. The intent is for the taxpayer to receive its original equity contribution, along with the same or similar return that it would receive if the tax-exempt entity had exercised the purchase option. From the inception of the SILO transaction, the taxpayer is guaranteed to receive back its equity contribution with the specified return. The taxpayer also is insulated from any meaningful risk exposure associated with “ownership” of the assets.
Alternatively, if the taxpayer elects the return option, the tax-exempt entity likely would be required to find replacement equipment within an eleven or twelve-month period. Such a short period for this purpose would pose a significant challenge for transit agencies. The typical procurement cycle for new vehicles in the bus and rail industry ranges from two to six years, depending on the number of railcars or buses to be procured and the transit agencies' total fleet and operating needs. (Wilson, Tr. 4266–68; Salci, Tr. 3442–46, 3450–51; Britton, Tr. 1196; Weinman, Tr. 4121–29.) While the actual construction of new railcars, for example, could take approximately two years, the procurement process also would include substantial planning, engineering, and testing before acceptance and revenue operation could occur. This process would require a minimum of five years before new railcars could be placed into service. (Weinman, Tr. 4124–25.) The transit agencies thus would need to consider a possible new procurement well in advance of deciding whether to exercise the fixed purchase option. (Wilson, Tr. 3450–51; Salci, Tr. 4267–68.) If they decline the fixed purchase option, the transit agencies would not know whether Wells Fargo would elect the return option or the service contract option until eleven or twelve months prior to the termination date. Thus, the structure of the end of sublease choices strongly encourages the tax-exempt entity to exercise the fixed purchase option.
2. QTE SILO Transactions
A QTE SILO differs from a lease-to-service contract SILO in some respects. First, the tax-exempt entity's purchase option typically is earlier than the end of the sublease period, and is often called an “early buyout option” or “EBO.” Second, the taxpayer usually does not have the option to force the tax-exempt entity to enter into a service contract at the end of the sublease if the tax-exempt entity does not exercise the EBO. In general, the participants executed QTE SILOs before the SILO “industry” developed the service contract feature. Third, the QTE SILOs typically impose strict conditions on the tax-exempt entity if it declines the EBO and must transfer the equipment to the taxpayer. The so-called “return conditions” typically require the tax-exempt entity to return the equipment in “as new” condition, with the most recent hardware and software releases from the equipment manufacturer included. Due to these onerous conditions, the tax-exempt entity is motivated to exercise the EBO and terminate the SILO.
D. Safe-Harbor Leases and LILO Transactions — Predecessors to SILOs
In 1981, Congress enacted laws that permitted leasing transactions with tax-exempt entities, often referred to as “safe-harbor leasing rules.” See Economic Recovery Tax Act, Pub. L. No. 97-34, 95 Stat. 172 (1981); see also Staff of the Joint Committee on Taxation, 97th Cong., General Explanation of the Revenue Provisions of the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act of 1982, at 45–62 (Dec. 31, 1982) (“TEFRA Bluebook”). Under the safe-harbor leasing rules, a transaction could qualify as a sale and lease-back for tax purposes if it met the safe-harbor criteria, regardless of whether the lessor could only obtain a profit on the transaction by taking tax benefits into account, and regardless of whether the lessor obtained the substantive benefits and burdens of ownership of the property as a result of the transaction. TEFRA Bluebook at 50–51. Safe-harbor leasing criteria permitted a sale-leaseback transaction even if it was nothing more than a “tax benefit transfer.” Id. at 51–52. Safe-harbor leases in many respects were similar to SILO transactions. The enactment of the safe-harbor leasing rules led to a proliferation of leasing transactions whose sole purpose was tax avoidance. Id.
Just one year later, in 1982, Congress shut down safe-harbor leasing transactions. Congress enacted laws that limited the tax benefits available for safe-harbor leases entered into between July 1, 1982 and January 1, 1984, and repealed the safe-harbor leasing rules thereafter. Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act of 1982, Pub. L. No. 97-248, 96 Stat. 324 (1982); TEFRA Bluebook at 54. Congress took this action because of “the tax avoidance opportunities that safe-harbor leasing had created,” and “adverse public reaction to the sale of tax benefits.” TEFRA Bluebook at 53.
In 1984, Congress enacted what is known as the “Pickle Rule.” By this rule, Congress intended to limit the tax benefits associated with leasing transactions involving tax-exempt entities by requiring the taxpayer to depreciate the value of the leased assets over a longer time period than otherwise would be required. Deficit Reduction Act, Pub. L. No. 98-369, 98 Stat. 494 (1984). The Pickle Rule required any leased tax-exempt property to be depreciated on a straight-line basis over an assigned asset class, or 125 percent of the lease term, whichever was longer. Deficit Reduction Act, § 31; Shinderman, Tr. 2781; DX704A at 7–8. Congress added IRC § 7701(e), which requires arrangements denominated as “service contracts” to be treated as leases if they are “properly treated” as such, and the arrangement meets other relevant factors. (DX704A at 8.)
After the repeal of safe-harbor leasing and the enactment of the Pickle Rule, some taxpaying entities sought ways to structure transactions that would allow the purchase of tax benefits from tax-exempt entities, but would not run afoul of the Pickle Rule. One of these was the LILO transaction.
The typical LILO transaction is similar to the SILO transaction, described above. The taxpayer purports to lease assets from a tax-exempt entity, and then immediately lease them back to the tax-exempt entity for a shorter period. See Rev. Rul. 2002-69; Maxim Shvedov, CRS Report of Congress: Tax Implications of SILOs, QTEs and Other Leasing Transactions with Tax Exempt Entities, pp. 8–9 (Nov. 30, 2004) (“CRS Report”). As in a SILO, the tax-exempt entity continues to use the property just as it did before the LILO transaction, and remains responsible for the maintenance and operation of the asset during the lease-back period. A portion of the head lease is prepaid, and is funded largely with a purported non-recourse loan that is defeased in a loop debt structure. The timing and amount of the tax-exempt entity's sublease rental payments and the taxpayer's debt service payments on the non-recourse loan match exactly, so neither party makes any out-of-pocket payments during the lease-back period.
Also, as in a SILO, the taxpayer makes an “equity investment” with its own funds, most of which is paid as an “equity undertaking fee” to an equity undertaker. The remainder is paid to the tax-exempt entity as its inducement fee for transferring the tax benefits. The funds paid to the equity undertaker are used to purchase securities that pay a fixed rate of return, which matches the amount needed for the tax-exempt entity to exercise the purchase option at the end of the sublease term.
There are two principal differences between LILO and SILO transactions. In a LILO tax shelter, the head lease term is structured to span less than 80 percent of the remaining useful life of the assets, so the taxpayer can assert the head lease isnot equivalent to a sale for tax purposes. See CRS Report at 12. Instead, the taxpayer claims to have a leasehold interest in the assets for tax purposes, and claims deductions for its purported rental obligations, not depreciation deductions associated with an ownership interest, thereby avoiding the Pickle Rule. The LILO transaction is structured so that the rental deductions are claimed more quickly than taxable income is realized on the sublease, thereby creating a tax benefit for the taxpayer.
The second difference between LILO and SILO transactions is the description of the options available to the taxpayer at the end of the lease-back period if the tax-exempt entity does not exercise the purchase option. In a LILO transaction, the taxpayer can (1) require the tax-exempt entity to surrender the assets to the taxpayer for its own use; (2) lease the assets to a third party (“the replacement lease option”); or (3) compel the tax-exempt entity to lease the property under a renewal lease. See Rev. Rul. 2002-69. If the taxpayer elects either of the latter two options, it would be obligated to make a second “deferred rent” payment at the end of the sublease period. Id. However, because of offsetting rents under the renewal or replacement lease, the taxpayer never needs its own funds to satisfy the deferred rent payment. Similar to the service contract option in a SILO transaction, the renewal and replacement lease options in a LILO transaction are structured so that the taxpayer obtains a return of its equity and has an expected after-tax return as if the tax-exempt entity had exercised the purchase option. See BB&T, 523 F.3d at 464–65 (LILO structured “in a way that essentially eliminates any risk of economic loss”).
E. Regulatory and Legislative Responses to LILO and SILO Transactions
In 1999, the Treasury Department issued amendments to IRC § 467 that effectively eliminated the market for LILO transactions. Under these amendments, the taxpayer in a LILO transaction had to treat the prepayment of the head lease rent as a loan for tax purposes, and the rental income as interest on that loan, thereby eliminating the tax benefit generated by the prepayment of the head lease. See Treas. Reg. § 1.467-4 (1999). Also in 1999, the IRS issued Revenue Ruling 1999-14, holding that taxpayers could not take rental payment or interest deductions in LILO transactions because they lack economic substance. Later, in Revenue Ruling 2002-69, the IRS held that LILO transactions did not satisfy the substance-over-form doctrine. See Rev. Rul. 2002-69. In light of these IRS actions, taxpayers and tax-exempt entities, including public transit agencies, stopped engaging in LILOs. (McCalley, Tr. 629; Pohl, Tr. 898–99; Webb, Tr. 1054–55; Whitman, Tr. 1342; D. Ellis, Tr. 2742; Shinderman, Tr. 3782; DX722, Schroeder Dep., at 39.)
These new rulings and regulations, however, did not end the attempts of taxpayers to create tax benefits from leases involving tax-exempt entities. The lawyers, promoters, and arrangers involved with LILOs next developed the SILO structure. (McCalley, Tr. 626–27, 630; Whitman, Tr. 1339; Hackett, Tr. 3569; Shinderman, Tr. 3783–84; DX722, Schroeder Dep., at 39–40.) Since the target of the new IRS provisions was the rental and interest payments involved in LILO transactions, the provisions did not apply to depreciation deductions derived from the taxpayer's purported ownership of assets in SILO transactions. The issuance of the final regulations under IRC § 467 led to the creation of SILO transactions with lease-to-service contract options. Under the Pickle Rule, the lease term over which the taxpayer must depreciate property does not include service contracts that satisfy the requirements of IRC § 7701(e). In a lease-to-service contract SILO, the taxpayer asserts that the service contract period tacked on at the end of the sublease is not included in the lease term for purposes of the Pickle Rule. On this basis, the taxpayer claims the depreciation deduction over a shorter time period, thus increasing its value to the taxpayer because of the time-value of money.
The promoters and arrangers proposed the SILO transaction to taxpayers and tax-exempt entities as a replacement to the LILO structure. (Webb, Tr. 999–1003; DX200; DX722, Schroeder Dep., at 33–35.) Arrangers, such as Allco Financial Corporation (“Allco”), typically were paid a percentage of the transaction size on a contingent fee basis. If the parties did not complete the transaction, the arrangers did not receive any payment. (Whitman, Tr. 1299–301, 1333–34; Hackett, Tr. 3577–79.)
The market for SILO transactions continued until 2004, when Congress enacted the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004, Pub. L. No. 108-357, 118 Stat. 1418 (2004) (“AJCA”), amending the IRC to eliminate the purported tax benefits associated with LILO and SILO transactions. See also IRS Notice 2005-13, 2005-1 C.B. 630. Congress made these Code amendments to “curtail[] the ability of a tax-exempt entity to transfer ... tax benefits to a taxable entity.” Staff of the Joint Committee on Taxation, 108th Congress, General Explanation of Tax Legislation Enacted in the 108th Congress, at 420 (May 2005). Congress was concerned that taxpayers were “attempting to circumvent” the Pickle Rule “through the creative use of service contracts with ... tax-exempt entities,” and were thereby frustrating the purpose of the Pickle Rule to “prevent tax-exempt entities from using leasing arrangements to transfer the tax benefits of accelerated depreciation on property they used to a taxable entity.” Id. Although the AJCA provisions relating to LILO and SILO transactions applied prospectively, the AJCA's legislative history states that the amendments to the Code were “not intended to affect the scope of any other present-law tax rules or doctrines applicable to purported leasing transactions,” and that “[n]o inference is intended regarding the appropriate present-law tax treatment of transactions entered into prior to the effective date.” H.R. No. 108-755 at 660 (2004).
The AJCA created an exemption for SILO transactions involving public transit agency purchases of transportation equipment using federal subsidies administered by the FTA, where the transit agency had submitted an application to the FTA, permitting the use of the federally subsidized transportation equipment in the SILO transaction. AJCA, § 849(b). The AJCA exemption applies to “qualified transportation property,” defined as property where an application: (1) had been submitted to the FTA after June 30, 2003 and before March 14, 2004; (2) had been approved by the FTA before January 1, 2006; and (3) included a description of and value of the property. Id. None of the public transit agency transactions at issue in this case fall within these established time frames.
F. Wells Fargo's Leasing History
Wells Fargo began in business in 1852 as a provider of stagecoach service, mail delivery, banking services, freight delivery, and passenger transportation. Over the years, Wells Fargo evolved into a diversified financial services company. In 1998, Norwest Corporation acquired Wells Fargo and changed its name to Wells Fargo & Company. After this merger, Wells Fargo continued Norwest's historical leasing business, which had existed since the 1970s. (Rupprecht, Tr. 79–80, 88–89.) Norwest's equipment finance company became known as Wells Fargo Equipment Finance, Inc., or “WFEFI.” (Rupprecht, Tr. 78.) In 2000, Wells Fargo acquired First Security Bank Corporation, which also had a leasing business. (Johnson, Tr. 1488–89.)
Wells Fargo has engaged in many leasing transactions, including leveraged leases, involving rail cars, buses, and a variety of other assets. In this respect, Wells Fargo is similar to other large banks that maintain significant leasing portfolios. See AWG, 592 F.Supp.2d at 962. For a short time, however, Wells Fargo engaged in the transactions at issue, which differed from those it had done previously, and from those it has done since. Wells Fargo still engages in traditional leveraged lease transactions. (Johnson, Tr. 1791.)
Following the enactment of the AJCA in 2004, Wells Fargo and others stopped entering into new leveraged lease-to-service contract transactions because the market for them ceased to exist. (McCalley, Tr. 632; Webb, Tr. 1063–64; Britton, Tr. 1204–05; Johnson, Tr. 1790–91.) Many of the LILO and SILO arrangers went out of business, or stopped promoting SILOs, after enactment of the AJCA. (Whitman, Tr. 1348–50; Hackett, Tr. 3573.) Wells Fargo had closed lease-to-service contract transactions in 2003 that involved buses, and which were approved by the IRS because of the AJCA exemption regarding FTA approval. These bus transactions were with the Chicago Transit Authority, PACE (a suburban bus service in Chicago), and AC Transit (a San Francisco-Oakland area bus service). (Johnson, Tr. 1528–29.)
For all of its leveraged lease transactions, Wells Fargo typically engaged in an extensive due diligence and approval process. The due diligence included a careful credit review by the Credit Department, and an equipment review by the Equipment Department. (Johnson, Tr. 1555–57; Grossman, Tr. 1985.) Wells Fargo employed the guidelines from a “Front End Guidance” document developed by Phyllis Grossman in evaluating whether to go forward with a proposed transaction. (Grossman, Tr. 1978–79; PX34; PX73; DX529.) Ms. Grossman was a Vice President of Norwest Equipment Finance, Inc. from 1990 to 1998, and was responsible for overseeing the leveraged lease portfolio. (Grossman, Tr. 1974–76.) She originated the Belgacom transaction. (Grossman, Tr. 1984–85.) The “Front End Guidance” document described requirements relating to lessee credit quality, equipment, service contracts, yield/return requirements, and concentration limitations. (PX34; PX73; PX451.) Wells Fargo's analysis always involved a tax capacity review, designed to assure that sufficient taxable revenue existed against which to offset the expected tax deductions from the transaction. (Rupprecht, Tr. 161–62; Grossman, Tr. 2046–47.)
Investors in leveraged leases such as Wells Fargo are motivated in part by the pattern of earnings available under accepted accounting procedures. (J. Ellis, Tr. 3113–16.) The Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) is responsible for promulgating accounting rules, known as Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”), pursuant to authorization from the Securities and Exchange Commission. (J. Ellis, Tr. 3082–83.) One of the accounting rules is FAS 13, Accounting for Leveraged Leases. (J. Ellis, Tr. 3083–3085; PX2.) FAS 13 contains criteria for determining whether a transaction qualifies as a leveraged lease. (PX1663A at 14–15; PX2.) If FAS 13 applies, the lessor is required to allocate its expected income from the transaction to the periods when it has a positive investment. (J. Ellis, Tr. 3112–14.) The pattern of earnings often is referred to as “frontloaded earnings.” (Shinderman, Tr. 3947–48.)
Under FAS 13, a leveraged lease has three separate phases of investment: (1) a positive investment phase in the early years when the investor's cumulative cash outflows exceed its inflows; (2) a negative investment phase when the cumulative cash flows exceed the cumulative cash outflows; and (3) a positive investment phase in the later years when cumulative cash flows again are positive. (PX1663A at 7; PDX 9, J. Ellis.) FAS 13 does not alter the total income attributed to the transaction, but simply changes the timing of the income under GAAP. (J. Ellis, Tr. 3130–32, 3143–44; PX1663A at 19; PDX 20, J. Ellis.)
G. Wells Fargo's Trial Transactions
All of the domestic transit SILOs differed from traditional leveraged leases by including a service contract option at the end of the sublease period. (Oram, Tr. 499–500; DX626 at 20088.) The transactions were unusual in providing the lessor, Wells Fargo, with a choice at the end of the sublease period to impose a service contract or any sort of forced renewal. Wells Fargo's representative testified that “[u]sually, all choices are given to the lessee.” (Oram, Tr. 554–55.)
The negative amortization, or interest roll-up, of the non-recourse debt in the SILO transaction also was an unusual feature that had the effect of increasing Wells Fargo's claimed interest deductions. (D. Ellis, Tr. 2724–25; Gould, Tr. 2892–93; DX626 at 20089.)
Wells Fargo made its equity investment in the five trial transactions through trusts. On behalf of Wells Fargo, each trust entered into various transaction agreements. (Johnson, Tr. 1650–51; Stip. 1.1.2, NJT; Stip. 1.2.2, Caltrans; Stip. 1.3.2, WMATA; Stip. 1.4.2, Houston Metro; Stip. 1.5.1.3, Belgacom.) The following are the names and dates of the Wells Fargo trusts for each trial transaction: (1) NJT — January 31, 2001 trust with State Street Bank (Stip. 1.1.2); (2) Caltrans — December 18, 2001 trust with State Street Bank (Stip. 1.2.2); (3) WMATA — September 10, 2002 trust with Wilmington Trust Company (Stip. 1.3.2); (4) Houston Metro — April 15, 2002 trust with Wells Fargo Bank Northwest (Stip. 1.4.2); and (5) Belgacom — December 19, 1997 trust with First Security Bank (Stip. 1.5.1.3). Wells Fargo reported each trust's income and expenses as its own.
Although SILOs were different from traditional leveraged leasing transactions, Wells Fargo nevertheless prepared credit approval presentations (“CAPs”) just as it did for other transactions. In these CAPs, Wells Fargo representatives described the transactions to obtain internal approval. A CAP exists for each of the five trial transactions. (DX44, Belgacom; PX1000, Caltrans; PX821, NJT; PX1229, Houston Metro; PX1430, WMATA.)
Each CAP identifies the parties involved, the arranger promoting the transaction, and describes the structure of the transaction. (See, e.g., PX1000 at 11247; PX821 at 35882.) In particular, the CAP summarizes the defeasance arrangements, the service contract option (or other options in Belgacom), the mechanisms in place to remove any risk, and the expected yield, with tax benefits, to Wells Fargo. For the transit SILOs, the transaction is described both in narrative and schematic form. For example, an exhibit to the Caltrans CAP depicts an overview of the transaction: Caltrans receives an “up-front benefit,” the nonrecourse loop debt amounts are immediately returned through the debt defeasance arrangement to the American International Group (“AIG”), and Wells Fargo's equity investment is placed in the equity defeasance arrangement, pledged to Wells Fargo, and then eventually returned to it. (PX1000 at 11306; see also PX821 at 35886, NJT; PX1229 at 252721, Houston Metro; PX1430 at 233394, WMATA; DX15 at 1299, Belgacom.)
After review, Wells Fargo executives approved the transactions by signing the CAP. Wells Fargo's tax department performed the final review, certifying that Wells Fargo had enough “tax capacity” to use the tax benefits it expected to claim from each transaction. (DX44 at 222361, Belgacom; PX1000 at 11249, Caltrans; PX821 at 35883, NJT; DX829 at 26162, Houston Metro; PX1430 at 233352, WMATA.) Having sufficient “tax capacity,” i.e., other taxable income against which to apply the expected depreciation and interest deductions, was a necessary condition for Wells Fargo to enter into each SILO transaction. (Rupprecht, Tr. 161–62; Johnson, Tr. 1892–93; Shinderman, Tr. 3811–13; PX73 at 43088; DX455.)
“Tax capacity” was important to Wells Fargo because the reduction in taxes, resulting from the depreciation and interest it intended to claim, provided the source of Wells Fargo's return on the transaction. (Rupprecht, Tr. 176–77.) In the Caltrans transaction, for example, the CAP states “the yield in this transaction is dependent upon Wells Fargo's ability to depreciate the equipment over 125% of the base Lease Term (33.75 years) using the Pickle method and to deduct the interest expense on the non-recourse debt.” (PX1000 at 11280.) According to the CAP, Wells Fargo expected a yield, including the tax benefits, of 11.45% in Caltrans. (PX1000 at 11246, 11280; Johnson, Tr. 1851.) Recognizing that tax benefits might be disallowed, however, Wells Fargo also calculated a return without tax benefits. According to the CAP, this return would be only 2.6%, which is less than Wells Fargo's cost of funds for the transaction. (PX1000 at 11280; Johnson, Tr. 1846–47, 1854.) Wells Fargo's reliance on tax benefits for the return also is present in each of the other trial transactions. (PX821 at 35881, 35912, NJT; PX1229 at 252648, 252681, Houston Metro; PX1430 at 233350, 233382, WMATA; DX44 at 222361, 222363, Belgacom.)
The SILO trial transactions were facilitated by so-called “arrangers,” such as Allco Finance, Capstar Partners LLC (“Capstar”), or ABN AMRO Bank Lease Advisory (Belgacom) (“ABN AMRO”), who worked on behalf of the tax-exempt entities. (McCalley, Tr. 624.) The arrangers identified the equipment owned by the tax-exempt entity that would be suitable for use in a SILO transaction. (McCalley, Tr. 591–92, 640–41; Whitman, Tr. 1271–73.) Using preliminary appraisals of value and remaining economic useful life, the arrangers estimated the tax benefits that could be generated from a SILO transaction. (McCalley, Tr. 640–41.) Once the arranger and the tax-exempt entity decided to go forward, the arranger began to solicit bids from prospective U.S. taxpayers to enter into a SILO transaction utilizing the identified equipment. (McCalley, Tr. 592; Whitman, Tr. 1274.) The arranger sometimes lined up the entities that would act as loop debt provider and equity payment undertaker, or solicited separate bids to fill these roles. (Whitman, Tr. 1353–55.) The competitive bids received from prospective equity investors contained specific information about the structure of the proposed SILO, including “pricing runs” that show the inducement fee to the tax-exempt entity.
Wells Fargo also retained its own “arrangers,” such as Trinity Advisors, Cornerstone Financial, Macquarie Corporate Finance, or Fleet Capital Leasing (“Fleet”), to provide assistance. Wells Fargo's arrangers developed the various schedules and numerical terms to be included in the SILOs, with a view to maximizing the “after tax yield” to Wells Fargo from the SILOs. The arrangers calculated the schedules and reports, called “ABC reports,” using a proprietary software program. (Whitman, Tr. 1366–67; Hackett, Tr. 3587.) The ABC reports took into account the value of the equipment, the term of the head lease, the closing date of the transaction, Wells Fargo's combined state and federal income tax rate, the interest rate on the non-recourse loan, and the rate of return on the equity collateral. Applying complex mathematical formulas, the ABC reports produced Wells Fargo's equity investment, the sublease rent schedules, the non-recourse loan repayment schedules, the loan amortization schedules, the purchase option price and payment schedule, the stipulated loss and termination value schedules, and the service contract basic fee schedule. (Whitman, Tr. 1372; Hackett, Tr. 3586–92.) In the transit SILOs, the arrangers used the software to assure that Wells Fargo's after-tax yield would be the same regardless of whether the fixed purchase option or the service contract option was selected.
As noted, all of the trial transactions employed a loop debt structure. A lender purportedly lends funds on a non-recourse basis to Wells Fargo, and on the closing date, the funds are paid to a debt payment undertaker, which in all cases is an affiliate of the lender. (Lynch, Tr. 3671–72.) The debt payment undertaker uses the funds to repay the non-recourse loan. The corporate parents whose affiliates served as lenders and debt payment undertakers were AIG, Financial Security Assurance (“FSA”), and Rabobank (for Belgacom). The debt defeasance structure permitted the loop debt providers to avoid having to include the nonrecourse loans on their balance sheets. The lenders and debt payment undertakers entered into arrangements that obviated the need for the debt payment undertaker to make actual payments to the lender.
For each transaction, Wells Fargo received an appraisal of the property that would be the subject of the SILO. (Rivello, Tr. 2137–39; PX717; PX842; PX1015; PX1255; PX1448.) As part of their promotion of the transactions, the arrangers typically hired the appraisers, before any taxpayer had committed to the transaction. In Caltrans and WMATA, for example, the arranger Allco retained Ernst & Young to appraise the railcars. (Whitman, Tr. 1298–1301; Rivello, Tr. 2170–71, 2201–02; PX983; PX1413.) If a transaction failed to close, Allco paid the appraiser's fees. If the transaction did close, Wells Fargo paid a fee to Allco, and a portion of this fee went to the appraiser. (Whitman, Tr. 1299–1301, 1403–04.)
The purported reason for the appraisal was to determine the “fair market value” of the property that would be subject to the SILO. In fact, however, the arrangers and appraisers worked together to increase the valuation of the SILO property, and thereby increase the “price” to be paid for the property. (McCalley, Tr. 643–44; Whitman, Tr. 1334–35.) Lessee advisors also worked to increase the property's appraised valuation. (Hackett, Tr. 3604–05.) The appraisals included “soft costs,” such as interest during a construction phase, managing the build process, and the creation of training manuals, among others. (Whitman, Tr. 1352–53; Rivello, Tr. 2204–06.) With all parties to the transaction working to inflate the property's value, since a higher value would result in the greatest benefit to all, there were no negotiations of terms as would occur in a typical sale of property. A higher value of the property benefitted all parties. (McCalley, Tr. 643–644; Webb, Tr. 1022–24.) Even though the appraiser was assessing the value of property owned by the tax-exempt entities, the appraisal report, with one exception, was not shared with them. (McCalley, Tr. 645–47, 688; Pohl, Tr. 911–12; Webb, Tr. 1024; Britton, Tr. 1213–14; Hackett, Tr. 3601.) WMATA received a brief summary of the fair market value and useful life of its property on the day of closing. (Pohl, Tr. 913–14; DX423.)
Donald Oram of Wells Fargo's Equipment Management Division reviewed the draft appraisals and related documents prior to closing. Mr. Oram recorded his conclusions about the appraisals in short memoranda or in the CAP. (PX822; PX999; PX1226; PX1426; DX44; Oram, Tr. 505–08.) Mr. Oram did not review the final appraisals before preparing his memoranda because they were unavailable. (Oram, Tr. 509–14.) Mr. Oram often thought the appraisers' valuations were too high. (Oram, Tr. 514–23; PX999; PX1226; DX223.) Nevertheless, Mr. Oram approved the appraisal for each trial transaction based upon the protections provided in the financial structure, not based on the value of the equipment. In the Caltrans SILO, for example, Mr. Oram wrote:
This transaction relies on structure, not collateral support, to mitigate our booked residual risk. This risk is effectively mitigated through the use of Service Contracts, Cash Defeasance accounts, and a requirement to purchase Residual Value Insurance.
(PX999 at 164632.) In his WMATA and Houston Metro memoranda, Mr. Oram explained that the service contract option and cash defeasance accounts provided “leverage” to Wells Fargo, and the means to ensure payment of its expected return. (PX1226 at 165085; PX1426 at 60831.)
Wells Fargo retained outside law firms, such as Winston & Strawn, King & Spalding, or Watson, Farley & Williams, as tax counsel in all of the SILO transactions. The law firms worked with Wells Fargo's arrangers to develop the particular SILO structures reflected in Wells Fargo's bids, and prepared the transactional documents, often using previous SILO deals as “precedent documentation.” The law firms also were involved in the generation of the appraisal reports and the “service contract opinion reports,” which addressed the commercial feasability of the service contract. (Rivello, Tr. 2199; Shuman, Tr. 2409–12.)
The parties stipulated to the documents comprising each of the five trial transactions. (Joint Stip., April 2, 2009.) Each of the SILOs included a participation agreement listing the operative documents, and providing that execution of all of the operative documents was a condition precedent to the transaction. (PX678, PX757, Belgacom; PX833–34, NJT; PX1076–77, Caltrans; PX1319–20, Houston Metro; PX1515, WMATA.)
H. Other SILO Characteristics
1. Tax-Exempt Entity's Use and Possession of the Assets
In each SILO transaction, the tax-exempt entity had acquired and was using the property before it entered into the transaction. (Pohl, Tr. 915; Webb, Tr. 989; Bronte, Tr. 1116–17; Britton, Tr. 1212; DX15 at 1294, 1304; DX44 at 222362.) The WMATA rail cars had been in operation for up to seventeen years prior to the SILO transaction. (Pohl, Tr. 915.) Despite the execution of the lease documents, the SILO transaction did not alter the tax-exempt entity's continuing use of the SILO property. Also, the transit agencies did not segregate or treat the SILO rail cars or buses any differently than their other equipment. (Pohl, Tr. 921–22; Webb, Tr. 985, 999; Bronte, Tr. 1119; Britton, Tr. 1219–20.) Caltrans, for example, has spent millions of dollars of its own money to overhaul the rail cars subject to the SILO transaction. (Bronte, Tr. 1121–23; DX252 at 54–56.) There is no evidence that the transit agencies entered into SILOs as a way to dispose of the rail cars or buses. The transit agencies needed their rail cars and buses at the time of entering into the SILO transactions, and they expected to continue using these assets in service. (Pohl, Tr. 921–22; Webb, Tr. 1071; Bronte, Tr. 1118; Britton, Tr. 1198.)
Similarly, Belgacom did not alter its use of the cellular telecommunications equipment in any way as a result of the SILO transaction. Just as before the SILO, Belgacom continued as the legal owner of the property, and claimed tax ownership and depreciation deductions under Belgian law. (DX186 at 002-03; DX703.) Thus, Wells Fargo and Belgacom were both claiming tax ownership and depreciation deductions in their respective countries for the same equipment.
2. Termination of the SILO Through a Pre-funded “Purchase Option”
Each SILO transaction, like a LILO, contains a mechanism for the tax-exempt entity to terminate the transaction, the pre-funded “purchase option.” In the transit SILOs, the “fixed purchase option” (“FPO”) arises at the end of the lease-back terms. (PX908 at 180367, NJT; PX1081 at 10325, Caltrans; PX1324 at 24857, Houston Metro; PX1518 at 59767, WMATA.) In the Belgacom SILO, “early buy-out options” (“EBOs”) arise 3-1/2 years before the end of the lease-back terms. (PX757 at 9187; PX758 at 9237.) In each transaction, the tax-exempt entity can exercise its option simply by giving notice to Wells Fargo. Exercise of the option then terminates the SILO, including the head leases or equipment agreements, and the SILO ends. The SILO property has never left the possession or control of the tax-exempt entity.
The tax-exempt entities do not use any of their own funds to exercise the FPO or EBO and terminate the transaction. The options are fully funded with money supplied by Wells Fargo at closing. The “books are cleared” by offsetting accounting entries and the return to Wells Fargo of the money it put into the transaction. This money had been set aside in a secure account for Wells Fargo's benefit until the FPO or EBO date. (McCalley, Tr. 634; Shinderman, Tr. 3771–72; PX821 at 35910; PX1229 at 252680; PX1430 at 233381; PX1000 at 11278; DX44 at 222363.)
Wells Fargo required the tax-exempt entities to state in Tax Indemnity Agreements that they had not, at the time of closing, made any determination on whether to exercise the FPOs or EBOs. (PX912 at 180248.) Wells Fargo required these statements to support its claim for tax benefits. The evidence, however, strongly supports a conclusion that the FPOs and EBOs would almost certainly be exercised to terminate the transactions. Id. For example, William Bassett of Caltrans testified “the probabilities were very high that we would exercise that ....” (Bassett, Tr. 4077.) Capstar's John Hackett wrote to Houston Metro that “we fully anticipate that you will buy the buses back with the defeasance proceeds ....” (DX276 at 180.) In the NJT transaction, the request for board approval of the SILO described the projected completion date as “approximately 26 years” from approval, which is the FPO date at the end of the lease-back. (DX345 at 4500; Webb, Tr. 1060–61.) NJT has engaged in other similar transactions with purchase option dates that have already passed, and in every case, NJT has exercised the option to terminate the transaction at that point. (Webb, Tr. 1066–68.) The EBO dates in the Belgacom SILO also have passed, and in both lots, Belgacom exercised the EBOs. (PX653, PX658.) Defendant's expert, Dr. Thomas Lys, confirmed that the FPO was nearly certain to be exercised. (Lys, Tr. 4506.)
3. Wells Fargo's Options if the FPOs Were Not Exercised
In the transit SILOs, if the transit agency failed to terminate the transaction through exercise of the purchase option, Wells Fargo then would have two choices: (a) to demand the delivery of some or all of the rail cars or buses to Wells Fargo for resale; or (b) to require the transit agency to arrange a “service contract” at the transit agency's expense. Wells Fargo also could combine these choices by electing the delivery of some vehicles, and a service contract as to other vehicles. Under the service contract procedure, the transit agency, or another entity which the transit agency must find and propose for Wells Fargo's approval, would have to use the vehicles for a defined multi-year term after the end of the lease-back period. (PX908 at 180368–70, NJT; PX1081 at 10326–29, Caltrans; PX1324 at 24858–60, Houston Metro; PX1518 at 59769–71, WMATA.) The service contract term varied from seven to fourteen years among the four transit SILOs. (PX904 at 180481, NJT; PX1077 at 10252, Caltrans; PX1320 at 24777, Houston Metro; PX1515 at 59651, WMATA.) The transit agency would not know which choice Wells Fargo would make until only eleven or twelve months before losing its equipment, or being required to use it under a new service contract. (See, e.g., DX706 at 22–25.)
If Wells Fargo elected to impose a service contract, the transit agency would not only need to arrange a service contract, but also fulfill other requirements: (a) find an “operator” acceptable to Wells Fargo to run the transit service, and negotiate an operating agreement; (b) arrange for refinancing of the outstanding non-recourse debt; (c) in Caltrans and WMATA, obtain and pay for a letter of credit for the benefit of the refinancing lender; (d) in Caltrans, WMATA, and Houston Metro, procure and pay for residual value insurance in coverage amounts specified at closing, for the benefit of Wells Fargo; (e) satisfy the equipment's physical “return conditions;” and (f) at Wells Fargo's request, enter into new defeasance arrangements for the benefit of Wells Fargo, to secure payment of amounts owed to Wells Fargo under the service contract. (PX904 at 180469, 180476; PX908 at 180368–71, NJT; PX1077 at 10246, 10252; PX1081 at 10326–29, Caltrans; PX1320 at 24777; PX1324 at 24858–59, Houston Metro; PX1515 at 59651; PX1518 at 59769–72, WMATA; DX706A at 7–20; PX821 at 35882; PX1000 at 11252, 11256, 11278; PX1229 at 252653, 252680; PX1430 at 233356–57, 233381; Johnson, Tr. 1765–66.)
Other service contract requirements in each SILO are: (i) arrange for the purchase of additional equipment by the service recipient, if necessary; (ii) arrange for the service recipient to have rights to land and infrastructure, if necessary; (iii) satisfy Wells Fargo's credit policies by the service recipient; and (iv) provide an “opinion of independent tax counsel” selected by Wells Fargo stating that entry into the service contract by the transit agency, or anyone related to it under IRC § 168(h)(4) will not “result in any material adverse federal income tax consequences” to Wells Fargo, if the transit agency wants to be the service recipient, and continue to use its equipment. (See, e.g., PX1515 at 59643; PX1518 at 59769.)
The transit agency must meet all of the above requirements in the eleven to twelve months after Wells Fargo provides notice that it intends to impose a service contract. If the transit agency fails to meet all of the service contract conditions and requirements, the transaction effectively would revert to the FPO. (See, e.g., PX908 at 180377, §§ 16(h)(A), 17(i)–(j); PX1518 at 59772.)
4. Belgacom's Exercise of the EBOs
The Belgacom SILO did not contain the service contract option. Instead, the agreement provided that if Belgacom did not terminate the SILO at the EBO dates, the leasebacks would continue for another 3-1/2 years until the end of their original terms. At that point, Belgacom would need to comply with significant “return conditions.” (Rupprecht, Tr. 168; PX679 at 8252; PX758 at 9236–37.) Belgacom would be required to purchase the equipment, renew the lease-back for up to four one-year terms, or surrender the equipment to Wells Fargo. (PX679 at 8252–53; PX758 at 9236–37.) Any renewals or purchase would be at specially defined “fair market rental value” or “fair market sales value,” which assumed that the return conditions had been satisfied. (PX678 at 8210; PX757 at 9193.)
Upon entering into the Belgacom SILO, Wells Fargo expected Belgacom to terminate the transaction at the EBO point. (Rupprecht, Tr. 160–61, 167, 173–74.) Wells Fargo stated in its CAP that “[t]he EBO is expected to be exercised.” (DX44 at 222364.) Wells Fargo described the return conditions as “strict and onerous,” and one of the reasons that Belgacom would exercise the pre-funded EBO. Id. In annual reviews of the Belgacom SILO, Wells Fargo stated:
The lease provides an early buyout option to the Sublessee in the 10th year and [Wells Fargo] is expecting Belgacom to exercise this option. The original return provisions of the lease were written with the intention of being overly onerous to make the lease-end return of any equipment an unattractive option.
(PX622 at 241813; see also PX199, PX626–27, PX635, DX702 at 20408–09.) As expected, Belgacom terminated both the 1997-3 and 1997-4 SILOs in 2007 and 2008 by exercising the EBOs. (PX653, PX658, PX741; Rupprecht, Tr. 204.)
I. The SILO's Financial Structure
The financial structure of the SILOs, though composed of multiple components, effectively consists of two circular flows of money, a debt loop and an equity loop. In the debt loop, the SILO's head lease seemingly provides for a large payment at closing from Wells Fargo to the tax-exempt entity. Each payment is funded by the proceeds of a nonrecourse loan made to Wells Fargo, and from a smaller investment by Wells Fargo. In each SILO, however, all the proceeds of the non-recourse loan are given immediately to a debt payment undertaker, which is an affiliate of the lender. Also, most of Wells Fargo's contribution is transferred to an equity payment undertaker, which is intended to fund the FPO or EBO at a later date. The tax-exempt entity receives only a modest incentive payment at closing.
The sublease in each SILO seemingly provides for rent payments by the tax-exempt entity to Wells Fargo during the lease-back period. However, the tax-exempt entity does not supply any of its own funds to pay rent. Instead, the debt payment undertaker agrees to make the rent payments from the proceeds it received from its affiliate at closing. Wells Fargo does not receive rent payments because it has assigned its rights to the lender as collateral for the non-recourse loan. The rent payments are set to match in timing and amount the payments due on the non-recourse loan. (Lynch, Tr. 3700.) Thus, during the lease-back period, the rental and debt service obligations are satisfied by offsetting book-keeping entries within the lender and debt payment undertaker group, and no cash changes hands between the parties to the leases. 6
At the FPO and EBO dates, the “purchase” by the tax-exempt entity terminating the transaction is funded by a combination of (a) the money supplied by Wells Fargo and set aside in the equity payment undertaking arrangement, and (b) the termination of the outstanding debt by either a final payment from the debt payment undertaker to the lender, or the offset of a “prepaid rent loan,” payable to the tax-exempt entity at that time against the purchase price. In all cases, the tax-exempt entity does not supply any funds to exercise the FPO or EBO, and the original non-recourse debt is paid without Wells Fargo having to supply any funds. The money set aside in the equity payment undertaking arrangement is returned to Wells Fargo. This “equity loop” may be extended past the FPO or EBO dates if the transaction is not terminated at this point. If so, the SILO structure still provides for the return of Wells Fargo's entire investment to it.
II. Discussion
A. Standards for Decision
The Court conducts a de novo review in tax refund suits. See George E. Warren Corp. v. United States, 135 Ct. Cl. 305, 314 [49 AFTR 1617], 141 F.Supp. 935, 940 (1956) (“[t]he tax laws contemplate a trial de novo”); Gingerich v. United States, 77 Fed. Cl. 231, 240 [99 AFTR 2d 2007-3430] (2007) (“[a] tax refund suit is a de novo proceeding.”). Thus, a tax refund suit “is not an appellate review of the administrative decision that was made by the IRS; instead, the Court must make an independent decision as to whether the taxpayer is due a refund.” D'Avanzo v. United States, 54 Fed. Cl. 183, 186 [90 AFTR 2d 2002-7023] (2002) (citing Int'l Paper Co. v. United States, 36 Fed. Cl. 313, 322 [78 AFTR 2d 96-6075] (1996)). In conducting a de novo review, the Court must give “no weight ... to subsidiary factual findings made by the [IRS] in its internal administrative proceedings.” Id. (quoting Cook v. United States, 46 Fed. Cl. 110, 113 [85 AFTR 2d 2000-1017] (2000)).
In a tax refund suit, the plaintiff bears the burden of proving that it has overpaid its taxes for the year in question in the exact amount of the refund sought. See Helvering v. Taylor, 293 U.S. 507, 515 [14 AFTR 1194] (1935); Lewis v. Reynolds, 284 U.S. 281 [10 AFTR 773] (1932); Dysart v. United States, 169 Ct. Cl. 276, 340 [15 AFTR 2d 205] F.2d 624 (1965). The burden of proof includes “both the burden of going forward and the burden of persuasion.” Gingerich, 77 Fed. Cl. at 240 (quoting Sara Lee Corp. v. United States, 29 Fed. Cl. 330, 334 [72 AFTR 2d 93-6421] (1993)). In meeting its burden, the plaintiff must prove its case by a preponderance of the evidence. Ebert v. United States, 66 Fed. Cl. 287, 291 [96 AFTR 2d 2005-5163] (2005). To prevail in this suit, Wells Fargo must carry its burden of proving that it is entitled to the deductions it has claimed for depreciation, interest, and transaction costs in connection with the SILO tax shelters.
B. The Substance of the Transactions Determines Their Tax Treatment.
A primary guiding principle of tax law is that the substance, not the form, of a transaction determines its tax consequences. Gregory v. Helvering, 293 U.S. 465, 469–70 [14 AFTR 1191] (1935). In applying this principle, courts look to the “objective economic realities of a transaction rather than to the particular form the parties employed.” Frank Lyon Co. v. United States, 435 U.S. 561, 573 [41 AFTR 2d 78-1142] (1978). The forms, titles, or labels on the parties' various agreements are not controlling. Id.; see also, Comm'r v. Court Holding Co., 324 U.S. 331, 333 [33 AFTR 593] (1945) (courts should not “permit the true nature of a transaction to be disguised by mere formalisms.”); BB&T Corp. v. United States, 523 F.3d 461, 471 [101 AFTR 2d 2008-1933] (4th Cir. 2008) (taxpayer may not “claim tax benefits ... by affixing labels to its transactions that do not accurately reflect their true nature.”); Halle v. Comm'r, 83 F.3d 649, 655 [77 AFTR 2d 96-2125] (4th Cir. 1996) (“surrounding circumstances and economic realities” will overcome any “presumption” generated by the transaction's form.).
In the present case, Wells Fargo asserts that it was the owner for tax purposes of the equipment used in the WMATA, Houston Metro, NJT, Caltrans, and Belgacom SILO transactions, and therefore is entitled to claim depreciation deductions for the equipment under IRC §§ 167 and 168. Wells Fargo's burden is to show that, in substance, it became the owner of the SILO equipment, not merely that it intended to become the owner, or that the transactional documents label it the owner. See Frank Lyon, 435 U.S. at 572–73.
1. No Benefits and Burdens of Ownership
A taxpayer's claim of property ownership will not be respected unless the taxpaying entity actually bears the current “benefits and burdens of ownership.” Coleman v. Comm'r, 16 F.3d 821, 826 [73 AFTR 2d 94-1209] (7th Cir. 1994) (citing Frank Lyon, 435 U.S. at 582–84). The possibility of future ownership is not sufficient. Rather, the issue is whether the “transaction, as it stands at the time in question, sufficiently shifts the benefits and burdens of ownership such that the transaction should, for tax purposes, be treated as if it were a sale.” Kwiat v. Comm'r, 64 T.C.M. (CCH) 327, 1992 [1992 RIA TC Memo ¶92,433] WL 178603, at 8 (1992). Wells Fargo thus must prove that it acquired the benefits and burdens of ownership when it entered into the SILO transactions during 1997–2002.
Determining the attributes of ownership in any particular case largely is a factual inquiry. The “critical fact,” however, is whether the taxpayer has undertaken “substantial financial risk” of loss of its investment, based on the value of the underlying property. Coleman, 16 F.3d at 826. As the Supreme Court explained in Frank Lyon, the important inquiry is “whose capital was committed to the [property] ... [and therefore, who is] entitled to claim depreciation for the consumption of that capital.” 435 U.S. at 581. In the Frank Lyon case, the Supreme Court respected a sale/leaseback transaction because the taxpayer was, in fact, exposed to a “real and substantial risk” of whether it could repay a recourse loan and whether it could “recoup its investment.” Id. at 576–77, 579. In contrast, in Swift Dodge v. Comm'r, 692 F.2d 651 [51 AFTR 2d 83-333] (9th Cir. 1982), the court held that an agreement purporting to be a lease was not a genuine lease because the user of the property, and not the lessor, bore the burdens of ownership. The user was responsible for insurance, expenses, and taxes, and most “importantly,” the user also “assumed the risk of depreciation.” Id. at 654; see also Aderholt Specialty Co. v. Comm'r, 50 T.C.M. (CCH) 1101, 1985 [¶85,491 PH Memo TC] WL 15115, at 1 (1985) (recharacterizing lease because the purported lessor had no risk of loss); cf. Estate of Thomas v. Comm'r, 84 T.C. 412, 435 (1985) (respecting sale/leaseback because taxpayer “bore risk” that it could not “recoup its cash outlay.”).
Other courts have addressed the tax treatment of LILO and SILO transactions similar to Wells Fargo's, and have applied the above principles. With one exception, the court disallowed the claimed tax deductions. AWG Leasing Trust v. United States, 592 F.Supp.2d 953 [101 AFTR 2d 2008-2397] (N.D. Ohio 2008); BB&T Corp. v. United States, 2007 WL 37798 [99 AFTR 2d 2007-376], at 1 (M.D.N.C., Jan. 4, 2007), aff'd, 523 F.3d 461 [101 AFTR 2d 2008-1933] (4th Cir. 2008). In the AWG and BB&T cases, the court concluded that the taxpayer lacked a substantial risk of loss to its initial cash outlay in the transaction. In the cases involving jury trials, the jury returned a verdict each time disallowing the claimed tax benefits. Altria Group, Inc. v. United States, No. 1:06-cv-09430 (S.D.N.Y. July 9, 2009); Fifth Third Bancorp & Subs. v. United States, No. 1:05-cv-350 (S.D. Ohio, April 18, 2008). The one exception to date is Consolidated Edison Company of New York, Inc. v. United States, 2009 WL 3418533 [104 AFTR 2d 2009-6966], at 1 (Fed. Cl. Oct. 21, 2009), to be discussed below.
In AWG, the taxpayer entered into a SILO transaction like those at issue here, with a head lease, lease, and purchase option. Debt and equity undertaking payment arrangements funded the loop debt, rent and purchase option. Just as in the Wells Fargo SILOs, if the tax-exempt entity did not elect the purchase option, the taxpayer could impose a service contract. AWG, 592 F. Supp.2d at 966–72.
In summarizing its reasons for concluding that the SILO transaction did not transfer a depreciable ownership interest to plaintiffs, the district court observed that:
(i) no substantive benefits or burdens of ownership are transferred between the parties during the Initial Leaseback Period; (ii) no significant cash flows between the parties exist during the Initial Leaseback Period; (iii) the AWG transaction creates little, if any, risk for the Plaintiffs throughout the Head Lease; and (iv), most importantly, it is nearly certain that AWG will exercise the Fixed Purchase Option in 2024, thus ensuring that Plaintiffs never actually acquire economic ownership of the Facility.
Id. at 981–82. The court further noted that “[t]he Plaintiffs did not take legal title of the Facility,” and that “[s]imply described, the Plaintiffs enjoyed almost none of the attributes of ownership during the sublease term to 2024.” Id. at 982–83. In holding that the taxpayer did not acquire any of the benefits and burdens of ownership, the court stated that “the structure ... effectively protects the Plaintiffs from any possible risk of financial loss, including the loss of its initial [] equity investment,” whether or not the purchase option is exercised. Id. at 983.
In BB&T, the taxpayer entered into a LILO transaction. There was a lease and leaseback with different lengths. There was a fully funded purchase option that the tax-exempt entity could exercise to terminate the transaction. There were debt and equity payment undertaking arrangements that funded the loop debt, sublease rent and purchase option. BB&T, 523 F.3d at 466–70. The taxpayer could impose a renewal lease if the purchase option were not exercised. In upholding summary judgment, and determining that the taxpayer did not retain significant and genuine attributes of a lessor, the court held:
First, each right and obligation BB&T obtained under the Head Lease it simultaneously returned to [the lessee] via the Sublease for the duration of the Basic Lease Term, leaving BB&T only a right to make an annual inspection of the Equipment. Second, although the transaction ostensibly provides for the exchange of tens of millions of dollars in rental payments during the Basic Lease Term, the only money that has (and that may ever) change hands between BB&T and [the lessee] is the $6,228,702 BB&T provided as [the lessee's] “incentive for doing the deal.” (J.A. at 325.) [The lessee] has therefore not only continued to use the Equipment just as it had before the transaction, it has done so without paying anything to BB&T. Third, [the lessee], through the purchase option, can unwind the transaction without ever losing dominion and control over the Equipment or having surrendered any of its own funds to BB&T, and has no economic incentive to do otherwise. BB&T therefore does not expect [the lessee] to “walk away” from the Equipment. (J.A. at 85.) Finally, regardless of whether [the lessee] bucks this expectation, the structure of the transaction insulates BB&T from any risk of losing its initial $12,833,846 investment in the government bonds or incurring the obligation to invest additional funds.
Id. at 473.
Like the transaction structures in AWG and BB&T, the Court concludes here that Wells Fargo does not have any funds at risk. In each of the five trial transactions, Wells Fargo employed 100 percent loop debt, where the debt payment undertaker and the nonrecourse lender were affiliates, and the entire loan proceeds immediately were transferred back to the lender group at closing. The equity defeasance account also was deposited with an affiliate of the lender. In three of the five trial transactions (WMATA, NJT, Caltrans), AIG was the lender, meaning that at closing, all of the transaction funds were deposited with an AIG affiliate, except for the inducement fee paid to the tax-exempt entity. The loan proceeds were not invested in the property or equipment, or retained by either the tax-exempt entity or Wells Fargo. Moreover, the debt and equity undertaking payment arrangements eliminated the need for the tax-exempt entity to actually pay rent under the lease-backs, or for Wells Fargo to actually make any debt service payments. The “rent” and “debt” payments in each SILO simply are accounted for as offsetting entries within the lender group. The debt will be completely paid without Wells Fargo having to supply any funds, whether the FPOs and EBOs are exercised or not. In contrast, in Frank Lyon, the taxpayer alone was liable for repayment of recourse debt, “to which it exposed its very business well-being.” Frank Lyon, 435 U.S. at 576–77, 582. The taxpayer also was dependent upon the lessee for payment of rent to service the debt. Id.
The Court also must examine as an element of property ownership whether Wells Fargo assumed any risk that the property would decline in value. In each of the five trial transactions, Wells Fargo's investment was immediately placed in an equity defeasance arrangement, in which it had a security interest, and to which the lender had no recourse. Upon any early termination of a SILO, Wells Fargo would receive the equity portion of the Termination Value or Stipulated Loss Value payments. These payments are funded by the proceeds of the equity defeasance arrangements and a strip surety policy so that Wells Fargo recovers its initial investment plus the interest earned on the equity collateral, regardless of any decline in value of the SILO equipment. Upon exercise of the FPOs and EBOs, Wells Fargo receives a return on its investment as if it had invested directly in a portfolio established in the equity defeasance arrangement, without regard to the value of the SILO equipment. Wells Fargo's “Net Economic Return” is guaranteed simply by the SILO transaction structure. See AWG, 592 F.Supp.2d at 983–84 (termination value payments protect taxpayer's investment); BB&T, 523 F.3d at 470 (letter of credit provided to support early termination payments).
Even if the FPOs were not exercised in the transit SILOs, a decline in the value of the SILO property would not prevent Wells Fargo from recouping its entire investment in each transaction. The ability of Wells Fargo to put a service contract in place assures recovery of its initial investment plus the desired yield through the service contract's Basic Fees and the residual value insurance that must be purchased for its benefit. Wells Fargo's Richard Johnson testified that “[t]he service contract was, as I have noted before, designed to protect our residual value.” (Johnson, Tr. 1775.) The renewal lease in BB&T and the service contract in AWG served the same function. BB&T, 523 F.3d 468–69; AWG, 592 F.Supp.2d at 971–72, 984.
In the Belgacom transaction, the service contract is not necessary for Wells Fargo to recover its investment. The remainder of the Lease automatically is continued after the EBO, if the EBO is not exercised, and Wells Fargo recoups its investment from the post-EBO Lease payments alone.
This case is very different from Frank Lyon, where the lessee had renewal options, but the exercise of the options was at the lessee's unconstrained choice, and the taxpayer did not have the ability to impose a renewal upon the lessee. In Frank Lyon, the taxpayer's investment return was dependent upon the property's value, and its initial investment was at risk if the property declined in value. As the Supreme Court observed, the lessee in Frank Lyon could choose not to exercise its renewal options and “walk away” from the property at the end of the lease-back. Frank Lyon, 435 U.S. at 583. The taxpayer thus was “gambling” that the rents it might otherwise obtain after the lease-back would be sufficient to “recoup its investment.” Id. at 579.
Here, Wells Fargo is not gambling at all. Its minimum return is fixed from the start, and if necessary, Wells Fargo can force the tax-exempt entities to stay in the game, with the predetermined results, to recoup its initial investment. The elimination of any risk from the taxpayer's initial investment and return is a distinguishing feature of both SILOs and LILOs. (Shinderman, Tr. 3752–53, 3783, 3797–98, 4017–19; DX1664, Ex. 16.)
2. No Transfer of Rights and Duties of Ownership at Closing
The Court must consider whether any rights and duties of ownership of the SILO equipment transferred to Wells Fargo at closing. See BB&T, 523 F.3d at 473; AWG, 592 F.Supp.2d at 982–83. Here, the Court finds that WMATA, NJT, Caltrans, Houston Metro, and Belgacom all retained legal title, as well as the right to exclusive possession, use and quiet enjoyment of the SILO property throughout the lease-back term. The tax-exempt entity also remained responsible for all maintenance and insurance. They retained the right to all profits, and were responsible for all losses, resulting from the operation of the equipment. In substance, nothing changed for the tax-exempt entities from before the SILO transaction, except they had given up tax deductions that they could not use in the first place.
In the Belgacom transaction, Belgacom continued to claim tax ownership and tax deductions for the equipment under Belgian law, (DX186, DX703), while Wells Fargo claimed tax ownership and tax deductions under U.S. law. Thus, Belgacom sold to Wells Fargo, for a fee, only the right to claim tax deductions under U.S. law. Although the interpretation of Belgian tax law is beyond the purview of the Court, the Belgacom SILO transaction created a “double dip” where one party claims tax ownership under Belgian law, and another party claims tax ownership under U.S. law.
3. No Payments During the Lease-back Period
The Court has examined the evidence to determine the extent to which payments, if any, occurred between the lessee and lessor during the SILO lease-back period. In the five trial transactions, the Court has identified only a circular flow of funds between the lender's affiliated entities, and no payments at all between the lessee and lessor, except for the incentive fee to the lessee at the time of closing. See BB&T, 523 F.3d at 473; AWG, 592 F.Supp.2d at 982–83. Although the Head Leases and Equipment Agreements seemingly provide payments of millions of dollars, all of those funds, other than the incentive fee payment, were immediately diverted to debt payment undertakers, as part of the loop debt, or to equity undertaking arrangements, where the funds were invested in securities and pledged to Wells Fargo until the FPO date. Due to the offsetting rent and debt schedules, no other money changes hands after closing, and the tax-exempt entities continue to use their property as before the SILO transaction, without paying anything to Wells Fargo.
Not a single dollar of the SILO funds was used to purchase or build the SILO equipment. Rather, the circular flow of funds results in the lender and Wells Fargo receiving all of their cash back at a later date. The five trial transactions thus are significantly different from the sale/leaseback in Frank Lyon, where the sale proceeds actually were used to construct the lessee's new building. 435 U.S. at 565–66. There, the transaction had a commercial purpose. In this case, however, the tax-exempt entities sold their tax benefits to Wells Fargo for relatively modest incentive fees, and Wells Fargo invested in the equity undertaker's portfolio of securities. As the Fourth Circuit explained in BB&T:
[We,] like the district court, conclude that in substance, the transaction is a financing arrangement, not a genuine lease and sublease. All that BB&T has done is paid [the lessee] approximately $6 million dollars to sign documents meeting the formal requirements of a lease and sublease, arranged a circular transfer of funds from and then back to ABN [the lender/debt payment undertaker], and invested approximately $12 million in government securities.
BB&T, 523 F.3d at 475.
This Court agrees with the Fourth Circuit's description of the SILO transactions, except that the Fourth Circuit perhaps has been too charitable. The heart of these transactions is that Wells Fargo paid a fee to tax-exempt entities to acquire valuable tax deductions that the tax-exempt entities could not use. Wells Fargo also invested an amount with an equity undertaker that it could have done directly, without involving any tax-exempt entities or their equipment. Aside from these two elements, the circular flow of funds adds nothing to the transaction, except to eliminate any risk to Wells Fargo and to produce more claimed tax deductions. The involvement of lenders like AIG, appraisers like Ernst & Young, and law firms like King & Spalding is “window dressing” serving only to generate fees and lengthy documents to give the SILOs an appearance of validity. The Indiana district court hit the mark when it described the SILO as a “blatantly abusive tax shelter” that is “rotten to the core.” Hoosier Energy Rural Elec. Coop., Inc. v. John Hancock Life Ins. Co., 588 F.Supp.2d 919, 921, 928 (S.D. Ind. 2008), aff'd 582 F.3d 721 (7th Cir. 2009).
Certainly, taxpayers are entitled to structure their affairs with an eye on the tax consequences, and to minimize the taxes they might legally owe. Superior Oil Co. v. Mississippi, 280 U.S. 390, 395–96 (1930); BB&T, 523 F.3d at 471. In Helvering v. Gregory, 69 F.2d 809, 810 [13 AFTR 806] (2d Cir. 1934), aff'd 293 U.S. 465 [14 AFTR 1191] (1935), Judge Learned Hand observed that “[a]ny one may so arrange his affairs that his taxes shall be as low as possible; he is not bound to choose that pattern which will best pay the Treasury; there is not even a patriotic duty to increase one's taxes.” Id. The Court, however, agrees with the district court in Hoosier Energy that this principle must yield when an abusive SILO tax shelter is involved:
That principle does not apply to the [Hoosier Energy] SILO transaction, at least based on the record before the court at this point. For the reasons stated, the transaction appears to have had one motivating force: abusive and fraudulent use of tax deductions by a party who had no significant benefits or burdens of ownership of the property in question. The volume of paper used to dress up this central purpose does not affect its core illegality.
Hoosier Energy, 588 F.Supp.2d at 930.
The IRS was entitled to view these SILO transactions for what they are, not what they purport to be. As the Fourth Circuit observed in BB&T, citing an Abraham Lincoln riddle from Rogers v. United States, 281 F.3d 1108, 1118 [89 AFTR 2d 2002-1115] (10th Cir. 2002), “How many legs does a dog have if you call a tail a leg?”
The answer is “four,” because “calling a tail a leg does not make it one.” Id. Here, BB&T styled the LILO as a lease financed by a loan, but did not in substance acquire a genuine leasehold interest or incur genuine indebtedness. Accordingly, ... whether it has “reached the point where the tax tail began to wag the dog,” Hines, 912 F.2d at 741, we conclude that the Government was entitled to recognize that tail for what it was, not what BB&T professed it to be.
BB&T, 523 F.3d at 477. The Court agrees fully with the Fourth Circuit's analysis in BB&T, and concludes that, looking at the substance of the SILO transactions, Wells Fargo did not become the owner for tax purposes of the SILO equipment, and is not entitled to the depreciation amounts claimed.
C. Whether Wells Fargo is Entitled to Interest Deductions
IRC § 163(a) provides a deduction for “interest paid or accrued within the taxable year on indebtedness.” To claim this deduction, a taxpayer must prove that the payment is “compensation for the use or forbearance of money.” Deputy v. du Pont, 308 U.S. 488, 498 [23 AFTR 808] (1940). The indebtedness also must be genuine and serve a useful purpose. Knetsch v. United States, 364 U.S. 361, 365–66 [6 AFTR 2d 5851] (1960). The indebtedness must be in substance, and not merely in form. BB&T, 523 F.3d at 475. The fact that a purported borrower may sign a loan document providing for a legal obligation to repay the loan does not alone give the debt any substance. Id. at 476.
In the present case, the Court concludes that Wells Fargo cannot claim an interest deduction from the non-recourse loop debt. All of the loan proceeds in each SILO transaction were immediately returned to an affiliate of the lender, acting as debt payment undertaker, and then to the common parent, the original source of the funds. (Lynch, Tr. 3675.) On the day of closing, the loan funds were routed through the accounts shown on the cash flow memos, and the lenders did not relinquish the use of the money except for the brief one-day loop. Neither Wells Fargo nor the tax-exempt entity ever had the use of the funds. The full proceeds were paid to the debt payment undertaker as a non-refundable fee, and became an asset solely of the debt payment undertaker. (See, e.g., PX1088 at 10415; DX243.) The debt payment undertaker then agreed to make the debt service payments on the loop debt. Thus, Wells Fargo did not need to pay any principle or interest on the loan, and the loan proceeds effectively were used to repay the loan. The economic reality of the non-recourse loan was reflected in the lender's own internal accounting for the loop debt. In three of the trial transactions, AIG eliminated the loan from its books through offsetting entries, and in Belgacom, Rabobank assigned the loan a “zero solvency rating.” (Lynch, Tr. 3700; DX187 at 19820.)
The Fourth Circuit stated with regard to similar loop debt, it is “difficult to see how the “interest” [] paid could represent “compensation for the use or forbearance of money.”” BB&T, 523 F.3d at 476 (citing Halle, 83 F.3d at 652). The district court in AWG reached the same conclusion, finding that the “loans at issue lack any substantive business purpose other than creating this “loop debt” between the Plaintiffs, AWG, and the German banks to generate tax benefits for the Plaintiffs.” AWG, 592 F.Supp.2d at 993. In Belgacom, ABN AMRO acknowledged that, while the “cash flow is circular,” there is a “tax benefit” to the purported borrower. (DX12 at 1120.)
Except for Consolidated Edison, all of the SILO and LILO transaction cases that have considered a tax deduction for loop debt interest have denied the claim. BB&T, 523 F.3d at 475–77; AWG, 592 F.Supp.2d at 990–94; Fifth Third, No. 1:05-cv-350 (S.D. Ohio, April 18, 2008) (jury verdict); Altria, No. 1:06-cv-09430 (S.D.N.Y. July 9, 2009) (jury verdict); see also, Hines v. United States, 912 F.2d 736, 741 [66 AFTR 2d 90-5483] (4th Cir. 1990) (interest expense in sale/leaseback disallowed where “the lease and debt payments between the three parties [lessor, bank, lessee] were structured to be offsetting. The circularity meant that the transaction became self-sustaining after the payments at closing with virtually no further financial input necessary from any of the parties.”); Flecyn v. United States, 691 F.Supp. 205, 212 [62 AFTR 2d 88-5026] (C.D.Cal. 1988) (interest deductions disallowed because the loan and interest payments “were simply parts of a circularization of funds.”). The Court agrees that Wells Fargo is not entitled to an interest deduction attributable to the loop debt on the non-recourse loan.
D. Whether the Transactions Have Any Economic Substance
Wells Fargo is not entitled to its depreciation, transaction cost, and interest deductions if the SILO transactions lack economic substance. The Federal Circuit has held that “the economic substance doctrine require[s] disregarding, for tax purposes, transactions that comply with the literal terms of the tax code but lack economic reality.” Coltec Indus., Inc. v. United States, 454 F.3d 1340, 1352 [98 AFTR 2d 2006-5249] (Fed. Cir. 2006), cert. denied 549 U.S. 1206 (2007). Under the economic substance doctrine, Wells Fargo must prove that the SILO transactions had (1) objective economic substance, and (2) a non-tax business purpose. Coltec, 454 F.3d at 1355–56; H.J. Heinz Co. v. United States, 76 Fed. Cl. 570, 583–85 [99 AFTR 2d 2007-2940] (2007). If Wells Fargo fails to meet either requirement, the claimed deductions should be disallowed.
In Coltec, the taxpayer sold one of its businesses in 1996 for a gain of $240.9 million. The taxpayer then met with its tax advisors from Arthur Andersen to discuss a strategy for offsetting the gain. Arthur Andersen proposed a tax avoidance transaction that involved three steps. First, the parent company would reorganize a dormant subsidiary into a special purpose entity. Second, the parent would transfer property and contingent liabilities to the newly reorganized subsidiary in exchange for stock in that subsidiary. Third, the subsidiary would sell the stock to a third party for a nominal sum, creating a significant loss because the sale price of the stock would be drastically lower than its basis. Using this form of transaction, the taxpayer generated a $378.7 million capital loss that could be offset against the aforementioned $240.9 million capital gain. Coltec, 454 F.3d at 1343.
Although Coltec is not a SILO or LILO tax shelter case, the creation of a transaction for the purpose of avoiding taxes is the same in Coltec as it is here. The Federal Circuit held that the transaction employed “had no meaningful economic purpose, save the tax benefits to Coltec,” and that the “transaction must be ignored for tax purposes.” Id. at 1347. Citing Rothschild v. United States, 407 F.2d 404 [23 AFTR 2d 69-637] (Ct. Cl. 1969) and Gregory v. Helvering, 293 U.S. 465 [14 AFTR 1191] (1935), the Federal Circuit observed:
[O]ur predecessor court inRothschild stated, “Gregory v. Helvering requires that a taxpayer carry an unusually heavy burden when he attempts to demonstrate that Congress intended to give favorable tax treatment to the kind of transaction that would never occur absent the motive of tax avoidance.” 407 F.2d at 411 (quotingDiggs v. Comm'r of Internal Revenue , 281 F.2d 326, 330 [6 AFTR 2d 5095] (2d Cir. 1960)). Other circuits have similarly held that “[e]conomic substance is a prerequisite to the application of any Code provision allowing deductions [and therefore that] ... [t]he taxpayer has the burden of showing that the form of the transaction accurately reflects its substance, and the deductions are permissible.” In re CM Holdings, Inc., 301 F.3d at 102.
Coltec, 454 F.3d at 1355–56; see also Frank Lyon, 435 U.S. at 584 (Noting that a transaction must not be “shaped solely by tax avoidance features”); Jade Trading, LLC v. United States, 80 Fed. Cl. 11, 48 [100 AFTR 2d 2007-7123] (2007) (“The objective economic substance test requires that a taxpayer prove that a transaction had a “realistic financial benefit” beyond tax avoidance.” (quoting Coltec, 454 F.3d at 1356 n.16.))
1. Reasonable Possibility of Any Non-tax Profit
In examining objective economic substance, the taxpayer's subjective motivation is not relevant or determinative. Coltec, 454 F.3d at 1356. Instead, each transaction must be examined objectively, and a determination must be made whether the transaction provided a reasonable possibility of profit, exclusive of tax benefits. Id.; see also Black & Decker Corp. v. United States, 436 F.3d 431, 441–42 [97 AFTR 2d 2006-841] (4th Cir. 2006); Gilman v. Comm'r, 933 F.2d 143, 146–47 [67 AFTR 2d 91-1016] (2d Cir. 1991); Rice's Toyota World, Inc. v. Comm'r, 752 F.2d 89, 91 [55 AFTR 2d 85-580] (4th Cir. 1985); Stobie Creek Invs., LLC v. United States, 82 Fed. Cl. 636, 672–73 [102 AFTR 2d 2008-5442] (2008); Jade Trading, 80 Fed. Cl. at 48. Further, where the non-tax benefits are deferred over multiple years, present value adjustments to the future benefits are appropriate to assess the transaction's “actual and anticipated economic effects.” ACM P'ship v. Comm'r, 157 F.3d 231, 259 [82 AFTR 2d 98-6682] (3rd Cir. 1998); see also United States v. Broderson, 67 F.3d 452, 457 (2d Cir. 1995) (“[S]um of payments in a lease stream does not accurately represent the value of the lease stream because it fails to account for the time value of money.”).
Applying these principles here, the Wells Fargo SILO transactions lack objective economic substance. The source of the non-tax, economic benefit to Wells Fargo, when the SILOs terminate at the FPOs and EBOs, is simply the return of its investment from the equity defeasance arrangements in 15–25 years, plus the interest earned. Wells Fargo could have realized this same return simply by investing in the portfolio of the equity defeasance arrangement, without involving the transit agencies, or Belgacom, or their equipment, in any way. Moreover, as Defendant's expert, Professor Lys, demonstrated, the net present value of these non-tax investment proceeds is less than the total cost to Wells Fargo of participating in the transactions. On a net present value basis, each SILO is a losing proposition without the tax benefits. (DX701.) The net loss of each SILO is due to: (a) the significant transaction costs that Wells Fargo paid to arrangers, law firms, appraisers, insurers and lenders to create the intricate agreements that it hoped would provide millions in tax deductions, and insulate it from any risks; (b) the incentive payment that Wells Fargo had to pay to the tax-exempt entities to purchase their tax deductions and gain their participation in the SILO; and (c) the cost of funds to Wells Fargo to engage in the transactions. Though the mountains of paper defy comprehension without careful study, the bottom line is that the SILOs provide no reasonable possibility of profit at all, absent a claim for the tax deductions.
Wells Fargo's cost of funds alone turns the SILOs into a losing proposition. Wells Fargo's witness, Richard Johnson, agreed that the cash-on-cash, non-tax return calculated is less than Wells Fargo's cost of funds for its leasing business. (Johnson, Tr. 1854, 1966–67; see also, PX1000 at 11280.) Thus, aside from the net present value analysis and the lengthy deferral of payments until the FPO and EBO dates, there was no reasonable possibility of profit from the SILOs simply because the expected non-tax investment return was less than Wells Fargo's cost of funds.
The district court in AWG held that the SILO did have economic substance because the internal rate of return, absent tax benefits, was approximately 3.4 percent. AWG, 592 F.Supp.2d at 980. The court found that the taxpayer could have “expected to make a small, but guaranteed, pre-tax profit” sufficient to establish economic substance. Id. In the present case, when all transactional and funding costs are considered, the non-tax return is negative. Thus, if not for the tax deductions, no rational business entity would seriously contemplate a SILO transaction. See Stobie Creek, 82 Fed. Cl. at 691 (“[A] reasonable investor would take into account the costs and fees associated with entering and completing a transaction in evaluating whether an investment had a reasonable possibility of making a profit.”). The Court concludes that, absent the claimed tax benefits, the five SILO transactions presented at trial lack objective economic substance.
2. Existence of Any Non-tax Business Purpose
Wells Fargo's SILO transactions lack subjective economic substance because there was no non-tax business purpose. See Coltec, 454 F.3d at 1355. Without the claimed tax benefits, and without the company's tax capacity to use the claimed tax benefits, Wells Fargo would not have entered into the SILO transactions. (Johnson, Tr. 1892.) As noted, “tax capacity” refers to the company having other revenue from business operations against which the SILO tax deductions could be applied and thereby reduce taxes. The motivating reason for the Wells Fargo SILOs was the desire to reduce the company's taxes as much as possible. There were no non-tax reasons that would justify Wells Fargo's entering into these transactions.
The lack of any arms' length negotiations of many substantive terms is a further indication of a questionable transaction. The key terms of the SILOs were determined by tax considerations, and Wells Fargo's constraints to eliminate risk. The transaction terms were more the product of a software model, than any negotiations or commercial realities. (Webb, Tr. 1055–56; Britton, Tr. 1227; Whitman, Tr. 1372; Hackett, Tr. 3587–92.) There is precious little evidence of the parties negotiating a rent schedule, an interest rate on the non-recourse loan, or amortization schedules of the loan based upon any commercial realities. As Defendant's expert, Morris Shinderman, observed, and Plaintiff's Mr. Gould agreed, the enormous negative amortization of the non-recourse loan schedules is unusual, and not what would be seen in a normal commercial leasing transaction. (Shinderman, Tr. 3760–61, 3766; Gould, Tr. 2892–93.) The effect of the “interest roll-up” simply is to increase claimed interest deductions. (Shinderman, Tr. 3780–81; D. Ellis, Tr. 2724–25.) The large rent prepayments, on paper, in the WMATA and Caltrans SILOs also are very unusual. (Shinderman, Tr. 3769.) In Belgacom, the equipment selected for the transaction was based entirely upon tax considerations. The parties were intent upon using equipment that was “qualified technological equipment” under the U.S. tax code. (DX15 at 1304.)
Similarly, the Court found the appraisals of the fair market value and the remaining useful life of the SILO equipment to be suspect in all five trial transactions. As an example, the 45 NJT light-rail vehicles had an acquisition cost of $144 million, but Marshall & Stevens appraised them at $160 million. (Webb, Tr. 1020–22; PX808; PX824.) Some of the fair market value appraisals of the Belgacom equipment also were “far too high.” (Chastain, Tr. 4395.) All parties to the SILO transactions would benefit from higher appraisals pushed to the limits of reality. A higher fair market value and longer useful life would make the value of the transaction larger, increasing the available tax deductions to Wells Fargo, and also increasing the transaction fees to the other participants. From the vantage point of the tax-exempt entities, they received cash at closing in exchange for tax deductions that they could not use, but otherwise nothing changed. The reference in Senator Grassley's November 17, 2003 letter to the statement of a knowledgeable municipal manager is most telling: “People giving him money which he never had to pay back, for doing something that he was already doing.” (PX223.)
Wells Fargo asserts that it structured the SILO transactions to comply with FAS 13, and to take advantage of the “front-loading” of income required under FAS 13. Wells Fargo argues that the desire to recognize “front-loading” under FAS 13 is a legitimate non-tax business objective that gives the SILO transactions economic substance. However, the Court concludes that the financial benefits of improper tax deductions cannot provide a non-tax business purpose for the transaction. Such a bootstrap argument has been rejected in other cases:
[The taxpayer's] intended use of the cash flows generated by the [transaction] is irrelevant to the subjective prong of the economic substance analysis. If a legitimate business purpose for the use of the tax savings “were sufficient to breathe substance into a transaction whose only purpose is to reduce taxes, [then] every sham tax-shelter device might succeed.”
Am. Elec. Power, Inc. v. United States, 136 F.Supp.2d 762, 791–92 [87 AFTR 2d 2001-917] (S.D. Ohio 2001), aff'd, 326 F.3d 737 [91 AFTR 2d 2003-2060] (6th Cir. 2003) (quoting Winn-Dixie Stores, Inc. v. Comm'r, 113 T.C. 254, 287 (1999), aff'd, 254 F.3d 1313 [87 AFTR 2d 2001-2626] (11th Cir. 2001)).
Finally, while it is true that “the tax laws affect the shape of nearly every business transaction,” Frank Lyon, 435 U.S. at 580, it is also true that “there is a material difference between structuring a real transaction in a particular way to provide a tax benefit (which is legitimate), and creating a transaction, without a business purpose, in order to create a tax benefit (which is illegitimate).” Coltec, 454 F.3d at 1357. Here, the SILO was nothing more than a sequel to the LILO structure that the IRS determined was without any economic substance. See Rev. Rule 1999-14. Once the SILO structure came to the attention of the IRS, and the tax benefits again became unavailable, taxpayers immediately stopped entering into SILOs, just as happened with LILOs. The SILO transaction simply was another way to transfer tax deductions from tax-exempt entities that could not use them.
E. The Consolidated Edison Case is Distinguishable.
In the recent decision in Consolidated Edison Company of New York, our Court allowed the taxpayer's 1997 tax year deductions in a LILO transaction. In that case, a utility, Con Ed, entered into a transaction with a Dutch utility known as Electriciteitsbedrijf Zuid-Holland, N.V. (“EZH”). The facility subject to the transaction was a “gas-fired, combined cycle cogeneration plant” located in the Netherlands, known as “RoCa3.” Con Ed, 2009 WL 3418533 [104 AFTR 2d 2009-6966], at 1. In the 1990s, Con Ed provided electricity to over eight million people in New York City and Westchester County, New York. The New York Public Service Commission (“PSC”) regulated all of Con Ed's operations prior to the mid-1990s, when the PSC deregulated New York State electric companies to encourage competition. The PSC ordered Con Ed and other utilities to submit plans describing how they would restructure their operations to create a more competitive market. The plans were to include proposed corporate structures, including unregulated subsidiaries, that would achieve the PSC's restructuring goals. Id. at 2.
The PSC authorized Con Ed to invest in unregulated subsidiaries that would later participate in energy infrastructure projects and market technical services worldwide. In pursuit of these company objectives, Con Ed sought to enter into one or more LILO investments to offset losses it expected to sustain as a result of deregulation in New York State, including losses from divestiture of some of its assets. Id. at 3. Against this background, Con Ed invested in the Dutch utility plant as a way to expand its international investments, diversify its assets, and develop strategic alliances abroad. Id.
The Court found a legitimate business purpose in Con Ed's LILO investment, and ruled that the transaction was not made simply to achieve tax avoidance. Specifically, the Court noted the following non-tax reasons for Con Ed to engage in this venture:
[T]he ability to pursue new opportunities and alternatives in a deregulated market; the expectation of making a pretax profit through the RoCa3 Transaction; plaintiff's entry into Western European energy markets; the potential for benefits from the output of the RoCa3 Facility due to the life of the plant beyond the Sublease Basic Term; technical benefits to Con Ed of operating a state of the art plant in its own field of expertise; the ability to further develop and share Con Ed's own cutting edge technology; and environmental benefits, including gaining expertise, while involved with a world-class, environmentally friendly plant and improving plaintiff's environmental public image.
Id. at 89.
Con Ed is a distinctly unique case, easily distinguishable from Wells Fargo's SILO transactions. The fact that a New York utility would want to invest in a Dutch utility for all of the reasons mentioned above presents a materially different set of circumstances than are presented here. In the course of its 159-page slip opinion, the Court in Con Ed repeatedly emphasized the fact-dependent basis for the outcome, stating:
• “[E]ach transaction ... must be evaluated on its own merits,” id. at 1;
• “The conclusions of the court offered in this opinion are based on the specific and unique facts which led to, and were part of, the RoCa3 Transaction,” id.;
• “The [expert] reports in the record before the court ... are specific to the RoCa3 Transaction and Facility and should be reviewed on their own merits, and not compared to separate, unrelated transactions, which do not even invoke electric generating facilities,” id. at 5;
• “[E]ach LILO transaction is developed and formed differently, based on specific relationships, the chronology, the financial relationships, the nature of the property involved, and any number of other variables,” id. at 38;
• Determining whether the taxpayer has acquired a true leasehold interest in the property “is a question of fact which must be ascertained from the intention of the parties as evidenced by the written agreements read in light of the attending facts and circumstances,” id. at 43 (citing Grodt & McKay Realty, Inc. v. Comm'r, 77 T.C. 1221, 1237 (1981);
• In critiquing the position of a key Government expert, the Court noted “[f]or the most part, his testimony failed to address the unique characteristics of the RoCa3 Transaction,” id. at 52;
• “[T]he parties have presented volumes of exhibits and testimony, including expert testimony, unique to the RoCa3 Transaction, id. at 122;
• “After presiding over the lengthy trial, examining and reexamining the trial transcripts and exhibits entered into the record and reviewing the written submissions of the parties, the court is persuaded, as is evident throughout this opinion, that the plaintiff has established, through its witnesses and the exhibits, that the RoCa3 Transaction was a unique LILO transaction, which provided tax and bookkeeping advantages to the plaintiff; was, in form, a true lease; possessed economic substance; and, therefore, should be respected as qualifying for the tax deductions claimed.” Id. at 128.
The Court in Con Ed distinguished AWG and BB&T by observing that “considerations of economic substance are factually specific to the transaction involved.” Id. at 115. Applying that same test here, which this Court agrees is correct, the present case is much more like AWG and BB&T. The five Wells Fargo trial transactions lack economic substance, and therefore the claimed deductions must be denied.
III. Conclusion
Based upon the foregoing, the Court denies Plaintiff's claim for a tax refund as to the WMATA, NJT, Caltrans, Houston Metro, and Belgacom transactions presented at trial. The Court will schedule a status conference with counsel for the parties during the next 45 days to address the need for further proceedings, if any, regarding the remaining transactions at issue. If further proceedings are not necessary, the Court will enter a final judgment in favor of Defendant, and dismiss Plaintiff's complaint with prejudice. Pursuant to RCFC 54(d), the Court finds that Defendant is the prevailing party, and awards costs to Defendant.
IT IS SO ORDERED.
THOMAS C. WHEELER
Judge
________________________________________
1
The cited sections of the Internal Revenue Code are found in 26 U.S.C. §§ 163, 167, and 168 (2006). For convenience, the Court will refer to Internal Revenue Code provisions as “IRC § ___.”
________________________________________
2
Rev. Rul. 99-14, 99-1 C.B. 835, modified and superseded by Rev. Rul. 2002-69, 2002-2 C.B. 760.
________________________________________
3
This statement of the facts constitutes the Court's principal findings of fact under Rule 52(a) of the Court of Federal Claims (“RCFC”). Other findings of fact and rulings on mixed questions of fact and law are set forth in the later analysis.
________________________________________
4
In this opinion, the Court will refer to the trial transcript by witness and page as “Name, Tr. ___,” and to trial exhibits as “PX___” for Plaintiff's exhibits, and “DX ___” for Defendant's exhibits. The parties' pretrial stipulations of fact, filed on April 2, 2009, are referred to as “Stip. ___.” For lengthy exhibits, page citations include the numerical portion of Bates numbers. Demonstrative exhibits from Plaintiff and Defendant are referred to as “PDX ___” and “DDX ___” respectively.
________________________________________
5
“GSM” is a popular Global System for Mobile communications, used throughout the world.
________________________________________
6
An exception exists in the Belgacom transaction, where Merrill Lynch, the equity payment undertaker, makes a few payments to Wells Fargo during the lease-back period.
________________________________________
7
The FTA designated Richard Steinmann as its deponent at the FTA's Rule 30(b)(6) deposition. (PX366.) The deposition testimony of Mr. Steinmann is found in PX365 and PX375.

Labels:

Tuesday, January 19, 2010

new case on trust fund penalty 6672

The 4th Circuit is clearly wrong when converting factual issues into conclusiions "as a matter of law" -

But the point is well made that once it is discovered that payroll taxes have not been paid

Charles Erwin v. U.S., (CA 4 1/13/2010) 105 AFTR 2d ¶ 2010-351

The Court of Appeals for the Fourth Circuit, affirming a district court, has held that a restaurant entrepreneur was a responsible person liable for a trust fund penalty under Code Sec. 6672 . The taxpayer, who served as a corporate officer and director, selected business sites, hired and fired employees, and negotiated and personally guaranteed loans and other contracts for the company.

Background. Where an employer fails to properly pay over its payroll taxes, IRS can seek to collect a penalty equal to 100% of the unpaid taxes from a “responsible person,” i.e., a person who: (1) is responsible for collecting, accounting for and paying over payroll taxes; and (2) willfully fails to perform this responsibility. ( Code Sec. 6672(a) )

Facts. Charles Erwin, an entrepreneur who in his lifetime owned or operated at least 60 restaurants, joined with three other businessmen to form GC Affordable Dining, Inc., (GCAD), a franchisee of Golden Corral Franchising System, Inc. GCAD eventually opened and operated five Golden Corral restaurants. Erwin, who at all times owned at least a one-third interest in the company, also served as its director and vice president, secretary, and treasurer. While his business partners also served as directors and officers, two managers oversaw the day-to-day operations, payroll, and accounting. Erwin and his partners personally guaranteed construction and operating lines of credit for GCAD with the bank and secured a construction line of credit for a corporation established as a flow-through real estate holding company for GCAD. Erwin participated in selecting sites for the restaurants and signed lease-related documents for all restaurant locations.
Despite early profits, the GCAD restaurants began to lose money, and Erwin and his partners eventually replaced the two managers. In December of '98, Erwin and his partners learned that Barry and Buddy Light (the Light brothers), who had been hired to handle GCAD's accounting and payroll, had failed to pay the entire quarterly payroll tax withholdings for the third quarter of '98. The partners made a capital call for approximately $150,000 and wired the money to the Light brothers. Erwin, who contributed $95,000 of this, personally instructed the Light brothers not to be late with tax payments under any circumstances. Despite this admonition, the Light brothers failed to pay the payroll taxes for the fourth quarter of '98 in full.
In late '98, Erwin and one of his business partners sent the Light brothers $50,000 for additional payment to a favored food vendor and instructed them not to pay the rent because he would handle it directly. Erwin also negotiated a release for GCAD from obligations under one of its leases. The landlord agreed to send $1.65 million to a company financing GCAD's restaurant building and equipment to cover rents that GCAD owed on that and other leases.
In August '99, Erwin and his two partners learned that GCAD had not paid its withholding taxes in full for the first three quarters of '99. In December of '99, the partners made another capital contribution of $50,000 to help cure these deficiencies, but GCAD never paid the taxes in full. Erwin and his partners continued to employ the Light brothers until February 2000.
After terminating the Light brothers, Erwin took control of GCAD accounting functions, including payroll. GCAD remained current on its payroll withholding payments. In late 2000, Erwin became the 100% owner of GCAD, and shortly thereafter dissolved the corporation. Between August '99 and the close of business in 2000, the GCAD restaurants generated approximately $5 million in sales revenue. Rather than paying the outstanding '98 and '99 tax deficiencies, GCAD continued to pay rent and supplier expenses.
IRS assessed tax deficiencies against Erwin in the amount of the unpaid payroll withholding taxes owed by GCAD for the fourth quarter of '98 and the first three quarters of '99, plus interest.
Appellate Court's conclusion. The Fourth Circuit concluded that, as a matter of law, Erwin was a responsible person under Code Sec. 6672 during the periods at issue. Erwin at all times owned at least one-third of the stock of closely-held GCAD and served as its secretary, treasurer, vice president, and director. He signed loan documents and leases on GCAD's behalf, showing that he shared responsibility for establishing the corporation's financial policy. He approved restaurant site selection and regularly reviewed sales data. He held quarterly meetings with his partners and weekly telephone calls with the general manager to discuss the restaurants. He directed or negotiated payments to certain creditors to reduce GCAD debt, which he had personally guaranteed. He hired and fired upper-management employees. Although Erwin delegated many of GCAD's day-to-day financial responsibilities to others, he infused capital into GCAD and admonished the Light brothers, over whom he had significant control, to stay current with the company's tax obligations.
The Court rejected Erwin's defense that others in the company may have been just as, or even more, responsible for GCAD's failure to remit payroll taxes. Code Sec. 6672 imposes liability on all responsible persons, not just the most responsible person.
The Fourth Circuit also found that Erwin, by preferring GCAD's other creditors to IRS, had willfully failed to remit GCAD's payroll taxes for the fourth quarter of '98 and the first three quarters of '99. GCAD generated several million dollars in gross receipts after August '99 and paid rent and food vendors with those funds instead of paying IRS.
Following the lead of every other circuit to consider the question, the Fourth Circuit adopted the rule that when a responsible person learns that withholding taxes have gone unpaid in past quarters for which he was responsible, he has a duty to use all current and future unencumbered funds available to the corporation to pay those back taxes. Accordingly, as of August '99, Erwin had a duty to use all unencumbered funds to reduce GCAD's tax liability from the prior quarters.
Even assuming that Erwin did not act willfully prior to learning of the full extent of the tax deficiencies in August 99, his conduct after that point unquestionably evidenced willfulness as a matter of law. During the third quarter of '99, GCAD paid just a fraction of its payroll tax liability. Although Erwin and his business partner each made capital contributions to cover the deficiency in December of '99, GCAD still owed over $100,000 for that quarter alone and had not satisfied deficiencies from '98 and the first two quarters of '99. Erwin was on notice that GCAD owed substantial payroll taxes to IRS. Yet Erwin and his business partners continued to rely on the Light brothers to address the problem for several more months. His failure to assess and remedy the payroll tax deficiencies immediately on learning of them in August '99 constituted unreasonable willful conduct. The Court found that this was particularly so given that, at Erwin's direction, GCAD paid other creditors during this period. As a result, the Court held that Erwin was liable for any outstanding third-quarter '99 deficiencies.

Labels:

Friday, January 15, 2010

judgment lien creditor priority vs. IRS tax lien

It is interesting that a judgment lien does not have to be filed in the public records to be perfected


NSEL CAPITAL INVESTMENT, LLC v. U.S., Cite as 104 AFTR 2d 2009-5583, 07/01/2009 , Code Sec(s) 6323

ANSEL CAPITAL INVESTMENT, LLC, a Tennessee limited liability company, PLAINTIFF v. UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, through its agency, Internal Revenue Service, DEFENDANT; UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, PLAINTIFF v. Curtis SWANSON, Ronald Stephen Cavendar as Trustee of the 2004 Swanson Children's Trust, Ansel Capital Investment, LLC, as successor in Interest to Prime Enterprises, LLC, Ravalli County, William Delaney DBA Leaves-N-Snow, DEFENDANTS.
Case Information:

Code Sec(s): 6323
Court Name: U.S. District Court, Dist. of Montana,
Docket No.: CV 08-57-M-DWM; CV 08-93-M-DWM (consolidated),
Date Decided: 07/01/2009.
Tax Year(s): Years 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001.
Disposition: Decision for Govt.
HEADNOTE

1. Lien priority—tax liens vs. judgment liens—perfection—first-in-time—summary judgment—necessary parties. Govt. was granted summary judgment that tax liens, on property fraudulently transferred to taxpayer's alter ego trust, had priority over LLC/successor-in-interest's judgment lien: tax liens were clearly recorded before judgment was obtained or judgment lien was perfected. LLC's objection, based on timing of when property title was deemed to have been in taxpayer vs. trust, raised no genuine fact dispute about govt.'s priority under first-in-time rule. Additional third parties with potentially competing interests in subject property were joined in suit.

Reference(s): ¶ 63,235.09(10) Code Sec. 6323

OPINION

IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE DISTRICT OF MONTANA MISSOULA DIVISION,

ORDER NUNC PRO TUNC

Judge: DONALD W. MOLLOY, DISTRICT JUDGE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT

Plaintiff Ansel Capital Investment, LLC (“Ansel”) brought an action against the United States, seeking a declaration that the Internal Revenue Service may not execute recorded tax liens against real property located in Ravalli County (“the Property”) against which Ansel claims it holds a judgment lien. The United States initiated a separate action against Defendants Curtis Swanson, Ronald Steven Cavendar as Trustee of the 2004 Swanson Children's Trust (“the Trust”), Ansel, Ravalli County, and William Delaney (pro se), seeking to reduce to judgment outstanding federal tax liabilities assessed against Swanson and to foreclose federal tax liens upon the Property, which was at one time titled in the Trust. The United States asks the Court to order the Property foreclosed and sold to satisfy outstanding liens according to priority amongst the remaining defendants. The Court consolidated the actions.

Before the Court are the United States' Motion for Summary Judgment and Ravalli County's Motion for Joinder of Parties. The United States seeks summary judgment in its favor, specifically, a judgment that the federal tax liens have priority over the judgment lien Ansel holds. Ravalli County moves the Court to join Brian and Mary Marchant to this action, claiming they hold liens against the Property and should therefore be parties to the consolidated action. For the reasons explained below, the Court will grant both motions.

I

In 2004, prior to the transactions out of which the issues in this matter arose, Curtis Swanson, his father, Stan, and a business partner were named in a criminal complaint filed by the Securities and Exchange Commission. [pg. 2009-5584] The complaint alleged that the defendants operated a business called Safescript Pharmacies and were engaged in criminal wrongdoing. The defendants pleaded guilty and were sentenced.

In 2004 Ansel's predecessor in interest, Prime Enterprises, LLC, filed suit against Swanson in federal court, alleging that Swanson owed Prime Enterprises over $1.6 million on promissory notes assigned to Prime Enterprises. The promissory notes secured funds Swanson borrowed from banks that subsequently went into receivership under the FDIC. On February 4, 2005, default judgment was entered in favor of Prime Enterprises and against Swanson, totaling $1,611,881.85, plus interest, attorneys fees and costs. See Prime Enterprises, LLC v. Swanson, CV 04-153-M-LBE.

In June of 2005 the United States Internal Revenue Service recorded Notices of Federal Tax Lien against the Trust as alter ego, nominee, or fraudulent transferee of Swanson. According to the United States, Swanson owed trust fund tax liabilities from the taxable years 1998–2001.

In 2007 Prime Enterprises initiated another action against Swanson, the Trust, and others, alleging that Swanson and others purchased real property in Ravalli County in 2004, titled it in Swanson's name, then transferred it to the Trust. Prime Enterprises alleged that later in 2004 the Trust sold the property and used the proceeds to purchase the Property — located in Hamilton, Montana, on Bass Lane — which was titled to the Trust. On January 16, 2007, default judgment was entered in favor of Prime Enterprises and against the defendants. The Court ordered, inter alia, that the fraudulent transfer of assets or obligations from Swanson to the Trust to purchase the Property were avoided and set aside to the extent necessary to satisfy the judgment against Swanson in CV 04-153-M-LBE, “including avoidance of use of the proceeds of sale ... to purchase real property [at] ... 688 Bass Lane.” See Prime Enterprises, LLC v. Swanson, CV 06-21-M-DWM, dkt # 31 at 2–3.

The following stipulated facts appear in the Scheduling Order in this action: (1) Ansel's predecessor in interest, Prime Enterprises, LLC, obtained a default judgment in January of 2007, determining that the Trust was Swanson's alter ego and the transfer of the Property from Swanson to the Trust was fraudulent; See Prime Enterprises, LLC v. Swanson, et al., CV 06-21-M-DWM; and (2) in May of 2007 the Property was sold to Ansel at a sherriff's sale. See dkt # 19 at 5–6. This Court accepted a Stipulation and Consent to Judgment in this action, and accordingly concluded the Trust was the alter ego and fraudulent transferee of Swanson, and therefore it had no interest in the Property. See dkt # 22. The Court concluded the conveyance of the Property to the Trust was fraudulent and title to the Property was deemed to be in Swanson. The Court concluded the United States has valid liens against all property of Swanson, ordered the Property sold pursuant to 28 U.S.C. § 2001, and ordered the Clerk of Court to enter judgment in favor of the United States and against Swanson in the amount of $630,188.93 plus interest accrued for unpaid tax liabilities. The court did not determine the relative priorities of lien holders. 1

II

Ravalli County (“the County”) moves the Court to join the Marchants as defendants to this action under Rule 25 Fed. R. Civ. P., or, alternatively, under Rule 19 Fed. R. Civ. P. Ansel is the only party to oppose the motion. The County represents in its brief that the Marchants are presently represented by counsel in a state court action involving the Property, and the County has contacted the Marchants' counsel who indicated they do not oppose the County's motion to make them parties to the action.

The parties present several arguments for and against joinder, but they are unnecessary to the disposition of this issue. In its complaint, the United States averred, “This action is commenced pursuant to 26 U.S.C. §§ 7401 and 7403 ....” Section 7403(b) of Title 26 of the United States Code says, “All persons having liens upon or claiming any interest in the property involved in such action shall be made parties thereto.” Ansel does not argue that the Marchants do not hold liens against the Property. The statute requires that the Marchants “be made parties” to this action.

III

A.

[1] Summary judgment is appropriate when there is no issue as to any material fact and the moving party is entitled to judgment as a matter of law. Fed. R. Civ. P. 56(c); Anderson v. Liberty Lobby, Inc., 477 U.S. 242, 251 (1986). The party seeking summary judgment must first demonstrate the basis for its motion [pg. 2009-5585] by identifying those portions of the pleadings, depositions, answers to interrogatories, admissions on file, and affidavits, if any, that support the party's beliefs and demonstrate the absence of any genuine issue of material fact. Celotex Corp. v. Catrett, 477 U.S. 317, 323 (1986). If the moving party makes this requisite showing, the burden then shifts to the party opposing summary judgment to set forth specific facts showing that there is a genuine issue for trial. Canada v. Blain's Helicopters, Inc., 831 F.2d 920, 923 (9th Cir. 1987).

B.

The United States seeks summary judgment that its federal tax liens on the Property have priority over Ansel's judgment lien, and therefore any proceeds from a judicial sale of the Property should be applied to satisfy the federal tax liens first. Because the United States recorded its tax liens in June of 2005, prior to Ansel obtaining its judgment in January of 2007, the United States claims federal statutory provisions provide that the tax liens must be paid prior to any other liens. The parties' arguments are legal and do not raise genuine issues of material fact.

The United States argues that because it filed its notice of tax liens in June of 2005, and Ansel's predecessor in interest obtained its judgment lien in January of 2007, the United States filed its notice prior to the perfection of the judgment lien and therefore its liens take priority over Ansel's. Ansel disagrees that determining the priority of liens is as simple as the timing of the liens' respective perfections. Ansel insists that because Swanson transferred the Property to the Trust, his interest in the Property could not be established until a court confronted the question of whether the transfer was fraudulent and adjudicated it so. And because Ansel obtained its judgment lien prior to such an adjudication in this case, it is “too late for a determination of ... Swanson's ownership interest in the [P]roperty.” Ansel argues that because the United States has not received a judgment that Swanson owns the Property, the United States' tax liens have not attached to it, and Ansel's judgment lien takes priority.

The United States argues that Ansel is judicially estopped from asserting this argument, because its predecessor in interest obtained the judgment lien in a case in which it successfully asserted the Trust was the alter ego and fraudulent transferee of Swanson. The United States persuasively argues that the principle of judicial estoppel applies here. In Prime Enterprises, LLC v. Swanson, et al., the Court concluded that the transfer of funds to the Trust, including those used to purchase the Property, was fraudulent. See CV 06-21-M-DWM, dkt # 31. This is ultimately irrelevant, however, because regardless of when title to the Property was deemed to be in Swanson, the United States recorded its tax liens before Ansel's judgment lien was perfected.

The priority of liens under federal law is governed by the common-law principle that “first in time is first in right.” See United States v. McDermott, 507 U.S. 447, 449 [71 AFTR 2d 93-1154] (1993). Subsection 6323(a) of Title 26 of the United States Code provides that a federal tax lien is not valid against a debtor's property or a competing judgment lien creditor until notice of the lien is filed pursuant to 26 U.S.C. § 6323(f).


Whether a federal tax lien or a judgment lien is first in time thus depends on whether notice of the tax lien was filed and on when the judgment lien was perfected.

To be first in time a judgment lien must be perfected prior to the United States filing its notice. United States v. New Britain, 347 U.S. 81, 84 [44 AFTR 798] (1954). A judgment lien is perfected when “the identity of the lienor, the property subject to the lien, and the amount of the lien are established.” Id.



In United States v. McDermott, the Supreme Court clarified how to resolve the priority of competing state and federal liens. The United States held a federal tax lien against the McDermotts, and Zions First National Bank had a judgment lien against them it obtained in state court. The United States recorded its tax lien two months after the Bank docketed its judgment lien in state court. Both the United States and the Bank sought to execute their respective liens against property the McDermotts acquired less than two weeks after the United States recorded its lien.

McDermott, 507 U.S. at 448–49. The Court rejected the Bank's argument that its judgment lien was perfected when it docketed it in state court. Id. at 451–52. The Court concluded the Bank's lien against the property was not perfected until the McDermott's purchased the property, because under New Britain perfection of a judgment lien requires that “the property subject to the lien be established.” Id. at 452–53.

The Court concluded that, likewise, the United States' lien could not have attached to the property until the McDermotts purchased it. Id. at 453. The United States and the Bank's liens thus attached at the same instant. The Court concluded the Unites States' lien took priority under the language of 26 U.S.C. § 6323(a), “The lien ... shall not be valid as against any ... judgment lien creditor until notice ... has been filed.” Id. The Court said, [pg. 2009-5586] “ The Bank concedes that its lien did not actually attach to the property at issue here until the McDermotts acquired rights in that property.

Since that occurred after filing of the federal tax lien, the state lien was not first in time.” Id. at 452–53. The Court reasoned further that because subsection (c) of §6323 accords special priority to certain state security interests in certain circumstances, the statute “presumes that otherwise the federal tax lien would prevail.” Id. at 453–54.

Here, Ansel's judgment lien could be perfected only when title to the Property was found to be in Swanson. 2 But regardless of when the judgment lien was perfected, the United States recorded its tax liens in June of 2005, prior to the judgment in Prime Enterprises, LLC v. Swanson and to the Stipulation and Judgment entered in this consolidated action. The United States is first in time and its liens take priority over Ansel's. See In Re Crocker Nat'l Bank v. Trical Mfg. Co., 523 F.2d 1037, 1038 [37 AFTR 2d 76-592] (9th Cir. 1975) (“Under 26 U.S.C. § 6323(a), the tax lien has priority over the claim of a judgment lien creditor if notice of the tax lien is filed before the judgment is obtained.”).

IV

In its brief opposing the United States Motion for Summary Judgment, Ansel states, “Therefore, even though the IRS filed tax lien notices on 688 Bass Lane before Ansel's judgment lien was choate, the tax liens still have not attached to the property and the notices are of no consequence to Ansel.” This statement reflects a misunderstanding of applicable law. Even if the tax liens had not attached to the property because title had not yet been deemed to be in Swanson, whenever they did attach the United States' liens would take priority because the United States recorded its liens pursuant to 26 U.S.C. § 6323(a) before Ansel's judgment lien was perfected. For the same reason, the United States' liens take priority over liens other defendants may hold.

Therefore,

IT IS HEREBY ORDERED that the United States' Motion for Summary Judgment (dkt # 25) is GRANTED; the Clerk of Court shall enter judgment in favor of the United States and against Ansel Capital Investment, LLC;

IT IS FURTHER ORDERED that Ravalli County's Motion for Joinder of Parties (dkt # 31) is GRANTED;

IT IS FURTHER ORDERED that within twenty (20) days of the date of this Order, any remaining Defendants shall either 1) file a Stipulation as to the priority of lien holders other than the United States and a corresponding motion to dismiss the case as settled, or 2) file appropriate motions so the Court may determine the priority of remaining lien holders.

Dated this 1st day of July, 2009.

DONALD W. MOLLOY, DISTRICT JUDGE

UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT

1
It is not clear from the parties' briefs why they stipulated to the fact that Ansel purchased the Property at a sheriff's sale in May of 2007, and then consented to a judgment that title to the Property was deemed to be in Swanson.
2
The Stipulation and Judgment filed in this consolidated action lays this issue to rest, because it concluded 1) the conveyance of the Property to the Trust instead of Swanson was fraudulent, and 2) Title to the Property is deemed to be in Swanson. See dkt # 26 at 2.
© 2010 Thomson Reuters/

Labels:

Thursday, January 14, 2010

alimony & negligence

Patricia A. Kelly v. Commissioner., U.S. Tax Court, T.C. Summary Opinion 2010-4, (Jan. 13, 2010)
Patricia A. Kelly v. Commissioner.
Docket No. 26385-08S. Filed January 13, 2010.
Discussion
Section 6662(a) and (b)(2) imposes a 20-percent accuracy-related penalty for any portion of an underpayment that is attributable to a substantial understatement of income tax. 2 An understatement of income tax is the excess of the amount of income tax required to be shown on the return for the taxable year over the amount of income tax imposed that is shown on the return, reduced by any rebate. See sec. 6662(d)(2)(A). An understatement is substantial if it exceeds the greater of 10-percent of the tax required to be shown on the return for the taxable year or, in the case of an individual, $5,000. See sec. 6662(d)(1)(A).
The Commissioner bears the burden of production with respect to the applicability of an accuracy-related penalty determined in a notice of deficiency. See sec. 7491(c). In order to meet the burden of production under section 7491(c), the Commissioner need only make a prima facie case that imposition of the penalty or addition to tax is appropriate. Higbee v. Commissioner, 116 T.C. 438, 446 (2001). Once he has met his burden, the burden of proof is upon the taxpayer to prove that the accuracy-related penalty does not apply because of reasonable cause, substantial authority, or the like. See secs. 6662(d)(2)(B), 6664(c); Higbee v. Commissioner, supra at 449.
Petitioner had a substantial understatement of income tax for 2006, since the understatement amount exceeded $5,000. The Court finds that respondent has met his burden for the determination of an accuracy-related penalty based on substantial understatement of income tax.
An accuracy-related penalty is not imposed on any portion of the underpayment as to which the taxpayer acted with reasonable cause and in good faith. Sec. 6664(c)(1). Section 1.6664-4(b)(1), Income Tax Regs., incorporates a facts and circumstances test to determine whether the taxpayer acted with reasonable cause and in good faith. The most important factor is the extent of the taxpayer's effort to assess his proper tax liability. Id.
Reliance on the advice of a tax professional may also constitute reasonable cause and good faith if under all the facts and circumstances the reliance is reasonable and in good faith. Neonatology Associates, P.A. v. Commissioner, 115 T.C. 43, 98 (2000), affd. 299 F.3d 221 (3d Cir. 2002); sec. 1.6664-4(c)(1), Income Tax Regs. To qualify for this exception a taxpayer must prove by a preponderance of the evidence that: (1) The adviser was a competent professional who had sufficient expertise to justify reliance; (2) the taxpayer provided necessary and accurate information to the adviser; and (3) the taxpayer actually relied in good faith on the adviser's judgment. Neonatology Associates, P.A. v. Commissioner, supra at 98-99.
Petitioner testified that she did not prepare her own return but that for 2006 she paid a tax preparer to prepare her return. Petitioner testified that she provided the tax preparer with a copy of her divorce decree and she told him that she had paid $22,500 of alimony in 2006.
Beyond petitioner's testimony, there is no credible evidence that she provided her tax preparer with the necessary documents to allow him to accurately assess whether the $22,500 was a deductible alimony payment. Instead, petitioner told her tax preparer that she paid alimony in 2006. In addition, she did not make the payment under a written agreement indicating that the $22,500 was an alimony payment. The law in this area is well settled. Absent a written agreement, payments made pursuant to an oral agreement are not deductible as alimony payments. See Jachym v. Commissioner, T.C. Memo. 1984-181.
The Court is unable to conclude on the record before us that it was reasonable for petitioner to rely on the advice of her tax preparer. There is no credible evidence that she provided the tax preparer with the documents necessary to make a professional conclusion as to whether the payment was deductible. In addition, petitioner testified that she told her tax preparer that her payment was an alimony payment and was therefore deductible. The Court finds that petitioner's reliance was unreasonable under the circumstances, and respondent's determination is sustained.
To reflect the foregoing,
Decision will be entered for respondent.

Labels:

Wednesday, January 13, 2010

in vitro fertilization

A taxpayer could not deduct medical expenses incurred in connection with fathering two children by means of in vitro fertilization. The taxpayer was not infertile, and the procedures were not for the treatment of a medical condition or for the purpose of affecting any structure or function of the taxpayer’s own body. Instead, the procedures affected the bodies of two gestational carriers.


William Magdalin Petitioner-Appellant v. Commissioner of IRS Respondent-Appellee.
U.S. Court of Appeals, 1st Cir.; 09-1153, December 17, 2009.
Affirming the Tax Court, 96 TCM 491, TC Memo. 2008-293.
JUDGMENT
Petitioner William Magdalin appeals a decision of the tax court holding non-deductible certain expenses he incurred in connection with fathering two children via in vitro fertilization of an anonymous donor's eggs with petitioner's sperm and placement of the resulting embryos in unrelated gestational carriers who gave birth to them. Petitioner stipulated in the tax court proceedings that he was not infertile and that he had had two children via natural processes with his now ex-wife.
This court reviews the tax court's factual findings for clear error and its legal conclusions de novo. Drake v. Comm'r, 511 F.3d 65, 68 (1st Cir. 2007). “Clear error exists, if, on the entire record, the court is ‘left with the definite and firm conviction that a mistake has been made.’” Haffner's Serv. Stations, Inc. v. Comm'r, 326 F.3d 1, 3 (1st Cir. 2003) (quoting Mitchell v. United States, 141 F.3d 8, 17 (1st Cir. 1998)). We agree with the tax court and therefore summarily affirm its decision. As the court concluded, the various expenses incurred by petitioner were not for the treatment of any underlying medical condition suffered by the taxpayer; as noted, he stipulated that he was not infertile and that his previous children had been produced by natural processes in conjunction with the woman who was his wife at the time. In addition, the procedures were not for the purpose of affecting any structure or function of taxpayer's own body. Rather, they affected the bodies of the gestational carriers who, petitioner agrees, were not his dependents. Consequently, the tax court properly affirmed the Commissioner's disallowance of the deductions. The decision of the tax court is summarily affirmed. See First Circuit Local Rule 27.0(c).
Affirmed.

Labels:

Tuesday, January 12, 2010

negligence penalty case

Francis J. Vlock, et ux. v. Commissioner, TC Memo 2010-3
________________________________________

Code Sec(s): 162; 6662; 7491
Docket: Docket No. 13443-07.
Date Issued: 01/5/2010
Judge: Opinion by CHIECHI

MEMORANDUM FINDINGS OF FACT AND OPINION
e:
(1) Are petitioners entitled to deduct under section 162(a) for each of their taxable years 2003 through 2005 certain amounts that petitioner Francis J. Vlock paid to a certain corporation? We hold that they are not.
(2) Are petitioners entitled to deduct under section 162(a) for their taxable year 2003 certain amounts that they claim petitioner Francis J. Vlock paid to two of their children for services rendered? We hold that they are not.
(3) Are petitioners liable for each of their taxable years 2003 through 2005 for the accuracy-related penalty under section 6662(a)? We hold that they are.
FINDINGS OF FACT
Some of the facts have been stipulated and are so found except as stated herein.
At the time petitioners filed the petition in this case, they resided in Nebraska. Mr. Vlock's Insurance Business From at least 1978 to the time of the trial in this case, petitioner Francis J. Vlock (Mr. Vlock) 2 served as an insurance representative of one or more insurance companies. As an insurance representative, Mr. Vlock sold insurance and certain other financial products, such as variable annuities and other securi- ties, in several States. From 2000 to the time of the trial in this case, Mr. Vlock primarily represented New York Life Insur ance Co. (New York Life). From 2002 to the time of the trial in this case, Mr. Vlock was an independent contractor of New York Life and operated his business (Mr. Vlock's insurance business) as a sole proprietorship.
From 1975 until 2002, petitioner Jeanne M. Vlock (Ms. Vlock) spent most of her time raising and caring for petitioners' four children. Before 2002, Ms. Vlock had been involved sporadically in Mr. Vlock's insurance business and had occasionally provided certain unidentified services to Mr. Vlock's insurance business.
In June 2000, Mr. Vlock underwent hip surgery, which re- quired him to spend several months recovering. In order to maintain Mr. Vlock's insurance business during that period of recovery, Mr. Vlock worked primarily at petitioners' personal residence at South 167th Circle, Omaha, Nebraska (petitioners' residence).
In 2000, Mr. Vlock and New York Life entered into a contract whereby Mr. Vlock became a so-called district agent of New York Life. As such, Mr. Vlock, inter alia, was responsible for hiring, training, and developing individuals to become agents for New York Life (agents-in-training). In exchange for his services as a district agent, Mr. Vlock was entitled to certain commis- sions on the sales of New York Life insurance products by the agents-in-training. Mr. Vlock treated the agents-in-training that he hired in his capacity as a New York Life district agent as independent contractors.
Starting around 2000, Mr. Vlock acquired as clients approxi- mately 2,500 to 3,000 individuals (additional clients) who had been clients of certain other agents of New York Life who had died or retired. Those additional clients nearly doubled the total number of clients of Mr. Vlock's insurance business.
While Mr. Vlock was recovering from his hip surgery and was acquiring the additional clients, he decided that he needed additional assistance in order to maintain and improve Mr. Vlock's insurance business. Around 2000 or 2001, Mr. Vlock discussed with Ms. Vlock whether she was willing to become more involved in Mr. Vlock's insurance business in order to assist him in servicing additional clients and obtaining new clients. Ms. Vlock was open to that possibility because petitioners' children no longer required her full-time care and attention. At a time between around mid-2000 and the end of 2001, petitioners agreed that Ms. Vlock was to provide to Mr. Vlock certain assistance in marketing Mr. Vlock's insurance business and servicing its clients.
From 2002 through the summer of 2006, Mr. Vlock operated Mr. Vlock's insurance business in office space that he leased at 6901 Dodge Street, Omaha, Nebraska (Dodge Street office). In the summer of 2006, Mr. Vlock terminated the lease with respect to that office and moved Mr. Vlock's insurance business to office space that New York Life owned at Valmont Plaza, Omaha, Nebraska.
During 2003 through 2005, the years at issue, Mr. Vlock employed at least one or more of the following individuals in Mr. Vlock's insurance business: Paul Jensen, Shirley Schmidt, and Kiran Khajuria. During those years, those employees performed their respective duties for Mr. Vlock's insurance business at the Dodge Street office.
Paul Jensen, whom Mr. Vlock employed on a full-time basis during 2003 and part of 2004, served as a receptionist for Mr. Vlock's insurance business and also was responsible for perform- ing certain administrative and secretarial tasks for that busi- ness. Those tasks included (1) scheduling certain appointments for Mr. Vlock, (2) creating files for certain new clients and certain prospective clients, (3) managing interns that Mr. Vlock hired, (4) maintaining office equipment used at the Dodge Street office, and (5) preparing newsletters and other mailings. During 2003 and 2004, Mr. Vlock paid to Paul Jensen total wages of $29,475.84 and $19,466.56, respectively, and reported those amounts in Forms W-2, Wage and Tax Statements (Forms W-2), that he issued to him for those respective years.
Shirley Schmidt, whom Mr. Vlock employed on a part-time basis during each of the years at issue, was responsible for performing certain administrative and financial tasks for Mr. Vlock's insurance business. Those tasks included (1) payroll administration, (2) handling certain calls from clients, (3) preparing disclosure documents and compliance materials, (4) processing checks, executing wire transfers, and conducting certain other financial transactions, and (5) preparing certain tax reporting materials such as Forms W-2 and Forms 1099-MISC, Miscellaneous Income (Forms 1099-MISC). During 2003, 2004, and 2005, Mr. Vlock paid to Shirley Schmidt total wages of $17,770, $17,578, and $14,072, respectively, and reported those amounts in Forms W-2 that he issued to her for those respective years. In addition to paying those wages to Shirley Schmidt, Mr. Vlock paid her total nonemployee compensation of $2,320.08, $2,087.27, and $925.41 during 2003, 2004, and 2005, respectively, and reported those amounts in Forms 1099-MISC that he issued to her for those respective years.
Kiran Khajuria, whom Mr. Vlock employed on a part-time basis during 2005, was responsible for performing various tasks for Mr. Vlock's insurance business. Those tasks included (1) maintaining prospectuses for the various financial products that Mr. Vlock sold to clients, (2) maintaining computer equipment at the Dodge Street office, (3) installing software on the computer system utilized at the Dodge Street office, and (4) backing up that computer system and maintaining all backup files. During 2005, Mr. Vlock paid to Kiran Khajuria total wages of $1,383 and reported that amount in Form W-2 that he issued to that individ- ual for that year.
During 2004 and 2005, Mr. Vlock also hired Richard Ness and Joaquin Wilwayco to provide services to Mr. Vlock's insurance business as independent contractors. During those years, Richard Ness assisted Mr. Vlock's insurance business with, inter alia, training staff and identifying and developing new markets for that business's insurance and financial products. During 2004 and 2005, Mr. Vlock paid to Richard Ness total nonemployee compensation of $3,000 and $8,000, respectively, and reported those amounts in Forms 1099-MISC that he issued to him for those respective years.
During 2004, Joaquin Wilwayco provided to Mr. Vlock's insurance business certain software training and assisted Mr. Vlock with certain presentations and educational seminars. During 2004, Mr. Vlock paid to Joaquin Wilwayco total nonemployee compensation of $500 and reported that amount in Form 1099-MISC that he issued to him for that year.
From 2002 through October 2005, Ms. Vlock worked 30 to 50 hours per week performing a number of services for Mr. Vlock's insurance business. Those services included (1) preparing and distributing materials relating to certain seminars and certain programs that Mr. Vlock's insurance business offered to its clients and potential clients; (2) organizing speakers, venues, itineraries, and other logistics for those seminars and those programs; (3) receiving and processing certain calls from some clients of Mr. Vlock's insurance business regarding their ac- counts; (4) sorting mail delivered to petitioners' residence between personal mail and mail relating to Mr. Vlock's insurance business; (5) scheduling for Mr. Vlock certain appointments with some clients and some potential clients of Mr. Vlock's insurance business; (6) arranging and tracking certain medical appointments for some clients of Mr. Vlock's insurance business where such appointments were prerequisites in order to buy certain insurance products; (7) handling home entertainment and hospitality for certain clients of Mr. Vlock's insurance business; (8) processing certain claims for benefits; and (9) entering into Mr. Vlock's insurance business's database system certain account information for some of the additional clients and organizing and maintaining relevant files with respect to those clients. Beginning in October 2005, Ms. Vlock reduced the number of hours that she worked each week for Mr. Vlock's insurance business to about 30 hours.
Mr. Vlock prepared the following documents with respect to Mr. Vlock's insurance business: (1) A document dated December 2002 and entitled “Annual Business Plan for Joe Vlock, CLU, ChFC & Associates, 1729 South 167 Circle, Omaha, NE 68130” (December 2002 annual business document); (2) a document dated January 2004 and entitled “Annual Business Plan for Joe Vlock, CLU, ChFC & Associates, 1729 South 167 Circle, Omaha, NE 68130” (January 2004 annual business document); and (3) a document dated January 2005 and entitled "2005 Business Plan, F. Joseph Vlock, CLU, ChFC & Richard L. `Rick' Ness, LUTCF, New York Life” (January 2005 annual business document). (We shall refer collectively to the December 2002 annual business document, the January 2004 annual business document, and the January 2005 annual business document as the Vlock insurance business annual business documents.) The second page of the December 2002 annual business docu- ment (December 2002 annual business document second page) was entitled “JOE VLOCK 2002 BUSINESS PLAN, PERFORMED BY VLOCK/HAMMOND” and stated:
Specific Goals for 2002
1. Chairman's Council
2. Recreation Time (Family)
3. Education
4. Consistent Growth
5. Prioritize Phone List
6. Keep Notes in File Neat/Clean up Files
7. Workable Plan
8. Creative Time
9. Time Management The December 2002 annual business document second page was the only page on which Mr. Vlock referred in the December 2002 annual business document to “VLOCK/HAMMOND”. 3 In the December 2002 annual business document, Mr. Vlock did not set forth any spe- cific goals that he expected Vlock and Hammond to accomplish, or any specific tasks that he expected Vlock and Hammond to perform, with respect to Mr. Vlock's insurance business.
In the January 2004 annual business document, Mr. Vlock did not refer to Vlock and Hammond. Instead, Mr. Vlock referred in that document to “Jeanne” (i.e., Ms. Vlock) the following four times: (1) In a section entitled "Opportunities”, Mr. Vlock stated that “Jeanne is committed to co-ordinate all marketing and case preparation and public relations with clients”; (2) in a section entitled "Threats”, Mr. Vlock asked: “Can Joe & Jeanne work together”; and (3) in a section entitled "Key Strategies for Planning Year”, Mr. Vlock stated (a) that he was to "Spend 2-3 hours with Jeanne coordinating monthly seminars, case presenta- tions and client appreciation workshops”, and (b) "Jeanne to coordinate center of influence appointments.” Mr. Vlock did not indicate in the January 2004 annual business document that the four references in that document to “Jeanne” were to Ms. Vlock acting on behalf of Vlock and Hammond. Nor did Mr. Vlock refer in the January 2004 annual business document to “Jeanne” in such a way as to establish that, if and when Ms. Vlock were to perform services for Mr. Vlock's insurance business, she would be acting on behalf of Vlock and Hammond.
Mr. Vlock did not refer to Vlock and Hammond or to Ms. Vlock in the January 2005 annual business document. In that document, Mr. Vlock set forth goals and objectives for Mr. Vlock, Richard Ness, and a person identified in that document as “Jess”. In the January 2005 annual business document, Mr. Vlock also set forth analyses of the strengths and weaknesses of, the opportunities for, and the threats to Mr. Vlock and Richard Ness. In that document, Mr. Vlock did not assign any tasks or goals to Vlock and Hammond or to Ms. Vlock acting on behalf of Vlock and Hammond and did not indicate that Vlock and Hammond or Ms. Vlock acting on behalf of Vlock and Hammond was to assist Mr. Vlock, Richard Ness, or “Jess” in achieving any of the goals and objectives that Mr. Vlock set forth in that document for each of them.
During 2003, an unidentified individual prepared two docu- ments (business potential documents), each of which was entitled “ASSESS YOUR BUSINESS POTENTIAL REPPORT [sic] - 2003, JOE VLOCK, CLU, CHFC/VLOCK & HAMMOND”. Each of those titles contained the only reference to Vlock and Hammond in each of those documents. Each of the business potential documents contained several statements that were addressed directly to Mr. Vlock, including the following:
Joe, here is my summary of your needs for coaching and activities to go to the next level. All of these actions and systems could be set up through customized coaching.
OVERVIEW OF ACTIONS NEEDED AND YOUR COACHING NEEDS
Clear Goals: for 1 year and 1 quarter Clear Marketing Systems: Target market busi- ness/estate, build strong client centers of Influence, use your speaking skills.
Better staff utilization: train Jean [4] to be your marketing coordinator. Polish your office systems: have less ser- vice interruptions. Better time management: plan and coordinate your day, week, and month; deal with your time wasters. Get out of your comfort zone: stay “focused” on your insurance business. Increase your sales activity and case size through target marketing. Joe, good things are ahead for you and your staff. You can go to the next level. The reference to “Jean” in the above-quoted statement was the only reference to Ms. Vlock in each of the business potential documents. The author of each of those documents did not indi- cate therein that each such reference was to Ms. Vlock acting on behalf of Vlock and Hammond. Nor did the author refer in either of the business potential reports to Ms. Vlock in such a way as to establish that, if and when Ms. Vlock were to perform services for Mr. Vlock's insurance business, she would be acting on behalf of Vlock and Hammond.
Petitioners filed Form 1040, U.S. Individual Income Tax Return, for each of their taxable years 2003 (2003 return), 2004 (2004 return), and 2005 (2005 return). Frank Pechacek (Mr. Pechacek), an attorney at the firm of Willson & Pechacek, P.L.C., prepared each of those returns for petitioners. 5 Petitioners attached to each of the 2003 return, the 2004 return, and the 2005 return Schedule C, Profit or Loss From Business (Schedule C). In each of those schedules, Mr. Vlock reported income derived from, and claimed expenses with respect to, Mr. Vlock's insurance business.
In Schedule C that petitioners attached to the 2003 return (2003 Schedule C), Mr. Vlock claimed the following expenses, inter alia, with respect to Mr. Vlock's insurance business:
Description Amount
Rent--Dodge Street office $20,096
Wages 47,246
Contract labor 5,920
Management services 120,000
The amount that Mr. Vlock claimed as a deduction for contract
labor in the 2003 Schedule C included a total of $3,600 that Mr.
Vlock reported as nonemployee compensation in respective Forms 1099-MISC for taxable year 2003 that he issued to petitioners' daughters Sarina and Jennifer (collectively, Vlock daughters). In those respective forms, Mr. Vlock claimed that he paid as “Nonemployee compensation” $1,400 and $2,200 to Sarina and Jennifer, respectively.
In Schedule C that petitioners attached to the 2004 return (2004 Schedule C), Mr. Vlock claimed the following expenses, inter alia, with respect to Mr. Vlock's insurance business:
Amount
Description
Rent—Dodge Street office $18,972 Wages 37,044 Contract labor 4,000 Management services 120,000
In Schedule C that petitioners attached to the 2005 return (2005 Schedule C), Mr. Vlock claimed the following expenses, inter alia, with respect to Mr. Vlock's insurance business:
Description Amount
Rent--Dodge Street office $20,696
Wages 24,380
Management services 109,000
The respective deductions that petitioners claimed with respect to management services in the 2003 Schedule C, the 2004 Schedule C, and the 2005 Schedule C represented the respective amounts that petitioners claimed that Mr. Vlock paid to Vlock and Hammond during 2003, 2004, and 2005, respectively. Vlock and Hammond As discussed above, Ms. Vlock wanted to help Mr. Vlock with Mr. Vlock's insurance business, and between around mid-2000 and the end of 2001 petitioners agreed that Ms. Vlock was to provide to Mr. Vlock's insurance business certain assistance in marketing that business and servicing some of its clients. However, petitioners wanted Ms. Vlock to do so in a manner that would achieve certain tax-avoidance objectives (discussed below). In an attempt to achieve those objectives, on December 27, 2001, Ms. Vlock incorporated Vlock and Hammond under the laws of the State of Nebraska. From the incorporation of Vlock and Hammond throughout the years at issue, Ms. Vlock was its sole stockholder and its sole director, and the following individuals served as its officers:
Jeanne M. Vlock President and Treasurer
Angela Vlock 6 Vice President
Francis J. Vlock Secretary
One of the tax-avoidance objectives of petitioners in having Ms. Vlock incorporate Vlock and Hammond was that they did not want Ms. Vlock to receive cash wages for the services that she was to perform for Mr. Vlock's insurance business because she would have to report any such wages as income and pay tax on that income. Another tax-avoidance objective of petitioners in having Ms. Vlock incorporate Vlock and Hammond was to have Vlock and Hammond pay virtually all of petitioners' personal living ex- penses with funds which Mr. Vlock was to pay to Vlock and Hammond and for which petitioners were to claim tax deductions.
In an attempt to bolster the chances that they would succeed in achieving their tax-avoidance objectives, petitioners created a paper trail relating to Vlock and Hammond.
The Purported Management Agreement On January 1, 2002, Mr. Vlock and Vlock and Hammond executed a document entitled “MANAGEMENT CONSULTING AGREEMENT” (purported management agreement). Ms. Vlock executed that document on behalf of Vlock and Hammond. The purported management agreement stated in pertinent part: 1. Management Services. [Mr.] Vlock hereby contracts with [Vlock and Hammond] *** to perform management and consulting services in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. [Vlock and Hammond] *** will consult with [Mr.] Vlock concerning matters related to the management and operation of [Mr. Vlock's insurance business] *** , his financial policies, and generally any matter aris- ing out of the business affairs of [Mr.] Vlock. The management services shall include, but not be limited to, advice and services regarding marketing, account- ing, technical and computer support, and personnel matters. The management services regarding personnel matters shall include advice regarding employment control, supervision, hiring and discharge of employees and independent contractors hired by [Mr.] Vlock. [Vlock and Hammond] *** may provide advice with respect to employee benefits and enter into negotia- tions regarding same on behalf of [Mr.] Vlock. [Vlock and Hammond] *** will also provide advice with re- spect to the purchase and/or lease of equipment and supplies relating to [Mr.] Vlock's business. *** 3. Payment to Consulting Company. [Mr.] Vlock shall pay [Vlock and Hammond] *** the sum of $10,000.0 [sic] per month on or before the first day of each month. [Mr.] Vlock shall not be required to pay any other fee or benefit to [Vlock and Hammond] *** for services rendered. [Vlock and Hammond] *** may submit reasonable out-of-pocket expenses from time to time to [Mr.] Vlock which will be reimbursed only upon [Mr.] Vlock['s] approval. 4. Duties of Consulting Company. [Vlock and Hammond] *** shall furnish consulting and management services and render advice to [Mr.] Vlock at all times reasonably requested by [Mr.] Vlock, subject, however, to the following conditions: *** g. [Vlock and Hammond] *** shall provide ade- quate office space, office equipment and furnishings, general liability insurance, all office supplies, adequate office staff, all telephone and reception services, all reason- able subscriptions and all postage, corre- spondence materials and typing services to [Mr.] Vlock.
In arriving at the $10,000 amount stated in section 3 (quoted above) of the purported management agreement, neither Mr. Vlock nor Ms. Vlock consulted an accountant, business manager, or compensation expert. However, Ms. Vlock consulted Mr. Pechacek, the attorney whom petitioners retained for the purpose of assist- ing Ms. Vlock in incorporating Vlock and Hammond and drafting certain documents for it, including, inter alia, the purported management agreement. 7
On October 25, 2005, Mr. Vlock and Vlock and Hammond exe- cuted an amendment (2005 amendment) to the purported management agreement. That amendment reduced the amount stated in section 3 of that purported agreement from $10,000 per month to $7,500 per month.
At the times indicated, 8 Mr. Vlock paid to Vlock and Hammond the following amounts (Mr. Vlock's payments to Vlock and Hammond): 9
Time Amount January 2003 $5,000.00 Feb. 6, 2003 10,000.00 Mar. 4, 2003 10,000.00 Apr. 9, 2003 10,000.00 May 2003 10,000.00 June 10, 2003 10,000.00 July 21, 2003 5,000.00 Sept. 3, 2003 10,000.00 October 2003 10,000.00 November 2003 10,000.00 Nov. 29, 2003 11,100.00 Dec. 6, 2003 10,000.00
2003 Total $111,100.00 Jan. 5, 2004$10,000.00 Feb. 5, 200410,000.00 Mar. 29, 200410,000.00 Apr. 13, 200410,000.00 May 1, 200410,000.00 June 11, 200410,000.00 July 7, 200410,000.00 Aug. 9, 200410,000.00 Sept. 10, 200410,000.00 Nov. 1, 200410,000.00 2004 Total $100,000.00 January 2005 $10,000.00 February 2005 20,000.00 April 2005 10,000.00 May 2005 10,000.00 June 2005 10,000.00 July 2005 5,000.00 August 2005 10,000.00 September 2005 10,000.00 October 2005 10,000.00 November 2005 12,873.33
2005 Total $107,873.33
The Purported Employment Agreement On January 1, 2002, Ms. Vlock and Vlock and Hammond executed a document entitled “EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT” (purported employment agreement). Ms. Vlock executed that document both in her indi- vidual capacity and in her capacity as president of Vlock and Hammond. The purported employment agreement stated in pertinent part:
An Agreement made between Jeanne M. Vlock of Omaha, Nebraska, herein referred to as Employee and Vlock & Hammond, Inc., whose principal place of busi- ness is located at 1729 South 167th Circle, Omaha, Nebraska [petitioners' residence], herein referred to as Employer. *** SECTION 1.
EMPLOYMENT
Employer hereby employs, engages, and hires Em- ployee as an operational supervisor and monitor of a portion of Employer's business, and Employee hereby accepts and agrees to such hiring, engagement and employment, subject to the general supervision and pursuant to the orders, advice and direction of Em- ployer.
Because of certain necessities required for the proper performance of the duties which the Employee must perform for the Employer under this Agreement and because of the benefits and conveniences accruing to the Employer by having the Employee residing on busi- ness premises of the Employer, the Employee shall be required to live in the housing furnished by the Em- ployer on the business premises [petitioners' resi- dence] of the Employer. *** *** SECTION 3.
TERM OF EMPLOYMENT
The term of this Agreement shall be a period of one year, commencing January 1, 2002, and terminating Dec. 31, 2003 [sic], subject however, to prior termina- tion as herein provided. At the expiration date of Dec. 31, 20023 [alteration in original], this Agreement shall be considered renewed for regular periods of one year provided neither party submits a notice of termi- nation. *** SECTION 6.
SPECIFIC DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN DUTIES
While at all times, the Employee will be subject to such additional duties and services as may be re- quired by the Employer, the following are a list of certain specific duties and responsibilities Employee [Ms. Vlock] shall have in performing services for the Employer. The Employee in performing these services shall be on call twenty-four hours a day except for reasonable vacations as the Employer may allow. Duties and responsibilities are to be performed at the loca- tion as directed by the Employer above.
(1) To constantly be present in the area of responsibility to deter and guard against vandalism and theft of equip- ment, tools, buildings, and other prop- erty of the Employer.
(2) To maintain watch over the property of the Employer so as to discover and re- port any damage to any of the Employer's property from wind, fire, freezing, or other catastrophes and to take any other action if possible to minimize said losses.
(3) To be present on the premises so as to immediately detect and report any inter- ruption of electrical service to the facilities of the Employer so as to minimize the possibility of any losses.
(4) To monitor the performance and activi- ties of other Employees of the Employer working on the premises and report to the Employer concerning their activi- ties.
(5) To provide assistance to other Employees of the Employer in case of a breakdown or emergency while operating on the property of the Employer.
(6) To be present to alert other designated Employees of shipments of materials being received by Employer.
The purported employment agreement contained a section entitled “COMPENSATION OF EMPLOYEE” that stated: SECTION 4.
COMPENSATION OF EMPLOYEE
Employer [Vlock and Hammond] shall pay Employee [Ms. Vlock] and Employee shall accept from Employer, in full payment for Employee's services hereunder, minimum compensation at the rate of to be determined later [10]
Dollars ($_______) per year, payable ________. Not- withstanding any language to the contrary, Employer, in its sole discretion, may pay Employee additional com- pensation from time to time. At no time during the years at issue did Ms. Vlock or Vlock and Hammond determine a rate of compensation to be paid to Ms. Vlock as stated in section 4 of the purported employment agreement.
Vlock and Hammond's Board of Directors On January 1, 2002, Vlock and Hammond held a meeting (Janu- ary 1, 2002 meeting) of its board of directors (Vlock and Hammond board), whose only member was Ms. Vlock. The minutes of that meeting stated, inter alia, that the Vlock and Hammond board (1) elected officers of Vlock and Hammond, (2) adopted the bylaws of Vlock and Hammond, (3) designated First Westroads Bank as Vlock and Hammond's depository institution, (4) required that Vlock and Hammond's officers and director use their best efforts to operate Vlock and Hammond in such a manner that stock of Vlock and Hammond would qualify as stock under , section 1244, (5) ac- cepted Ms. Vlock's offer to purchase stock of Vlock and Hammond and issued to her a certificate representing the number of shares that she purchased, (6) made an election under section 248 with respect to Vlock and Hammond's organizational expenses, (7) authorized Ms. Vlock to pay any expenses resulting from the organization of Vlock and Hammond, and (8) adopted a “Nondiscrim- inatory Medical and Dental Reimbursement Plan”. The minutes of the January 1, 2002 meeting did not reflect that the Vlock and Hammond board discussed at that meeting the purported management agreement and the purported employment agreement that Vlock and Hammond had executed on the date of that meeting. Nor did those minutes reflect that the Vlock and Hammond board discussed at that meeting the nature or the extent of the services (1) that the purported management agreement stated Vlock and Hammond was to provide to Mr. Vlock's insurance business and (2) that the purported employment agreement stated Ms. Vlock was to provide to Vlock and Hammond during any of the years at issue.
On November 22, 2003, Vlock and Hammond held a joint meeting of stockholders of Vlock and Hammond and the Vlock and Hammond board (November 22, 2003 meeting). The minutes of that meeting stated, inter alia, that the Vlock and Hammond board elected officers of Vlock and Hammond. Those minutes did not reflect that the Vlock and Hammond board discussed at the November 22, 2003 meeting the purported management agreement or the purported employment agreement. Nor did the minutes of that meeting reflect that the Vlock and Hammond board discussed at that meeting the nature or the extent of the services (1) that the purported management agreement stated Vlock and Hammond was to provide to Mr. Vlock's insurance business and (2) that the purported employment agreement stated Ms. Vlock was to provide to Vlock and Hammond during any of the years at issue. The minutes of the November 22, 2003 meeting did not reflect that the Vlock and Hammond board discussed at that meeting that during 2003 Mr. Vlock had failed to pay, or had paid late, certain of the amounts stated in section 3 of the purported management agreement.
On November 16, 2004, Vlock and Hammond held a joint meeting of stockholders of Vlock and Hammond and the Vlock and Hammond board (November 16, 2004 meeting). The minutes of that meeting stated, inter alia, that the Vlock and Hammond board elected officers of Vlock and Hammond. Those minutes did not reflect that the Vlock and Hammond board discussed at the November 16, 2004 meeting the purported management agreement or the purported employment agreement. Nor did the minutes of that meeting reflect that the Vlock and Hammond board discussed at that meeting the nature or the extent of the services (1) that the purported management agreement stated Vlock and Hammond was to provide to Mr. Vlock's insurance business and (2) that the purported employment agreement stated Ms. Vlock was to provide to Vlock and Hammond during any of the years at issue. The minutes of the November 16, 2004 meeting did not reflect that the Vlock and Hammond board discussed at that meeting that during 2004 Mr. Vlock had failed to pay, or had paid late, certain of the amounts stated in section 3 of the purported management agreement or the purported employment agreement.
On October 25, 2005, Vlock and Hammond held a joint meeting of stockholders of Vlock and Hammond and the Vlock and Hammond board (October 25, 2005 meeting). The minutes of that meeting stated, inter alia, that the Vlock and Hammond board elected officers of Vlock and Hammond. Those minutes did not reflect that the Vlock and Hammond board discussed at the October 25, 2005 meeting the purported management agreement or the purported employment agreement. Nor did the minutes of that meeting reflect that the Vlock and Hammond board discussed at that meeting the 2005 amendment that Vlock and Hammond had executed on the date of that meeting. The minutes of the October 25, 2005 meeting did not reflect that the Vlock and Hammond board dis- cussed at that meeting the nature or the extent of the services (1) that the purported management agreement stated Vlock and Hammond was to provide to Mr. Vlock's insurance business and (2) that the purported employment agreement stated Ms. Vlock was to provide to Vlock and Hammond during any of the years at issue. Nor did those minutes reflect that the Vlock and Hammond board discussed at that meeting that during 2005 Mr. Vlock had failed to pay, or had paid late, certain of the amounts stated in section 3 of the purported management agreement.
Certain Payments Made by Vlock and Hammond Consistent with petitioners' tax-avoidance objectives, Vlock and Hammond (1) did not pay at any time during any of the years at issue any cash wages to Ms. Vlock 11 and (2) paid during each of those years virtually all of petitioners' personal living expenses with funds which Mr. Vlock paid to Vlock and Hammond and for which petitioners claimed tax deductions. 12
Certain Payments Made by Vlock and Hammond Relating to Petitioners' Residence On January 1, 2002, Vlock and Hammond and petitioners executed a document entitled “REAL ESTATE CONTRACT-INSTALLMENTS” (real estate installment document). That document stated in pertinent part:
IT IS AGREED this 1st day of January, 2002, by and between F. Joseph Vlock and Jeanne M. Vlock, husband and wife, of the County of Douglas, State of Iowa Nebraska [alteration in original], Sellers; and Vlock & Hammond, Inc. of the County of Douglas, State of IowaNebraska [alteration in original], Buyers; That the Sellers, as in this contract provided, agree to sell to the Buyers, and the Buyers in consid- eration of the premises, hereby agree with the Sellers to purchase the following described real estate situ- ated in the County of Douglas, State of IowaNebraska [alteration in original] to-wit: Lot Twenty-five (25), Pacific Heights Replat I, a Subdivision in Douglas County, Nebraska [petitioners' residence] *** upon the terms and conditions following: 1. TOTAL PURCHASE PRICE. The Buyers agree to pay for said property the total of $290,000.00 due and payable *** as follows: *** The sum of $2,941.00, principal and interest, per month, commencing with the first payment due on Febru- ary 1, 2002, in the sum of $2,941.00, principal and interest, on the first day of each and every month thereafter until all principal and interest is paid in full. Interest shall accrue at the rate of 9% per annum. Buyer shall have the option to prepay in full or in part at any time without penalty. The real estate installment document was filed with the Recorder of Deeds for Omaha, Nebraska. At no time did petitioners execute a deed in favor of Vlock and Hammond with respect to petitioners' residence. Petitioners continued to reside in petitioners' residence after executing the real estate installment document. 13
When petitioners and Vlock and Hammond executed the real estate installment document, petitioners' residence was subject to a mortgage held by CitiMortgage. At no time did petitioners notify CitiMortgage that they had executed the real estate installment document.
Vlock and Hammond did not make all of the monthly payments to petitioners that the real estate installment document stated it was to make. Instead, Vlock and Hammond paid to petitioners the following amounts on the dates indicated: (25), Pacific Heights Replat I, a Subdivision, as surveyed, platted and recorded in Douglas County, Nebraska [petitioners' residence] The warranty deed was recorded with the Recorder of Deeds in Omaha, Nebraska. Peabody Title & Escrow Co. prepared a “SELLER'S CLOSING STATEMENT” that identified petitioners as the sellers of petitioners' residence and indicated that, after accounting for all necessary adjustments, petitioners received $179,008.94 in cash from the sale of petitioners' residence.
Date Amount Apr. 10, 2003 $8,823 July 6, 2003 11,764 Sept. 5, 2003 5,882 Oct. 7, 2003 2,941 Nov. 4, 2003 2,941 Dec. 9, 2003 2,941
2003 Total $35,292
Jan. 4, 2004 $2,941
Feb. 4, 2004 2,941
Apr. 12, 2004 5,882
June 10, 2004 5,882
July 14, 2004 2,941
Aug. 8, 2004 2,941
Sept. 10, 2004 2,941
Oct. 14, 2004 2,941
Nov. 6, 2004 2,941
2004 Total $32,351
Jan. 4, 2005 $2,941
Feb. 10, 2005 5,882
Mar. 16, 2005 2,996
Apr. 16, 2005 2,996
May 17, 2005 2,996
June 16, 2005 2,996
July 15, 2005 2,996
Aug. 6, 2005 2,996
Sept. 13, 2005 2,996
Oct. 5, 2005 2,996
Nov. 10, 2005 2,996
Dec. 14, 2005 2,996
2005 Total $38,783 (We shall refer to the foregoing amounts that Vlock and Hammond paid to petitioners as the real estate installment document payments.)
In addition to the payments described above, during each of the years at issue Vlock and Hammond paid virtually all of the expenses relating to petitioners' residence. Those expenses included the following amounts that Vlock and Hammond paid during the years indicated for expenses for real property taxes, repairs and improvements (e.g., a sprinkler system, pest management, a refrigerator and other appliances, hardware and other supplies, plumbers and other home repairmen, carpet cleaning, and contrac- tors), housecleaning services, landscaping services, bottled water service, and all utilities (i.e., electric, gas, water, and sewer service, cable television and Internet access, and tele- phone service):
Amount Paid During
Category 2003 2004 2005
Real property taxes $3,484.46 $3,592.96 $4,113.76
Repairs and improvements
Sprinkler system 2,300.00 -- --
Pest management -- 96.30 --
Appliances 75.29 549.68 263.79
Hardware and supplies 658.67 1,523.33 --
Repairmen 2,350.00 424.59 --
Carpet cleaning 317.79 347.75 342.40
Contractors -- 690.00 --
Other items 767.40 487.46 256.22
Housecleaning services -- 150.00 285.00
Landscaping services 246.99 1,228.76 1,650.38
Bottled water service 114.37 8.56 162.20
Utilities
Electric 1,978.68 1,345.12 1,353.33
Gas, water, and sewer 1,540.39 1,667.77 1,611.05
Cable television and
Internet access 358.98 1,160.14 1,490.58
Telephone service 889.86 369.10 --
(We shall refer to the foregoing amounts that Vlock and Hammond
paid for virtually all of the expenses relating to petitioners'
residence as the personal residence expenses.)
During 2003, 2004, and 2005, Vlock and Hammond paid $1,320.98, $1,114.09, and $862.63, respectively, for that service. (We shall refer to the foregoing amounts that Vlock and Hammond paid for cellular telephone service as the cellular telephone expenses).
Certain Payments Made by Vlock and Hammond Relating to Food During each of the years at issue, Ms. Vlock purchased food at area grocery stores, including, inter alia, Bakers Grocery Store, Albertsons Grocery Store, and Hy Vee Grocery Store. During each of those years, Vlock and Hammond reimbursed Ms. Vlock for the purchases of food that she made during each such year. Ms. Vlock used the food for which Vlock and Hammond paid to prepare meals for her family and friends. During 2003, 2004, and 2005, Vlock and Hammond reimbursed Ms. Vlock $5,958.20, $6,254.54, and $7,629.02, respectively, for the food that she purchased during those years. (We shall refer to the foregoing amounts that Vlock and Hammond reimbursed Ms. Vlock for food that she purchased as the reimbursed food expenses.) Certain Payments Made by Vlock and Hammond Relating to Medical and Dental Expenses On January 1, 2002, Vlock and Hammond and Ms. Vlock executed a document entitled “NONDISCRIMINATORY MEDICAL AND DENTAL REIM- BURSEMENT PLAN”. That document stated in pertinent part: the Corporation [Vlock and Hammond] agrees to reimburse you [Ms. Vlock] for all reasonable medical and dental expenses up to the sum of $25,000.00 in any fiscal year *** which you [Ms. Vlock] and/or members of your immediate family may incur, except such expenses which are covered and are reimbursable to you from any medi- cal, dental, health and/or accident insurance policy insuring you and/or members of your immediate family.
During each of the years at issue, Vlock and Hammond reim- bursed Ms. Vlock for the amounts that petitioners paid as (1) premiums for a health insurance plan issued by New York Life to Mr. Vlock (NYL health plan) that he maintained to cover himself and his family, (2) copayments to health care providers pursuant to the NYL health plan, and (3) premiums for two long- term care insurance plans covering Mr. Vlock and two such plans covering Ms. Vlock. 14 (We shall refer collectively to the fore- going amounts that Vlock and Hammond reimbursed Ms. Vlock as the reimbursed medical expenses.) Certain Payments Made by Vlock and Hammond Relating to Educational Expenses On January 1, 2003, Vlock and Hammond adopted a document entitled “Educational Assistance Plan” (educational assistance document). That document stated in pertinent part:
Article II -- Definitions *** 2.03 “Benefits” means the direct payment or reimburse- ment of Covered Costs incurred by a Participant for Educational Courses. *** 2.05 “Covered Costs” means the tuition, fees and similar payments and the cost of books paid for or incurred by a Participant in taking an Educational Course. *** 2.06 “Educational Course” means any course taken by a Participant at an Accredited Institution, except for a course that instructs the Participant in any sport, game or hobby. *** 2.12 “Participant” means any Employee or Former Em- ployee who has satisfied the eligibility requirements of Section 3.01. *** Article III -- Eligibility 3.01 Every Employee who has completed one Year of Service on the effective date of the Plan and every Former Employee shall automatically become a Partici- pant in the Plan on that date. Each other Employee shall become a Participant in the Plan on the first day of the Plan Year after he has completed one Year of Service. *** Article IV -- Benefits 4.01 Every Participant in the Plan shall be eligible to receive Benefits under the Plan for Covered Costs incurred by the Participant, subject to the limitations of Article V. *** Article V -- Limitations on Benefits *** 5.05 A Participant may not receive more than $5,250 in Benefits under the Plan for the year in accordance with Code Section 127(a). *** Article VII -- Named Fiduciary and Plan Administrator 7.01 Jeanne M. Vlock is hereby designated as the Plan Administrator and Named Fiduciary *** .
During none of Vlock and Hammond's taxable years ended November 30, 2003, 2004, and 2005, was Sarina an employee or a former employee of Vlock and Hammond as defined in the educa- tional assistance document. As a result, Sarina was not eligible during any of those years to receive any benefits under that document. Nonetheless, Vlock and Hammond paid to Sarina $5,250, $5,250, and $5,000 during its taxable years ended November 30, 2003, 2004, and 2005, respectively. 15 (We shall refer to the foregoing amounts that Vlock and Hammond paid to Sarina for tuition and other educational expenses as the educational assis- tance expenses.) Certain Payments Made by Vlock and Hammond Relating to Petitioners' Automobiles On January 1, 2002, petitioners executed a document entitled “INSTALLMENT SALE AGREEMENT” (Lexus sale document). That docu- ment stated:
The undersigned does hereby sell and transfer to Vlock & Hammond, Inc. all of their right, title and interest to the following: 1. 1996 Lexus automobile
2. Price: $20,000.00
3. Interest Rate: 10%
4. Number of Payments: 36 $645.00 [16] 5. Monthly Payment Amount:
DATED: January 1, 2002.
From January 1, 2002, through around the summer of 2005, Mr.
Vlock was the primary user of the 1996 Lexus automobile.
During
that time, Mr. Vlock used that automobile for both business and
personal purposes.
On December 1, 2002, petitioners executed another document entitled “INSTALLMENT SALE AGREEMENT” (Suburban sale document). 17 That document stated:
The undersigned does hereby sell and transfer to Vlock & Hammond, Inc. all of their right, title and interest to the following: 1. 1999 Suburban automobile 2. Price: $20,000.00 3. Interest Rate: 10% 4. Number of Payments: 36 5. Annual Payment Amount: $8,042.30, due on January 1, 2004, January 1, 2005 and January 1, 2006 [18] DATED: December 1, 2002. During the years at issue, Ms. Vlock was the primary user of the 1999 Suburban automobile. During those years, Ms. Vlock used that automobile for both business and personal purposes.
On July 1, 2005, Vlock and Hammond purchased a 1999 Lexus automobile for $19,500. From July 1, 2005, through the end of 2005, Mr. Vlock was the primary user of that automobile. 19
Vlock and Hammond's Tax Returns Vlock and Hammond filed Form 1120, U.S. Corporation Income Tax Return (Form 1120), for its taxable years ended November 30, 2003 (11/30/03 corporate return), November 30, 2004 (11/30/04 corporate return), and November 30, 2005 (11/30/05 corporate return). During each of those taxable years, Vlock and Hammond derived all of its gross receipts from payments that Mr. Vlock made to Vlock and Hammond during each such year. In its Forms 1120 for its taxable years ended November 30, 2003 through 2005,
Vlock and Hammond reported the following amounts as gross re- ceipts for the year indicated: 20
Taxable Year Ended Amount Nov. 30, 2003 $120,000
1
Nov. 30, 2004 120,100
Nov. 30, 2005 109,000
In its Forms 1120 for its taxable years ended November 30, 2003 through 2005, Vlock and Hammond claimed deductions for each of those years for, inter alia, the personal residence expenses, the cellular telephone expenses, the reimbursed food expenses, the reimbursed medical expenses, and the educational assistance expenses, as follows: 20
See supra note 9.
Deductions Claimed for the Taxable Year Ended Description 11/30/03 11/30/04 11/30/05 Reimbursed medical expenses $4,595 $6,873 $997 Other expenses Insurance — 3,698 929 Real property taxes 3,484 3,592 4,114 Repairs and maintenance 3,972 4,335 2,061 Telephone 1,240 457 — Utilities 3,746 4,115 4,894 Janitorial 450 — — Interest included in real estate installment document payments 24,968 23,999 22,940 Educational assistance expenses 5,250 5,250 5,000 Reimbursed food expenses 5,681 5,463 8,481 Cellular telephone expenses 1,327 941 1,145
Vlock and Hammond attached Form 4562, Depreciation and Amortization, to the 11/30/03 corporate return, the 11/30/04 corporate return, and the 11/30/05 corporate return. In those forms, Vlock and Hammond claimed the following depreciation deductions and section 179 expenses with respect to, inter alia, petitioners' residence, certain of the personal residence ex- penses, the 1996 Lexus automobile, the 1999 Lexus automobile, and the 1999 Suburban automobile:
Amount Claimed for
the Taxable Year Ended
Description 11/30/03 11/30/04 11/30/05
<1> 2
Section 179 expense deduction $22,975 -- $2,960
MACRS deductions for assets
placed in service in prior
<3> <3> 3
tax years 12,451 $11,856
11,481
Listed property 4 4,900 2,950 1,152
<1>
The sec. 179 expense deduction claimed in the 11/30/03
corporate return consisted of claimed expenses of $20,000 for the
1999 Suburban automobile, $1,800 that Vlock and Hammond paid for
a sprinkler system installed at petitioners' residence, and
$1,175 described as "DOORS".
<2>
The sec. 179 expense deduction claimed in the 11/30/05
corporate return was with respect to the 1999 Lexus automobile.
<3>
The MACRS deductions claimed in the 11/30/03, 11/30/04, and
11/30/05 corporate returns included $10,544 that Vlock and
Hammond claimed as depreciation on petitioners' residence.
<4>
The listed property deduction represented depreciation on
the 1996 Lexus automobile that Vlock and Hammond claimed it used
for business purposes 100 percent of the time.
During the summer of 2005, Vlock and Hammond sold the 1996 Lexus automobile to petitioners' daughter Sarina. Vlock and Hammond reported that sale in Form 4797, Sales of Business Property (Form 4797), that it attached to the 11/30/05 corporate return, as follows:
Amount
Description 1
Gross sales price $5,000 Depreciation allowed or allowable since acquisition 9,002 Cost or other basis, plus improvements and expense of sale 20,000 Gain or (loss) (5,998)In the 11/30/05 corporate return, Vlock and Hammond did not report any amount as recapture of depreciation with respect to the sale of the 1996 Lexus automobile to Sarina.
Vlock and Hammond attached Schedule L, Balance Sheets per Books, to the 11/30/03 corporate return, the 11/30/04 corporate return, and the 11/30/05 corporate return. In each of those schedules, Vlock and Hammond reported the following total amounts of loans to stockholders outstanding at the beginning and end of each of those taxable years:
Loan Balance at Loan Balance
Beginning of Year at End of Year
Taxable Year Ended
Nov. 30, 2003 $2,315 $17,001
Nov. 30, 2004 17,001 41,476
Nov. 30, 2005 41,476 26,268
Respondent's Examinations of
Petitioners and Vlock and Hammond
In June 2006, respondent commenced an examination of (1) petitioners' taxable years 2003 through 2005 and (2) Vlock and Hammond's taxable years ended November 30, 2003 through 2005.
On February 13, 2007, respondent sent to Vlock and Hammond two letters (no-change letters), one pertaining to its two taxable years ended November 30, 2003 and 2004, and the other pertaining to its taxable year ended November 30, 2005. In each of those letters, respondent notified Vlock and Hammond that respondent had “completed the examination of your tax return for the year(s)” to which each letter pertained and that respondent “made no changes to your reported tax” for those years.
On March 22, 2007, respondent issued to petitioners a notice of deficiency with respect to their taxable years 2003 through 2005 (2003-2005 notice). In that notice, respondent determined, inter alia, (1) that the payments that Mr. Vlock made to Vlock and Hammond during each of those years and for which petitioners claimed a deduction for each such year are not deductible under section 162(a) for each of those years 21 and (2) that the amounts that Mr. Vlock paid to the Vlock daughters during 2003 are not deductible under section 162(a) for that year. In the 2003-2005 notice, respondent also determined that petitioners are liable for each of their taxable years at issue for the accuracy-related penalty under section 6662(a).
OPINION
Petitioners bear the burden of proving that the determina- tions in the 2003-2005 notice that remain at issue are erroneous. 22 See Rule 142(a); Welch v. Helvering, 290 U.S. 111, 115 [12 AFTR 1456] (1933).
Before turning to the issues presented, we shall address the testimonial evidence on which petitioners rely to satisfy their burden of proof with respect to each of those issues. 23 That testimonial evidence consists of the respective testimonies of Mr. Vlock and Ms. Vlock.
We found the testimony of Mr. Vlock to be in certain mate- rial respects questionable, vague, self-serving, and/or evasive. We shall not rely on Mr. Vlock's testimony to establish petitioners' respective positions with respect to the issues to which that testimony pertained.
During Ms. Vlock's testimony, she acknowledged that peti- tioners had the following tax-avoidance objectives in having her incorporate Vlock and Hammond: (1) Petitioners did not want Ms. Vlock to receive cash wages for the services that she was to perform for Mr. Vlock's insurance business because she would have to report any such wages as income and pay tax on that income, and (2) petitioners wanted Vlock and Hammond to pay virtually all of petitioners' personal living expenses with funds which Mr. Vlock was to pay to Vlock and Hammond and for which petitioners were to claim tax deductions. We found the remaining testimony of Ms. Vlock to be in certain material respects questionable, vague, and/or self-serving. We shall not rely on Ms. Vlock's remaining testimony to establish petitioners' respective posi- tions with respect to the issues to which that testimony per- tained. Claimed Deductions for Mr. Vlock's Payments at Issue to Vlock and Hammond It is the position of petitioners that Mr. Vlock's payments to Vlock and Hammond during each of the years at issue are deductible under section 162(a) for each of those years. In support of that position, petitioners argue that respondent may not deny them the deductions that they are claiming for those payments because when respondent issued the no-change letters to Vlock and Hammond, respondent acknowledged that those payments are income to Vlock and Hammond and that therefore they are deductible by petitioners.
We reject petitioners' argument about the no-change letters that respondent issued to Vlock and Hammond. Those no-change letters did not contain a determination by respondent that Mr. Vlock's payments to Vlock and Hammond during each of the years at issue are includible in Vlock and Hammond's income. 24 In the no- change letters in question, respondent notified Vlock and Hammond that respondent had “completed the examination of your tax return” and “made no changes to your reported tax.” 24
See Miller v. Commissioner, T.C. Memo. 2001-55 [TC Memo 2001-55].
Respondent could have made changes to Vlock and Hammond's taxable years ended November 30, 2003 through 2005, even after respondent issued to Vlock and Hammond the respective no-change letters in question pertaining to those taxable years. 25 We conclude that petitioners may not rely on those no-change letters to establish that Mr. Vlock's payments to Vlock and Hammond during each of the years at issue are includible in Vlock and Hammond's income, let alone that respondent had determined that those payments are deductible by petitioners for each of those years. 26
In further support of their position that Mr. Vlock's payments to Vlock and Hammond during each of the years at issue are deductible under section 162(a) for each of those years, petitioners argue that (1) after acquiring the additional cli- ents, Mr. Vlock decided that he needed additional assistance in order to maintain and improve Mr. Vlock's insurance business;
(2) Ms. Vlock incorporated Vlock and Hammond for the purpose of providing that assistance to Mr. Vlock's insurance business; (3) during each of the years at issue, Vlock and Hammond, pursu- ant to the purported management agreement, provided to Mr. Vlock's insurance business certain assistance with respect to marketing and client servicing; (4) during each of the years at issue, Mr. Vlock made Mr. Vlock's payments to Vlock and Hammond in exchange for Vlock and Hammond's services; and (5) the amount that Mr. Vlock paid to Vlock and Hammond during each of the years at issue for its services was reasonable.
It is the position of respondent that Mr. Vlock's payments to Vlock and Hammond during each of the years at issue are not deductible under section 162(a) for each of those years. 27 That is because, according to respondent, during the years at issue:
Joseph Vlock and Vlock and Hammond, Inc. *** executed a management contract whereby Mr. Vlock paid $10,000 a month (2003, 2004 and most of 2005, and later reduced to $7,500 a month in October 2005) for alleged manage- ment and consulting services.
Petitioners deducted the management fees Joseph Vlock paid to Vlock and Hammond, Inc. in the amounts of $120,000 (2003 and 2004) and $109,000 (2005) on their income tax returns. Vlock and Hammond, Inc. utilized Mr. Vlock's payments as a source of funds to pay peti- tioners personal living expenses *** .
Petitioners planned this transaction to create a device to deduct their personal living expenses. Mr. Vlock's payments to Vlock and Hammond, Inc. are not deductible business expenses. In order to carry their burden of proving that Mr. Vlock's payments to Vlock and Hammond during each of the years at issue are deductible under section 162(a) for each of those years, petitioners must show that those payments are ordinary and necessary expenses paid or incurred during the taxable year in carrying on any trade or business. See sec. 162(a). In order to establish that Mr. Vlock's payments to Vlock and Hammond during each of the years at issue are ordinary and necessary expenses for each of those years, petitioners must show that those pay- ments (1) constituted “salaries or other compensation for per- sonal services actually rendered”, sec. 1.162-7(a), Income Tax In order to establish Regs., and (2) were reasonable, see id. that Mr. Vlock's payments to Vlock and Hammond during each of the years at issue were compensation for services that Vlock and Hammond in fact rendered to Mr. Vlock's insurance business, petitioners must show that Mr. Vlock made those payments during each of those years for services that Vlock and Hammond, not Ms. Vlock in her individual capacity, in fact rendered to that business. In order to establish that Mr. Vlock's payments to Vlock and Hammond during each of the years at issue were reason- able, petitioners must show that those payments during each of those years constituted “only such amount as would ordinarily be paid for like services by like enterprises under like circum- stances.” Sec. 1.162-7(b)(3), Income Tax Regs.
In an attempt to establish that during each of the years at issue Vlock and Hammond in fact rendered services to Mr. Vlock's insurance business, petitioners rely on the respective testimo- nies of Mr. Vlock and Ms. Vlock and certain documentary evidence. As we stated above, we shall not accept those testimonies to establish petitioners' contention that during each of the years at issue Vlock and Hammond in fact performed services for Mr. Vlock's insurance business. With respect to the documentary evidence on which petitioners rely, that evidence includes the purported management agreement, the purported employment agree- ment, the Vlock insurance business annual business documents, and the business potential documents.
We turn first to the purported management agreement. The purported management agreement is a self-serving attempt by petitioners to create a paper trail to bolster the chances that they would succeed in achieving their tax-avoidance objectives. Petitioners have not shown that that purported agreement has any economic reality beyond tax planning. On the record before us, we find that the purported management agreement does not estab- lish that during each of the years at issue Mr. Vlock made Mr. Vlock's payments to Vlock and Hammond for services that Vlock and Hammond in fact rendered during each of those years to Mr. Vlock's insurance business under that purported agreement.
We turn next to the purported employment agreement. That agreement is another self-serving attempt by petitioners to create a paper trail to bolster the chances that they would succeed in achieving their tax-avoidance objectives. Petitioners have not shown that that purported agreement has any economic reality beyond tax planning. On the record before us, we find that the purported employment agreement does not establish that during each of the years at issue Ms. Vlock performed any ser- vices for Vlock and Hammond under that purported agreement.
We turn next to the Vlock insurance business annual business documents on which petitioners rely. The December 2002 annual business document second page was entitled “JOE VLOCK 2002 BUSINESS PLAN, PERFORMED BY VLOCK/HAMMOND” and stated:
Specific Goals for 2002
1. Chairman's Council
2. Recreation Time (Family)
3. Education
4. Consistent Growth
5. Prioritize Phone List 6. Keep Notes in File Neat/Clean up Files 7. Workable Plan 8. Creative Time 9. Time Management The December 2002 annual business document second page was the only page on which Mr. Vlock referred in the December 2002 annual business document to “VLOCK/HAMMOND”. 28 We believe that Mr. Vlock's inclusion of “VLOCK/HAMMOND” in the title of the December 2002 annual business document second page was a part of petition- ers' effort to create a paper trail to bolster the chances that they would succeed in achieving their tax-avoidance objectives. In the December 2002 annual business document, Mr. Vlock did not set forth any specific goals that he expected Vlock and Hammond to accomplish, or any specific tasks that he expected Vlock and Hammond to perform, with respect to Mr. Vlock's insurance busi- ness. 29 On the record before us, we find that the December 2002 annual business document does not establish that during any of the years at issue Vlock and Hammond in fact rendered services to Mr. Vlock's insurance business. 28
See supra note 3.
In the January 2004 annual business document, Mr. Vlock did not refer to Vlock and Hammond. Instead, Mr. Vlock referred in that document to “Jeanne” (i.e., Ms. Vlock) the following four times: (1) In a section entitled "Opportunities”, Mr. Vlock stated that “Jeanne is committed to co-ordinate all marketing and case preparation and public relations with clients”; (2) in a section entitled "Threats”, Mr. Vlock asked: “Can Joe & Jeanne work together”; and (3) in a section entitled "Key Strategies for Planning Year”, Mr. Vlock stated (a) that he was to "Spend 2-3 hours with Jeanne coordinating monthly seminars, case presenta- tions and client appreciation workshops”, and (b) "Jeanne to coordinate center of influence appointments.” Mr. Vlock did not indicate in the January 2004 annual business document that the four references in that document to “Jeanne” were to Ms. Vlock acting on behalf of Vlock and Hammond. Nor did Mr. Vlock refer in the January 2004 annual business document to “Jeanne” in such a way as to establish that, if and when Ms. Vlock were to perform services for Mr. Vlock's insurance business, she would be acting on behalf of Vlock and Hammond. On the record before us, we find that the January 2004 annual business document does not establish that during any of the years at issue Vlock and Hammond in fact rendered services to Mr. Vlock's insurance business. In fact, that document tends to show that during 2004 Ms. Vlock performed services for Mr. Vlock's insurance business in her individual capacity, and not on behalf of Vlock and Hammond. 30
In the January 2005 annual business document, Mr. Vlock did not refer to Vlock and Hammond or to Ms. Vlock. In that docu- ment, Mr. Vlock set forth goals and objectives for Mr. Vlock, Richard Ness, and a person identified in that document as “Jess”. In the January 2005 annual business document, Mr. Vlock also set forth analyses of the strengths and weaknesses of, the opportuni- ties for, and the threats to Mr. Vlock and Richard Ness. In that document, Mr. Vlock did not assign any tasks or goals to Vlock and Hammond or to Ms. Vlock acting on behalf of Vlock and Hammond and did not indicate that Vlock and Hammond or Ms. Vlock acting on behalf of Vlock and Hammond was to assist Mr. Vlock, Richard Ness, or “Jess” in achieving any of the goals and objectives that Mr. Vlock set forth in that document for each of them. On the record before us, we find that the January 2005 annual business document does not establish that during any of the years at issue Vlock and Hammond in fact rendered services to Mr. Vlock's insurance business.
We turn finally to the business potential documents on which petitioners rely to establish that during each of the years at issue Vlock and Hammond in fact rendered services to Mr. Vlock's insurance business. Both of those documents were entitled “ASSESS YOUR BUSINESS POTENTIAL REPPORT [sic] - 2003, JOE VLOCK, CLU, CHFC/VLOCK & HAMMOND”. Each of those titles contained the only reference to Vlock and Hammond in each of those documents. Each of the business potential documents contained several statements that were addressed directly to Mr. Vlock, including the following:
Joe, here is my summary of your needs for coaching and activities to go to the next level. All of these actions and systems could be set up through customized coaching.
OVERVIEW OF ACTIONS NEEDED AND YOUR COACHING NEEDS
Clear Goals: for 1 year and 1 quarter Clear Marketing Systems: Target market busi- ness/estate, build strong client centers of Influence, use your speaking skills.
Better staff utilization: train Jean [31] to be your marketing coordinator. Polish your office systems: have less ser- vice interruptions. Better time management: plan and coordinate your day, week, and month; deal with your time wasters. 31 See supra note 4. Get out of your comfort zone: stay “focused” on your insurance business. Increase your sales activity and case size through target marketing. Joe, good things are ahead for you and your staff. You can go to the next level. The reference to “Jean” in the above-quoted statement was the only reference to Ms. Vlock in each of the business potential documents. The author of each of those documents did not indi- cate therein that each such reference was to Ms. Vlock acting on behalf of Vlock and Hammond. Nor did the author refer in either of the business potential reports to Ms. Vlock in such a way as to establish that, if and when Ms. Vlock were to perform services for Mr. Vlock's insurance business, she would be acting on behalf of Vlock and Hammond.
Except for the title of each of the business potential documents that referred to Vlock and Hammond, none of those documents suggests that the author of each of those documents, who is not identified in the record, understood that Mr. Vlock was using, or intended to use, the services of Vlock and Hammond to achieve the goals and objectives identified in those docu- ments. Moreover, we doubt that that author was the individual who included the reference to Vlock and Hammond in each of those titles. We believe that petitioners may have altered the title of each of the business potential documents to include a refer- ence to Vlock and Hammond in order to bolster the chances that they would succeed in achieving their tax-avoidance objectives. On the record before us, we find that the business potential documents do not establish that during any of the years at issue Vlock and Hammond in fact rendered services to Mr. Vlock's insurance business. In fact, those documents tend to show that during 2003 Ms. Vlock performed services for Mr. Vlock's insur- ance business in her individual capacity, and not on behalf of Vlock and Hammond.
Based upon our examination of the entire record before us, we find that petitioners have failed to carry their burden of establishing that during each of the years at issue Vlock and Hammond in fact rendered services to Mr. Vlock's insurance business. On that record, we further find that petitioners have failed to carry their burden of establishing that Mr. Vlock's payments to Vlock and Hammond during each of those years consti- tuted compensation for services that Vlock and Hammond in fact rendered to Mr. Vlock's insurance business. See sec. 1.162-7(a), Income Tax Regs. On the record before us, we further find that petitioners have failed to carry their burden of establishing that Mr. Vlock's payments to Vlock and Hammond during each of the years at issue are ordinary and necessary expenses paid or incurred during each of those years in carrying on Mr. Vlock's insurance business. 32 See sec. 162(a). On that record, we find that petitioners have failed to carry their burden of establish- “calculated about 50- to $60,000 to hire a full-time person with a tremendous amount of knowledge, and that's without benefits, and then included rent, supplies, utilities, things such as that that I'd have to provide.” Petitioners have failed to carry their burden of establishing that during each of the years at issue it would have cost Mr. Vlock $50,000 to $60,000 to hire a full-time employee to provide to Mr. Vlock's insurance business the services that Ms. Vlock provided to it during each of the years at issue, let alone that he would have paid an additional $60,000 to $70,000 for “benefits *** rent, supplies, [and] utilities”. Moreover, we have found that during 2003 Mr. Vlock paid to Paul Jensen, the only full-time employee of Mr. Vlock's insurance business during that year, total wages of $29,475.84 for serving as a receptionist and for performing certain adminis- trative and secretarial tasks for that business. Without regard to the $120,000 that the purported management agreement stated that Mr. Vlock was to pay to Vlock and Hammond during each of the years at issue, the $29,475.84 that Mr. Vlock paid to Paul Jensen during 2003 was the largest amount that Mr. Vlock paid during any of those years to any individual who performed services for Mr. Vlock's insurance business during any of those years. Further- more, without regard to the $120,000 that the purported manage- ment agreement stated that Mr. Vlock was to pay to Vlock and Hammond during each of the years at issue, the total compensation that Mr. Vlock paid during all the years at issue to all individ- uals who performed services for Mr. Vlock's insurance business during those years was $116,578.16. ing that Mr. Vlock's payments to Vlock and Hammond during each of the years at issue are deductible under section 162(a) for each of those years. Claimed Deduction for Payments to the Vlock Daughters It is the position of petitioners (1) that the payments that Mr. Vlock made during 2003 to the Vlock daughters Sarina and Jennifer were for services that they in fact rendered to Mr. Vlock's insurance business during that year and (2) that there- fore those payments are deductible under section 162(a) for that year. In support of that position, petitioners argue that during 2003 the Vlock daughters performed certain administrative and secretarial tasks for Mr. Vlock's insurance business and that during that year Mr. Vlock paid them for performing those tasks. It is the position of respondent that petitioners have not carried their burden of establishing that during 2003 the Vlock daughters in fact performed any services for Mr. Vlock's insur- ance business.
In order to carry their burden of proving that the payments that Mr. Vlock made during 2003 to the Vlock daughters are deductible under section 162(a) for that year, petitioners must show that those payments are ordinary and necessary expenses paid or incurred during that taxable year in carrying on any trade or business. See sec. 162(a). In order to establish that those payments are ordinary and necessary expenses for their taxable year 2003, petitioners must show that those payments constituted “salaries or other compensation for personal services actually rendered”. 33 Sec. 1.162-7(a), Income Tax Regs. In order to do so, petitioners must establish that during 2003 Mr. Vlock made payments to the Vlock daughters for services that the Vlock daughters in fact rendered to Mr. Vlock's insurance business.
In an attempt to establish that the Vlock daughters in fact rendered services during 2003 to Mr. Vlock's insurance business, petitioners rely on Mr. Vlock's testimony, which we have not accepted, and certain documentary evidence. The documentary evidence on which petitioners rely consists principally of a weekly calendar for 2003 (2003 calendar). 34
Mr. Vlock testified that on each page of the 2003 calendar he made certain handwritten notations that showed (1) the name(s) of his daughter(s) (i.e., Sarina and/or Jennifer) who had worked for Mr. Vlock's insurance business during each week, (2) the day(s) of each week on which Sarina and/or Jennifer had worked, (3) the number of hours on such day(s) that Sarina and/or Jennifer had worked, and (4) the amount of money that Sarina and/or Jennifer had earned during each week. There is no reli- able evidence in the record that establishes when Mr. Vlock made the handwritten notations on the 2003 calendar relating to the Vlock daughters. Those notations are nothing more than self- serving notations on which we are unwilling to rely. 35
Based upon our examination of the entire record before us, we find that petitioners have failed to carry their burden of establishing that during 2003 the Vlock daughters in fact ren- dered services to Mr. Vlock's insurance business. On that record, we further find that petitioners have failed to carry their burden of establishing that the payments that Mr. Vlock made during 2003 to the Vlock daughters constituted compensation for services that they in fact rendered to Mr. Vlock's insurance business. See sec. 1.162-7(a), Income Tax Regs. On the record before us, we further find that petitioners have failed to carry their burden of establishing that those payments are ordinary and necessary expenses paid or incurred during 2003 in carrying on Mr. Vlock's insurance business. See sec. 162(a). On the record before us, we find that petitioners have failed to carry their burden of establishing that the payments that Mr. Vlock made during 2003 to the Vlock daughters are deductible under section 162(a) for petitioners' taxable year 2003. Accuracy-Related Penalty In the 2003-2005 notice, respondent determined that peti- tioners are liable for each of their taxable years 2003 through 2005 for the accuracy-related penalty under section 6662(a). According to respondent, petitioners are liable for that penalty for each of those years because of (1) negligence or disregard of rules or regulations under section 6662(b)(1) or (2) a substan- tial understatement of tax under section 6662(b)(2).
Section 6662(a) imposes an accuracy-related penalty equal to 20 percent of the underpayment of tax attributable to, inter alia, (1) negligence or disregard of rules or regulations, sec. 6662(b)(1), or (2) a substantial understatement of tax, sec. 6662(b)(2).
The term “negligence” in section 6662(b)(1) includes any failure to make a reasonable attempt to comply with the Code. Sec. 6662(c). Negligence has also been defined as a failure to do what a reasonable person would do under the circumstances. Leuhsler v. Commissioner, 963 F.2d 907, 910 [69 AFTR 2d 92-1289] (6th Cir. 1992), affg. T.C. Memo. 1991-179 [1991 TC Memo ¶91,179]; Antonides v. Commissioner, 91 T.C. 686, 699 (1988), affd. 893 F.2d 656 [65 AFTR 2d 90-521] (4th Cir. 1990). The term “disregard” includes any careless, reckless, or intentional disregard. Sec. 6662(c).
For purposes of section 6662(b)(2), an understatement is equal to the excess of the amount of tax required to be shown in the tax return over the amount of the tax shown in the tax return, sec. 6662(d)(2)(A), and is substantial in the case of an individual if it exceeds the greater of 10 percent of the tax required to be shown or $5,000, sec. 6662(d)(1)(A).
The accuracy-related penalty under section 6662(a) does not apply to any portion of an underpayment if it is shown that there was reasonable cause for, and that the taxpayer acted in good faith with respect to, such portion. Sec. 6664(c)(1). The determination of whether the taxpayer acted with reasonable cause and in good faith depends on the pertinent facts and circum- stances, including the taxpayer's efforts to assess such tax- payer's proper tax liability, the knowledge and experience of the taxpayer, and the reliance on the advice of a professional, such as an accountant. Sec. 1.6664-4(b)(1), Income Tax Regs. Reli- ance on the advice of a professional does not necessarily demon- strate reasonable cause and good faith unless, under all the circumstances, such reliance was reasonable and the taxpayer acted in good faith. Id.
Petitioners argue that they are not liable for each of their taxable years 2003 through 2005 for the accuracy-related penalty under section 6662(a) because:
Petitioners did not substantially understate income tax and did not act negligently or disregard rules or regulations. Instead, Petitioners had reasonable cause and acted in good faith. Petitioners have proven that their transactions were related to legitimate business activities, and were not a scheme to deduct Petition- ers' personal expenses. Petitioners are not liable for accuracy-related penalties and Respondent has not sustained its burden of proof. It appears that petitioners believe that respondent has the burden of proof with respect to the accuracy-related penalties at issue. Petitioners are wrong. Respondent bears only the burden of production with respect to those penalties. See sec. 7491(c). To meet respondent's burden of production, respondent must come forward with sufficient evidence showing that it is appropriate to impose the accuracy-related penalty under section 6662(a) for each of petitioners' taxable years 2003 through 2005. See Higbee v. Commissioner, 116 T.C. 438, 446 (2001). Although respondent bears the burden of production with respect to the accuracy- related penalties at issue, respondent “need not introduce evidence regarding reasonable cause, substantial authority, or similar provisions. *** the taxpayer bears the burden of proof with regard to those issues.” Id.
We address only whether there is a substantial understate- ment in petitioners' tax for each of the years at issue. That is because resolution of that question resolves the issue of whether petitioners are liable for each of those years for the accuracy- related penalty under section 6662(a). The accuracy-related penalty that respondent determined for each of petitioners' taxable years 2003 through 2005 is imposed on an underpayment of tax for each of those years that is attributable to a substantial understatement of tax resulting principally from respondent's determinations to disallow petitioners' claimed deduction for Mr. Vlock's payments to Vlock and Hammond for each of those years. We have sustained those determinations. On the record before us, we find that respondent has satisfied respondent's burden of production under section 7491(c) with respect to the accuracy- related penalty under section 6662(a) that respondent determined for each of petitioners' taxable years 2003 through 2005.
As we understand it, petitioners' only argument in support of their position that they are not liable for each of their taxable years 2003 through 2005 for the accuracy-related penalty is that they are entitled to the deduction that they claimed for Mr. Vlock's payments to Vlock and Hammond for each of those years. As a result, according to petitioners, they did not understate their taxes for those respective taxable years. We have found that petitioners are not entitled to those deductions. On the record before us, we find that petitioners have failed to carry their burden of establishing that there was no substantial understatement of tax for each of the years at issue. See , , sec. 6662(b)(2), (d)(1)(A), (2)(A).
Petitioners make no argument that they reasonably relied on the advice of a professional, such as Mr. Pechacek or an accoun- tant, to support their claim that they had reasonable cause for, and acted in good faith with respect to, any portion of the understatement of tax for each of the years at issue. See sec. 1.6664-4(b)(1), Income Tax Regs.
On the record before us, we find that petitioners have failed to carry their burden of establishing that there was reasonable cause for, and that they acted in good faith with respect to, any portion of the understatement in tax for each of the years at issue.
Based upon our examination of the entire record before us, we find that petitioners have failed to carry their burden of establishing that they are not liable for each of their taxable years 2003 through 2005 for the accuracy-related penalty under section 6662(a).
We have considered all of the contentions and arguments of the parties that are not discussed herein, and we find them to be without merit, irrelevant, and/or moot.
To reflect the foregoing, Decision will be entered for respondent.
________________________________________
1
All section references are to the Internal Revenue Code
(Code) in effect for the years at issue. All Rule references are to the Tax Court Rules of Practice and Procedure.
________________________________________
2
In referring to Mr. Vlock, the record refers interchange- ably to Francis J. Vlock, F. Joseph Vlock, Joseph Vlock, and Joe Vlock.
________________________________________
3
We believe that the reference to “VLOCK/HAMMOND” is to Vlock and Hammond, Inc. (discussed below). (We shall refer to Vlock and Hammond, Inc., as Vlock and Hammond.)
________________________________________
5
Mr. Pechacek is the lead attorney who represents petition- ers in this case.
________________________________________
7
The record does not establish what Mr. Pechacek, who was the preparer of petitioners' 2003 return, 2004 return, and 2005 return and who is the lead attorney representing petitioners in this case, see supra note 5, told Ms. Vlock when she consulted him. Before the commencement of the trial in this case, peti- tioners waived any potential conflicts of interest regarding Mr. Pechacek, who was not called as a witness at that trial.
________________________________________
8
The record does not establish the days in all of the months during the years at issue on which Mr. Vlock made payments to Vlock and Hammond.
________________________________________
9
Petitioners concede that they are unable to establish that Mr. Vlock made all of the payments to Vlock and Hammond that they claimed as the respective deductions in the 2003 Schedule C, the 2004 Schedule C, and the 2005 Schedule C. They also concede that during each of the years at issue Mr. Vlock paid to Vlock and Hammond a total amount that was less than (1) the annual total of the monthly amount stated in sec. 3 of the purported management agreement and (2) the amount that petitioners claimed as a deduction for management services in Schedule C included with the return that they filed for each of those years.
________________________________________
11
From 2002 until the time of the trial in this case, Vlock and Hammond (1) did not file Form 941, Employer's Quarterly Federal Tax Return, for any quarter or Form 940, Employer's Annual Federal Unemployment (FUTA) Tax Return, for any taxable year and (2) did not issue any Form W-2 or Form 1099-MISC.
________________________________________
12
The parties stipulated the amounts of the personal ex- penses of petitioners that Vlock and Hammond paid during each of the calendar years 2003, 2004, and 2005, even though Vlock and Hammond had a taxable year ending on November 30. As for certain payments that Vlock and Hammond made to Sarina (discussed below), the parties stipulated the amounts that Vlock and Hammond paid to her during each of its taxable years ended Nov. 30, 2003 through 2005.
________________________________________
13
On June 23, 2006, petitioners and Vlock and Hammond exe- cuted a document entitled “WARRANTY DEED-JOINT TENANCY” (warranty deed). That deed stated in pertinent part:
For the consideration of $224,900.00 Dollar(s) ***
Vlock & Hammond, Inc., *** and F. Joseph Vlock and Jeanne M. Vlock, *** do hereby Convey to Freddie J. Thayer and Connie L. Thayer, *** Lot Twenty-five
________________________________________
14
The record does not establish the total amount that Vlock and Hammond reimbursed Ms. Vlock during each of the years at issue. As discussed below, Vlock and Hammond claimed deductions for reimbursed medical expenses of $4,595, $6,873, and $997 in the returns that it filed for its taxable years ended Nov. 30, 2003, 2004, and 2005, respectively.
________________________________________
15
From around September 2003 to around May 2007, Sarina was a student at the University of Kansas. During that time, Sarina's tuition, room and board, book, and other expenses at that university were approximately $18,000 a year.
________________________________________
36

________________________________________
17
The parties stipulated that petitioners executed the Suburban sale document on Jan. 1, 2002. That stipulation is clearly contrary to the facts that we have found are established by the record, and we shall disregard it. See Cal-Maine Foods, Inc. v. Commissioner, 93 T.C. 181, 195 (1989). The record establishes, and we have found, that petitioners executed the Suburban sale document on Dec. 1, 2002.
________________________________________
36

________________________________________
19
The record does not disclose whether Mr. Vlock used the 1999 Lexus automobile for business purposes, personal purposes, or both.
________________________________________
20

________________________________________
20

________________________________________
1
The record does not establish whether Sarina paid to Vlock and Hammond the $5,000 that it reported as the gross sales price of the 1996 Lexus automobile in Form 4797 that it attached to the 11/30/05 corporate return.
________________________________________
21
In the 2003-2005 notice, respondent advanced an alterna- tive determination with respect to constructive dividends. See infra note 27.
________________________________________
22
Petitioners do not claim that the burden of proof shifts to respondent under sec. 7491(a). On the record before us, we find that the burden of proof does not shift to respondent under that section.
________________________________________
23
Petitioners also rely on certain documentary evidence to satisfy their burden of proof with respect to the issues pre- sented. We shall address that documentary evidence below.
________________________________________
24

________________________________________
24

________________________________________
25
The Commissioner of Internal Revenue generally may issue a notice of deficiency to a taxpayer for a taxable year of the taxpayer even after issuing to that taxpayer a no-change letter pertaining to the same taxable year. See Opine Timber Co. v. Commissioner, 64 T.C. 700, 712 (1975), affd. without published opinion 552 F.2d 368 (5th Cir. 1977); Lawton v. Commissioner, 16 T.C. 725, 727 (1951). Petitioners do not assert that that general rule does not apply in this case.
________________________________________
26
Petitioners could have avoided a potential whipsaw situa- tion for themselves and Vlock and Hammond by having Vlock and Hammond file protective claims for refund for each of its taxable years ended Nov. 30, 2003 through 2005, on the ground that Vlock and Hammond did not have any income during each of those years. Petitioners apparently chose not to file any such claims.
________________________________________
27
Consistent with the 2003-2005 notice, respondent argues in the alternative that if we were to find that petitioners are entitled to deduct under sec. 162(a) for each of their taxable years 2003 through 2005 Mr. Vlock's payments to Vlock and Hammond during each of those years, certain payments that Vlock and Hammond made for petitioners' personal expenses and certain disbursements that Vlock and Hammond made on their behalf are includible as constructive dividends in petitioners' gross income for each of those years. In the light of our holding below that petitioners are not entitled to deduct under sec. 162(a) for each of their taxable years 2003 through 2005 Mr. Vlock's payments to Vlock and Hammond during each of those years, we need not address respondent's alternative argument.
________________________________________
28

________________________________________
29
We note that certain of the goals that Mr. Vlock set forth in the December 2002 plan, such as “Creative Time” and “Recre- ation Time (Family)”, do not appear to be related at all to Mr. Vlock's insurance business.
________________________________________
28

________________________________________
30
Like the January 2004 annual business document, the min- utes of the meetings of the Vlock and Hammond board also tend to show that during each of the years at issue Vlock and Hammond did not in fact render services to Mr. Vlock's insurance business. None of those minutes indicated that the Vlock and Hammond board discussed the purported management agreement, the 2005 amendment, the purported employment agreement, the services that the pur- ported management agreement stated that Vlock and Hammond was to provide to Mr. Vlock's insurance business, or the services that the purported employment agreement stated Ms. Vlock was to provide to Vlock and Hammond. On the record before us, we find that the minutes of the meetings of the Vlock and Hammond board do not establish that Vlock and Hammond in fact rendered services during any of the years at issue to Mr. Vlock's insurance busi- ness.
________________________________________
31

________________________________________
32
Assuming arguendo that we had found that Mr. Vlock's payments to Vlock and Hammond during each of the years at issue constituted compensation for services that Vlock and Hammond in fact rendered during each of those years to Mr. Vlock's insurance business, on the record before us, we would find that petitioners have failed to carry their burden of establishing that those payments during each of those years were what “would ordinarily be paid for like services by like enterprises under like circum- stances”, see sec. 1.162-7(b)(3), Income Tax Regs., and thus were reasonable in amount. In arriving at the $10,000 amount stated in sec. 3 of the purported management agreement, neither Mr. Vlock nor Ms. Vlock consulted an accountant, business manager, or compensation expert. Although Ms. Vlock consulted Mr. Pechacek, the attorney whom petitioners retained for the purpose of assist- ing Ms. Vlock in incorporating Vlock and Hammond and drafting certain documents for it, the record does not establish what he told her. Mr. Vlock testified that, in arriving at the $10,000 amount stated in sec. 3 of the purported management agreement, he
________________________________________
33
In the event that we were to find that Mr. Vlock made payments to the Vlock daughters during 2003 for services that they in fact rendered during that year to Mr. Vlock's insurance business, respondent does not argue that those payments were not reasonable in amount. See sec. 1.162-7(a), Income Tax Regs.
________________________________________
34
Each page of the 2003 calendar displayed the seven days of each week during 2003.
________________________________________
35
We note that petitioners did not call Sarina and/or Jennifer to testify in support of petitioners' position that Sarina or Jennifer in fact rendered services during 2003 to Mr. Vlock's insurance business.
© 2010 Thomson Reut

Friday, January 8, 2010

recent case on 6700 penalty

Charles Tummino, Plaintiff v. United States of America, Internal Revenue Service, Defendant.
U.S. District Court, Dist of Ore., Portland Div.; 06-CV-955-AC, December 14, 2009.
OPINION AND ORDER
Discussion
lity
1. Abusive tax shelter
Where the validity of the underlying tax liability is properly at issue, the Court will review the matter on a de novo basis. Goza v. C.I.R., 114 T.C. 176, 181 (2000) (citing H.R. Conf. Rep. 105-599, at 266 (1998)); see also Medlock v. United States, 325 F.Supp.2d 1064, 1076 (C.D. Cal. 2003). Therefore, this court reviews the question of Tummino's underlying tax liability de novo. To establish that Tummino participated in the promotion of an abusive tax shelter, the IRS must prove that he (1) participated in the sale of an investment plan and (2) made or furnished a statement with respect to tax benefits which he knew or had reason to know was false or fraudulent as to a material matter. 68 U.S.C. §6700(a); see also U.S. v. Campbell, 897 F.2d 1317, 1320 (5th Cir. 1990); U.S. v. Kuan, 827 F.2d 1144, 1147 (7th Cir. 1987).
Tummino argues that the IRS had not factually established that anything he did promoted an abusive tax shelter. Tummino claims generally that “there are many disputed facts.” (Pl. Mem. ¶ 35.) However, Tummino's arguments dispute the application of the law to the facts rather than the facts themselves. As discussed below, the IRS properly relied on the elements laid out in §6700(a), and elaborated on by Campbell and Kuan, in establishing the abusive nature of Tummino's behavior under the statute. Here, the first element of §6700 is satisfied by Tummino's admission that he contracted with Alpha to develop a sales force and to market the pay phone program.
To satisfy the second element, the IRS must prove that Tummino (1) made or furnished a statement with respect to tax benefits (2) which he knew or had reason to know (3) was false or fraudulent (4) as to a material matter. Campbell, 897 F.2d at 1317. First, Tummino made statements with respect to tax benefits in the marketing and training materials that he distributed to sales agents and customers, including a pamphlet and a video. Tummino alleges that after he left Alpha in 1998, Alpha hired a marketing company, SPA, to become Alpha's sole marketing agent. He further alleges that SPA discarded Tummino's marketing materials for the pay phone program in favor of materials developed by SPA. (Pl. Mem. ¶ 13-14.) Tummino, however, has failed to present even a scintilla of evidence to support these allegations.
To oppose summary judgment, Tummino relies exclusively his own conclusory allegations and those of his former attorney. “When the nonmoving party relies only on its own affidavits to oppose summary judgment, it cannot rely on conclusory allegations unsupported by factual data to create an issue of material fact.” Hansen v. U.S., 7 F.3d 137, 138 (9th Cir. 1993). As discussed in this court's prior ruling in this case, because Tummino's attorney has simply asserted having personal knowledge of “many” of the facts referred to in Tummino's opposition to summary judgment (Douglas Decl. ¶ 1), this court cannot ascertain which portions of the declaration are based on personal knowledge. Tummino's supplemental briefing on the motion for summary judgment offers no additional evidence to support his claim that his work was supplanted by that of SPA. Accordingly, this court concludes that the declaration of Tummino's attorney along with Tummino's own unsupported claims are insufficient under Rule 56(e) to oppose summary judgment.
Second, Tummino knew or had reason to know that the statements made were false or fraudulent. Tummino was a sophisticated business person with extensive experience in the sale of securities and insurance. He was aware of the importance of consulting with experts in particular fields when entering into new businesses. This is evidenced by his consultation with an attorney about whether participation in the pay phone program constituted the sale of securities.
Tummino claims that he sought the advice of a tax consultant and relied on the advice of Alpha's accountant with regard to the propriety of the pay phone program, but the record contains no evidence that he conferred with a tax consultant prior to entering into the pay phone program. Instead, Tummino relies only on the conclusory and general statements in his attorney's declaration, which this court already has found to be insufficient to raise a genuine issue of material fact. Tummino's alternative argument in his supplemental briefing, that he did not know or have reason to know that his statements were false because they were based on other literature promoting pay phone services, similarly fails, as he presents insufficient evidence that such literature existed or that he consulted such literature prior making statements concerning the tax benefits of the payphone program. 2 As a result, Tummino has failed to raise a genuine issue of material fact as to whether he knew or should have known that he was supplying false statements about the tax benefits of the pay phone programs.
Third, Tummino has failed to raise a genuine issue of material fact as to whether the statements he made in promotion of the pay phone program were false or fraudulent. In fact, Tummino does not even contest the IRS determination that the deductions and credits that he promised as a part of the pay phone program were not allowable.
Fourth and finally, Tummino's statements made in promotion of the pay phone program were material. A matter is considered material under §6700 “if it would have a substantial impact on the decision making process of a reasonably prudent investor.” U.S. v. Buttorff, 761 F.2d 1056, 1062 (5th Cir. 1985) (quoting S. REP. NO. 97-494, at 267 (1982)). In Buttorff, the Fifth Circuit held that this test was met where the taxpayer assured customers that the purported tax benefits of the tax shelter were lawful, despite consistent rejection of similar shelters by the courts. Id. The taxpayer in Buttorff counseled his clients not to seek separate opinions from lawyers or accountants. Id. Many of the victims of the tax shelter in Buttorff testified that had they known of the IRS's treatment of these shelters, they probably would not have invested in them. Id.
In this case, it strains reason to think that the tax shelter component of the pay phone program was not a material consideration to those who enrolled in it. The only evidence in the record on this point is Tummino's acknowledgment that the tax credit is what attracted the customers of the payphone program. Further, the target market for the program is similar to that in Buttorff: apparently unsophisticated investors who were not in the business the previous year and to whom the taxpayer gave certain assurances regarding return on investment and taxability. No evidence allows a reasonable inference other than that the tax credit is what interested customers in the pay phone program and that, as with victims in Buttorff, they would have been less likely to invest in the pay phones had they known of the IRS's treatment of the deductions and tax credits promised by Tummino. Thus, the promise of deductions and tax credits as a result of investment in the pay phone program is material.
Accordingly, Tummino has failed to raise a genuine issue of material fact as to any of the elements of the IRS's conclusion that Tummino committed a violation of §6700.
2. Penalty
Tummino also argues that the IRS miscalculated the penalty under §6700 because it “assumes, without supporting factual basis, that [Tummino] actively promoted all 31,000 sales.” (Pl. Mem. ¶43.) Any person who “makes or furnishes or causes another person to make or furnish” a statement which the person knows or has reason to know is false or fraudulent as to any material matter is subject to the penalty under the statute. §6700(a)(1)(B) (emphasis added). Tummino does not contest the total number of phone sales made under the program. Nor does he contest the fact that he continued to have a financial interest in the pay phone program after he ceased to actively participate in the program. Furthermore, as discussed